31B-272 (6) Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
4.02 REMOVAL AND PREPARATION OF EXISTING WORK
A. The existing building structure and existing substrates shall be
properly prepared by the General Contractor to provide suitable
installation conditions for work under this Section, in accordance
with Section 02050 - Demolition and Section 01040 - Commencement
and Conduct of On-Site Operations.
B. Work under this Section includes the responsibility to inspect all
installation conditions and request the General Contractor to
correct any conditions which may affect the work under this Section
adversely.
4.03 ALTERATION WORK INCLUDED UNDER THIS SECTION
A. Work required under this Section, relating to Repair Work, includes
the following:
1. Patch and repair all materials normally installed under this
Section which have been affected by alterations or removal of
existing work. All alteration work shall be similar to new
work as specified under this Section.
16101 - 36
(' r ♦
`�'li.,.n�'f 1 11.12". L' .._ �4 ... �.j ....._ _ .,
_�
�. ... '.� e_.:.� '!��u� .�__ ....
..... ._ 'S ,� .... .. _. _ ..
�!
1�
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
G. Failure or defects in workmanship or materials revealed by tests or
inspection shall be corrected promptly and retested. Defective
material shall be replaced at no additional expense to the Owner.
H. Provide all temporary connections, necessary testing equipment,
labor and materials, required for the testing of the systems and
equipment. All systems shall be prepared for testing and protected
from damage. The cost of all tests shall be included in the
contract price.
I. Verify and correct as necessary the following: voltages, and
phasing on all equipment from the secondary distribution system to
points of utilization. Secondary voltages shall be tested at the
bus in the panelboards, and at such other locations on the
distribution systems as necessary. Secondary voltages shall be
tested under no-load and full-load conditions.
J. Measure minimum and maximum voltages, and voltage between phase
wires and neutral, and immediately deliver to the Designer a report
on all voltage measurements.
3.16 PAINTING
A. All equipment installed under this Section shall have as a minimum
a shop coat of non-lead gray paint. Finish painting where required
shall be done under other Sections.
3.17 CLEANING UP
A. Upon completion of all installation, lamping, and testing,
thoroughly inspect all exposed portions of the electrical
installation and completely remove all exposed labels, markings,
and foreign material.
B. The interior of all boxes and cabinets shall be left clean; exposed
surfaces shall be cleaned and plated surfaces polished.
C. Repair damage to finish surfaces resulting from work under this
section.
D. Remove material and equipment from areas of work and storage areas.
PART 4 - REPAIR WORK
4.01 EXAMINATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS
A. Prior to ordering and delivery of new products or materials
required for installation or application in the existing building
as work under this Section, examine existing conditions affecting
work under this Section.
B. Examination of existing conditions shall be sufficient to make the
'` installer of the work under this Section fully aware of existing
structure or finishes of spaces that are to remain and that have
been or shall be removed, altered, repaired, replaced or renovated.
16101 - 35
IN
.Ink
AMP^,
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
B. All supplementary steel, channels and supports shall be furnished,
installed and secured with all fittings, support rods and
appurtenances required for a complete support or mounting system.
C. Supplementary steel and channels shall be firmly connected to the
building construction in a manner approved by the Designer prior to
the installation of same. Submit to the Designer, via the
Contractor, the locations proposed for using supplementary steel
and channels for the support of equipment, fixtures and raceways.
The submittal shall indicate the mounting methods, size and details
of the supports, channels and steel; it shall indicate also that
weight which the supports, channels and supplementary steel is to
carry.
D. The type and size of the supporting channels and supplementary
steel shall be of sufficient strength and size to allow only a
minimum deflection in conformance with the channel and
supplementary steel manufacturer's requirements for loading.
E. All supplementary steel and channels shall be installed in a neat
and workmanlike manner parallel to the walls, floor and ceiling
construction. All turns shall be made with 90 degrees and 45
degrees fittings, as required to suit the construction and
installation conditions.
F. All supplementary steel, channels, supports, and fittings, shall be
Underwriters' Laboratories, Incorporated, approved, be galvanized
steel and be manufactured by Steel City, Unistrut, Power-Strut, T.
J. Cope, Chalfant or approved equal.
3.15 TESTING AND INSPECTION
A. Test and inspect all parts of the work provided under this Section
and as required by codes, standards or authorities having
jurisdiction. Conduct all tests and inspections to the complete
satisfaction of the Designer and all authorities. Notify the
Designer and all involved authorities at least 48 hours prior to
testing or inspection. Do not cover work prior to testing or
inspection.
B. Prior to the date of acceptance, furnish the Designer with
certificates of testing and inspection for all Electrical systems
indicating the approval of all authorities having jurisdiction and
conformance with all requirements of the Contract Documents.
C. All systems shall test free from short circuits and grounds, shall
be free from mechanical and electrical defects, and shall show an
insulation resistance between phase conductors and ground of not
less than the values recommended by the manufacturers.
D. Test all circuits for proper neutral connections.
E. Lighting fixtures shall be tested with specified lamps in place for
4W
not less than ten hours; the fixtures may be checked in sections.
F. Testing recommended by manufacturers shall be required; this
requirement may be waived by the Designer.
16101 - 34
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
switches and necessary overcurrent devices prior to the procurement
of such items and submission of shop drawings.
B. It is the intent that all power wiring including disconnecting
devices be accomplished under this Section and all control devices
under Division 15. All motor starters and contactors for the
heating, ventilating, air conditioning and plumbing equipment shall
be furnished under Division 15 and installed and power wired under
this Section
C. It is not the intent of the Plans and Specifications to cover all
details of the wiring requirements of the mechanical systems, the
type of information to be determined will include motor rotation,
individual fuse sizes, exclusive for a particular manufacturer of
system, equipment mounting, etc. The intent is to show and/or
describe major portions of the system together with a system
description of operation, to indicate feeder size and branch
circuit protection, -starter size, location of equipment and circuit
origination.
3.13 BUILDING RELATED SYSTEMS
A. Furnish and install all required over current protection,
disconnect and/or safety switches, motor controls, except as
specifically noted, conduit, wire, boxes, fittings, wiring and
accessories as may be required for the heating, ventilating and air
conditioning and plumbing systems as shown on the Drawings and
herein specified.
B. Determine by thorough investigation of all applicable Contract
Plans and Specifications, the power and control requirements of the
heating, ventilating, air conditioning and plumbing equipment shown
on the Plans and/or called for in the Specifications.
C. The entire system shall be complete and operable in every respect
to the intent of the Plans and Specifications. The installation
shall conform to all Local, State and National Codes, ordinances
and requirements.
D. It is not the intent of the Plans and Specifications to cover all
details of the wiring requirements for the mechanical systems, the
type of information to be determined will include motor rotation,
motor interlocking, individual fuse sizes, control wiring,
exclusive for a particular manufacturer of system, equipment
mounting, etc. The intent is to show and/or describe major
portions of the system together with a system description of
operation, to indicate feeder size and branch circuit protection,
starter size, electrical interlocks, location of equipment and
control point and circuit origination.
3.14 SUPPLEMENTARY STEEL, CHANNEL AND SUPPORTS
A. Furnish and install all supplementary steel, channels and supports
ow required for the proper installation, mounting and support of all
lighting fixtures and electrical equipment to be installed under
this Contract, as required.
16101 - 33
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
B. Starters and combination starters shall, in general, be furnished
under Section 15501, but installed and wired under Section 16101.
Disconnect switches, except as part of packaged units, shall be
furnished and installed under Section 16101.
C. Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings, all motors 1/2
horsepower and larger shall be rated for operation on 480 volts,
three-phase, 60 hertz for Northampton District Court. All other
motors shall be rated for operation on 120 volts, single-phase, 60
hertz.
D. Manual motor starters shall be push-button or toggle operated with
thermal overload protection in each phase and mounted in a NEMA 1
enclosure.
E. Each motor shall be provided with a disconnecting means under this
Section of the specifications where required by the Electrical
Code, even though not indicated. A circuit breaker or horsepower
rated switch in a panelboard will be acceptable as a disconnecting
means if located within sight of the motor controller. For
single-phase motors, a single or double pole tumbler or snap
switch, rated only for alternating current, will be acceptable for
capacities less than 30 amperes, provided that the ampere rating of
the switch is at least 125 percent of the rating of the controlled
equipment. Switches shall be horsepower rated and shall disconnect
all ungrounded conductors.
F. Each motor controller and disconnect switch or separately enclosed
circuit breaker shall be identified as to the equipment which it
serves.
G. Motor starters shall be mounted on a new 3/4 inch exterior grade
plywood mounting board finished to match starter enclosures. These
shall be mounted at 60 inches above finished floor on solid walls
or columns in spaces not normally occupied. Obtain approval of
starter locations from the Designer.
H. Carefully check electrical connections and sizing of motor circuit
protection and prevent damage to motors and equipment due to
incorrect direction of rotation caused by faulty electrical
connections or incorrectly sized circuit protection.
I. Final connection to all motors shall be made with flexible conduit
(minimum 16 inch long) with green ground wire installed.
3.12 COORDINATION WITH MECHANICAL WORK
A. All safety disconnect switches shown on the electrical drawings
shall be furnished, installed and power wired under this Section.
Safety disconnect switches for mechanical equipment indicated on
the electrical drawings are sized in accordance with the
requirements for a representative manufacturer's make and model
suitable for the design requirements. The equipment ultimately
AW purchased may vary from these ratings. Verify voltage and current
ratings of all motor driven mechanical equipment as purchased to
confirm the correct electrical ratings for safety disconnect
16101 - 32
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1. Duplex Convenience Outlets, and Telephone Outlets: 18 inches
above finished floor to centerline unless noted by symbol, note
or dimension on the Drawings.
2. Light Switches: 4'-0" above finished floor to centerline.
3. Disconnect switches, and individually mounted starters: 5'-0"
minimum on the Drawings or as required to suite field
installation conditions and with permission of the Designer.
4. Interior wall brackets shall be as detailed on the Designerural
Drawings or as directed by the Designer.
5. Fire Alarm Pull Stations: 4'-0" above finished floor to
centerline.
6. Fire Alarm Signals: 12 inches below ceiling to centerline.
B. All branch circuit or auxiliary system wiring passing through pull
boxes or being made up in panels, distribution panels and auxiliary
system terminal cabinets shall be properly grouped, bound and tied
together in a neat and orderly manner, keeping with the highest
standards of the trade, with ty-raps.
C. Branch circuits and auxiliary system wiring shall be peeled out of
the wiring gutters of the terminal cabinets and panels at 90
degrees to breakers and terminal lugs for connections to same.
D. All wall mounted duplex convenience and power receptacles shall be
mounted vertically with the grounding posts at the top of the
device.
E. Provide information to the Contractor, for all required access
panels in walls, ceilings and floors, for access to concealed
electrical equipment, pull/junction boxes and fittings. The exact
sizes and physical locations shall be to suit accessibility and
construction conditions.
F. Reflected Ceiling Plans for any and all areas prepared by the
Designer showing the location of lighting fixtures shall take
precedence over the locations of same shown on the Lighting Plans
of this Contract set of Electrical Drawings. Install the lighting
fixtures in any given area to agree with the Designer's Reflected
Ceiling Plans.
G. Furnish and install all power and control and alarm wiring to
include connections for plumbing and fire protection systems
equipment to be wired and connected by the Electrical Contractor.
H. Obtain from Specification Sections 15501 and 15401 complete wiring
and connection diagrams of all equipment which is to be wired and
connected before installing raceways or wiring for same.
3.11 MOTORS AND CONTROLS
A. Motors, in general, will be furnished and installed under Section
15501 unless specifically called out otherwise.
16101 - 31
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3.09 OUTLET, PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES
A. Install as a part of the raceway system all outlet, pull and
junction boxes required for the proper installation of all
components of the electrical system.
B. The locations of all wall switch boxes shall be coordinated with
the Designerural Drawings before installation of same. All switch
boxes, unless specifically noted otherwise on the Drawings, shall
be opposite the hinged side of the door for all single doors.
C. Locations of outlets shown on Drawings are approximate. The
Electrical Contractor shall study the Building Plans in relating to
the spaces and equipment surrounding each outlet so that
receptacles, switches, lighting fixtures devices or other
electrical components are symmetrically located and mounted in or
on the walls, ceiling and floor.
D. Outlet, junction or pull boxes, shown on the Drawings, that
interfere with the installation of mechanical equipment, structural
or Designerural features or that will be inaccessible due to the
work of other trades shall be relocated accordingly as a part of
construction conditions encountered during the course of the
construction program at no cost to the Owner.
E. All outlet, pull and junction boxes shall be installed in a rigid
and satisfactory manner and shall be supported by bar hangers in
frame construction or shall be fastened directly with wood screws
on wood, bolts with expansion shields on concrete or brick toggle
bolts on hollow masonry units, and machine screws or welded
threaded studs on metal. Threaded studs of the proper type and
holding capacity driven in by a power charge and provided with lock
washers and nuts are acceptable for mounting of boxes on solid
concrete walls or slabs. Preset inserts of the proper type and
holding capacity shall be used in overhead slab construction
wherever possible for the support of pull and junction boxes.
F. Branch circuits through pull or junction boxes shall be
individually grouped and bound with ty-raps. The branch circuits
in each pull or junction box shall be properly tagged to clearly
indicate their electrical characteristics, circuit number and panel
designation. Conductors shall be supported within the boxes and
arranged in an orderly manner.
3.10 MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
A. All electrical equipment shall be mounted at the following heights
unless noted or detailed otherwise on the Electrical Drawings or
Designerural Drawings. Notes or details on the Designerural
Drawings pertaining to mounting heights or locations of electrical
equipment shall supersede those noted below or detailed on the
Electrical Drawings. If the mounting height of any electrical
component is questionable, obtain a clarification from the Designer
before installation.
16101 - 30
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
C. Pressure connectors with "wrap caps" or insulating caps of a type
approved by the local inspecting authorities may be used by joints
on branch circuits with conductor sizes up to and including #10
AWG. Connectors shall be manufactured by Buchanan, Eagle, Ideal,
or approved equal.
D. Insulating compounds, unless indicated or specified otherwise, for
cable joints, boxes, terminals and other similar items, shall have
bituminous base and shall be free from granular content, creosote
alkali, acid, free of sulphur and water.
E. Conductors or cables shall not be pulled into the raceway systems
until all work which could cause injury to the conductors or
insulation has been completed. A lubricant manufactured by Ideal,
General Electric, Dow Corning or approval equal, shall be used when
necessary for the pulling of conductors or cables into the raceway
systems except that no pulling compound shall be used for the
isolated power system circuits.
F. wires and cables shall be carefully handled during installation so
as to avoid kinks, twists, and mechanical injury to the conductor,
insulation or covering.
G. where conductors are to be connected directly to devices with the
use of terminal screws, such as lighting switches, receptacles, and
other wiring devices or screw type terminations the wires shall be
formed into a loop to fit around the screws in a clockwise
direction so as to be tightly locked in place with same.
H. At no time shall more than one (1) conductor terminate under or on
terminal screw.
3.08 PHASING AND COLOR CODING
A. The insulation or covering of each wire or cable shall be color
coded so as to provide for circuit identification as specified
below.
120/208 Volt Phase 277/480 Volt
Black A Brown
Red B Orange
Blue C Yellow
White Neutral Gray
Green Ground Green w/yellow trace
B. Color coding shall be achieved by one (1) of the following methods:
1. The insulation or covering shall be coded during manufacture by
use of one (1) of the following methods:
a. Color compounds.
b. Colored coatings.
AqW
C. The same colored conductor shall be connected to the same phase
throughout the project.
16101 - 29
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
0. Wire #6 AWG and larger shall be connected to panels and apparatus
by means of approved lugs or connectors. Connectors shall be
mechanical type, sufficiently large to enclose all strands of the
conductor and be securely fastened. All solderless connections and
lugs shall be by Trego, Inc. , Burndy, T&B or approved equal.
P. Joints and splices shall be made in an approved manner with
mechanical type devices of a design that will not cause separation
of the cable strands or distortion of the cable. Joints and
splices shall be covered with good grade of splicing compound and
plastic tape so as to form the equivalent of original insulation
and covering.
Q. Wire and cable shall be carefully handled during installation so as
to avoid mechanical injury to the conductor, insulation, or
covering.
R. All raceways shall be carefully cleaned, blown and swabbed dry
inside before installation of wires and cables. The Designer
reserves the right to have all wiring in a raceway or raceways
removed for inspection should the presence of moisture or dirt be
suspected in same at no additional expense to the Designer. If
moisture or dirt is found in the raceway system during the
inspection of same, it shall be thoroughly cleaned and dried to the
complete satisfaction of the Owner at no additional expense to the
Owner.
S. All vertical risers for lighting, power and auxiliary systems
passing through floor slabs shall be properly supported at each
floor level.
T. Wiring shall not be pulled into a raceway system until it is
mechanically complete in all details. The ends of the raceway
shall be tightly plugged to exclude dust, moisture, or mortar, or
plaster while building is under the process of construction.
U. The covers of all boxes and enclosures for emergency circuits shall
be marked by means of fluorescent yellow paint so they will be
readily identified as a component of an emergency circuit.
3.07 WIRE AND CABLES
A. Joints and splices shall be made in an approved manner and be at
least equivalent electrically and mechanically to the conductor
itself. Whenever the conductor is bared for splicing, it shall be
taped with a good grade of rubber splicing compound and friction or
plastic tape so as to form at least the equivalent of the original
insulation and covering.
B. Splices and taps in wires #8 and larger shall be made with Burndy,
Anderson or Kearney solderless connectors designed for the purpose.
The splices and taps shall be taped with approved tapes providing
insulation not less than that of the conductor. Splices shall be
mechanically and electrically secure.
16101 - 28
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
supported from the building structure. Conduit supports fastened
to the roof decking will not be allowed.
F. Conduit joints shall be cut square, threaded, reamed smooth, and
drawn up tight. Bends or offsets shall be made with standard
conduit ells; field bends shall be made with an approved bender or
hickey. Pipe threads cut in the field for exterior or underground
use shall be painted with red lead or a similar approved substance
before being made up.
G. Conduit terminals at cabinets and boxes shall be rigidly secured
with locknuts and bushings as required by the Electrical Code and
local authorities. On all conduit 1-1/4 inch trade size and
larger, bushings shall be insulated with double locknut.
H. Conduit fittings shall be galvanized treated or cadmium plated.
Rigid steel conduit and intermediate metal conduit shall use only
threaded connections. Steel supports or racks shall be galvanized
steel channel and fittings, by Unistrut, Steel City or approved
equal.
I. Minimum size conduit shall be 1/2 inch. Other sizes shall be as
indicated on the Drawings or required by the Electrical Code for
number and size of conductors installed. No combining of branch
circuit wiring beyond three phase wires and neutral wire will be
allowed.
J. Conduit runs if shown are diagrammatical. The exact routing and
means of support shall be determined in the field. Exposed
conduits shall be installed parallel with or at right angles to the
building walls, structural members or Designerural features.
K. All conduit ends shall be plugged or capped as soon as they are
installed to prevent entrance of moisture or other debris during
construction. No wire shall be pulled into any conduit until the
conduit system is complete in all details. All spare conduits
shall have a nylon pull line inserted.
L. Expansion fittings shall be furnished and installed wherever
building expansion joints occur. Expansion joints shall be
provided for non-metallic conduit to compensate for thermal
expansion and contraction as recommended by the manufacturer.
Conduit, fittings and outlet boxes supported on walls, columns or
steel work shall be held in place by caulking anchors, power-driven
studs, expansion shields, beam clamps or concrete inserts. Nails
or screws used in conjunction with wood plugs in lieu of toggle or
expansion bolts will not be accepted.
M. Connections between conduits of different types shall be made in an
approved manner, using adapters or other materials and methods
recommended for the purpose by the conduit manufacturers.
N. No splices or joints shall be permitted in either feeders or
branches except at outlets or accessible junction boxes. Splices
Aokk in wire #8 AWG and smaller shall be standard pigtail, made
mechanically tight.
16101 - 27
Mass. State Project No. CRE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
4. The extra pole provided on all electrical outlets shall be
grounded to the equipment grounding conductor.
5. Raceways equipped with friction grounds shall have the paint
removed from the areas of contact.
6. Conduit or raceways, where terminated at boxes, cabinets and
panelboards by means of locknuts and bushings, shall be
terminated with double locknuts for all voltages. Enclosure
panels at which conduit are terminated shall be securely bonded
to the frame of the enclosure by means of bonding jumpers or by
means of welding in those cases where the panels need not be
removable.
7. Motor frames shall be grounded by the equipment grounding
conductor run in the same raceway as the power leads.
3.06 WIRING METHODS
A. Generally, unless specified below and approved by the authorities
having jurisdiction, wiring shall consist of insulated conductors
installed in rigid steel conduit or intermediate metal conduit.
B. Electrical metallic conduit may be used as permitted by State or
Local Codes for feeders, branch circuits, signal instrumentation
and control circuits.
!** 1. EMT may be used as permitted in ceiling or floor cavity spaces,
void spaces of masonry walls, in equipment rooms, in mechanical
chases, in electrical chases, in closets, in exposed locations
8 feet above finished floor and where not subject to accidental
damage or abuse. Where subject to accidental damage or abuse,
install in rigid steel conduit or intermediate metal conduit.
2. Compression type connectors and fittings shall be used up to
and including two inch trade size (set screw or crimp type
connections will not be allowed) . Set screw connections will
be allowed for tubing sizes larger than two inches with a
minimum of four set screws for coupling and two set screws for
connectors and fittings. Connectors coupling and set screws
shall be galvanized steel.
C. Metal clad cable with a full size, insulated, separate ground wire
may be used as permitted by state and local codes for branch
circuit wiring in studded partitions only and transitions to
raceways shall not extend more than 12 inches beyond partitions.
D. Flexible metal conduit of short lengths (maximum 18 inch) shall be
provided at all motors and equipment subject to vibration or
movement. Liquid-tight flexible conduit shall be used in wet
locations.
E. All raceways shall be properly fastened in accordance with the
applicable Articles of the Electrical Code. Spacing between
supports shall not exceed 7 feet unless specifically approved by
the Designer. Conduit installed above suspended ceilings shall be
16101 - 26
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1. Materials manufactured within the scope of the Underwriters,
Laboratories (grounding and bonding materials) shall conform to
UL Standards and shall carry UL approval.
2. Ground conductors shall be of electrical grade copper except
where otherwise indicated. Grounding connectors shall be
uninsulated unless otherwise specified.
C. Methods:
1. Connections shall be made readily accessible for inspection.
No connections shall be made concealed in floors or walls.
2. All bus connections shall be made suitable clamp type copper
connectors.
3. All equipment connections shall be made with clamp type copper
connectors, Burndy Type GBM or approved equal.
D. Grounding Conductors:
1. Unless otherwise noted on the drawings or as required by the
local authority, conduits or raceways shall be allowed to be
utilized as grounding conductors.
2. The neutral conductor of any system shall not be utilized as
the grounding conductor.
3. Where as separate grounding conductor is required by the local
authority a copper grounding conductor shall be installed with
all branch circuit wiring systems. The grounding conductor
shall be type THWN-THHN to match that of the normal current
carrying conductors and size to comply with requirements of the
Electrical Code and other governing agencies. The grounding
conductor shall be properly identified with green tape or
insulation where visible in boxes or outlets.
4. Metallic piping systems such as water, gas, sewer, etc., shall
be made electrically continuous by their connections or bonding
jumpers. Each metallic pipe system and each metallic air duct
system shall be bonded- to the ground electrode network via an
equipment grounding conductor.
E. Equipment Grounding:
1. The frames of all electrical equipment including motors,
panels, and lighting fixtures shall be grounded to the
equipment grounding conductor.
2. The equipment grounding conductor shall originate only at a
point of supply such as a transformer or at a point where the
system is grounded.
.� 3. The equipment grounding conductor shall be run in the same
raceway as the power leads feeding the equipment unless
otherwise indicated on the Drawings.
16101 - 25
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
om F. Refer to Part 1 - General - for provisions governing work in
existing buildings, including removal of existing equipment and
advance notice of service interruption. Scope of demolition shall
be as shown on drawings. The Contractor shall carefully examine
the drawings and shall visit the site to determine the extent of
this work. Used conduit, fittings, and other electrical equipment
which has been removed shall not be reused in conjunction with the
new work unless specifically indicated on the drawings. Removed
fixtures shall be turned over to the Owner.
3.02 METERING (EXISTING TO REMAIN)
3.03 MAIN ELECTRIC SERVICE (EXISTING TO REMAIN)
A. Secondary voltage characteristics for project shall be 277/480
volts and 120/208 volts, three phase, 4 wire, 60 cycle at
Northampton District Court.
3.04 SLEEVING
A. Conduit and openings shall be laid out in advance to permit their
provision in the work. Sleeves and conduit shall be set in forms
before concrete is poured. Any extra work required where sleeves
or conduits have been omitted or improperly placed shall be
performed at the expense of the Contractor which made the error or
omission.
B. Sleeves provided for conduit between floors and through fire walls,
or smoke partitions shall be installed with approved packing
between sleeves and conduit to provide for fire stop.
C. where conduits pass through footings, beams, or slabs they shall be
provided with waterproof sleeves.
D. Except as required below, sleeves shall be made of galvanized sheet
metal to finish flush with building finish lines.
E. Provide acoustic sealer in sleeves between occupied spaces.
Sleeves installed in floors of toilet rooms and apparatus rooms
shall extend two inches above the finished floor.
3.05 GROUNDING
A. General:
1. The electrical systems, comprising of electric circuits,
raceways, cabinets, motors, boxes, devices, battery units and
non-current carrying metallic parts shall be grounded according
to the latest edition of the Electrical Code.
2. In general, the grounding shall be as specified hereinafter and
as shown on the Drawings.
A"N' B. Equipment:
16101 - 24
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2. All wiring shall be of the same approved type as used for
electric light and power wiring and shall meet the requirements
of National Electric Codes. The sizes of the different wires
shall be- no smaller than #14 ANG. Color codes shall be used
throughout. All wires shall be tagged at all junction points
and shall test free from grounds or crosses between conductors.
The wiring color code system shall be carried right through all
equipment.
3. Final connections between the new equipment, the wiring system
(and the existing equipment) shall be made under direct
supervision of a Manufacturers Field Engineering
Representative.
G. Manufacturer's Guarantee and Final Test:
1. The Installing Contractor shall guarantee all equipment and
wiring free from inherent mechanical and electric defects for a
period of one (1) year from date of final test and acceptance
form.
2. The manufacturing, supplying and servicing company of the
previously specified system shall be a single responsibility.
All equipment shall carry the Manufacturers label, part number
and UL/FM listing. Multiple suppliers will not meet the intent
of a single responsibility for the total system concept.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. The Electrical Code referred to in these specifications is the
Massachusetts Electrical Code - latest edition, all work shall be
furnished and installed in strict compliance with the requirements
of this code.
B. The work shall be executed in strict conformity with the latest
edition of the Massachusetts Electrical Code and all local
regulations that may apply. In case of conflict between the
Contract Documents and a governing code or ordinance, the more
stringent standard shall apply.
C. Refer to all drawings associated with the project, prior to the
installation or roughing-in of the electrical outlets, conduit and
equipment, to determine the exact location of all outlets.
D. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to see that all
the electrical equipment shall be made accessible, such as junction
boxes, pull boxes, panelboards, switches, controls and such other
apparatus as may require maintenance and operation from time to
time.
AW E. After installation, electrical equipment shall be protected to
prevent damage during the construction period. openings in
conduits and boxes shall be closed to prevent the entrance of
foreign materials.
16101 - 23
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
C. All final connections, testing and adjusting of the system shall be
done under the direct supervision of the system supplier. After
completion of the installation, a trained technician employed by
the system supplier shall demonstrate the system to be satisfaction
of the Owner's Representative and shall make all additional
adjustments to the system operation as required by the Owner's
Representative as a result of this demonstration.
1. Warrant the new equipment to be free from defects in material
and workmanship and within one (1) year from date of
installation, repair or replace all or any part of the
equipment found to be defective at no cost to the Owner.
D. Shop Drawings:
1. System 'Shop Drawings are required to be submitted for approval,
containing the following information:
a. A detailed list of each new piece of equipment with model
numbers for each component.
b. Manufacturer's Specification Sheets on each item of
equipment.
c. Confirmation that the manufacturer's representative will
provide jobsite supervision during the installation of the
system, perform the final testing of the system and
instruct the operating personnel on the operation of the
system.
d. Detailed one (1) line schematic wiring diagrams of the
system and its interconnecting wiring. Typical wiring
diagram will not be accepted. All data submitted shall be
complete for all equipment and shall apply only to this
specific project. All extraneous material shall be
deleted.
e. Shop Drawings that are submitted for approval without all
of this information will not be considered for approval.
E. Equipment:
1. Thermal Detectors (Shall Match Existing) :
2. Manual Pull Stations (Shall Match Existing) :
3. Audio/Visual Devices (Shall Match Existing) .
F. Installation:
1. Furnish and install, in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions, all wiring, conduit and outlet boxes required for
the installation of the new devices as specified and described
Aak herein and as shown on the Drawings. Ensure that any new work
or wiring performed within the new area shall in no way impair
or adversely affect the performance of the existing building's
fire alarm system in areas adjacent to the new area.
16101 - 22
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
C. Care shall be taken to maintain existing feeder, branch circuit and
auxiliary systems wiring passing through renovated areas which
serves existing equipment or areas which are to remain in
operation.
D. Existing conductors and cables run above ceiling, not run in metal
raceway and not teflon coated, shall be disconnected, removed and
replaced so as to be suitable for air handling plenums, per local,
state and national codes.
E. Existing feeder, branch circuit and auxiliary system (fire alarm,
etc. ) raceways, wiring, junction boxes, outlet boxes and pull boxes
may be reused wherever possible.
F. The Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for verifying the
mechanical integrity of any existing raceway systems that are to be
reused. Where the existing raceway system does not meet the
requirements indicated in the electrical specifications, paragraph
3.05, wiring methods, the raceway system shall be repaired and/or
replaced before new wiring is installed.
G. All existing exposed raceways and raceway components that are not
to be reused shall be demolished. where existing raceways are
embedded in building construction, they shall be cut flush with
finished surfaces and abandoned in place. All existing wiring
shall be removed.
O"k H. Where required, the existing raceway system shall be extended to
new outlet/device locations as indicated on the drawings. In
general, all new raceways in finished areas shall be run concealed
in building construction, above hung ceilings, in masonry or stud
walls, etc. Where required, new raceways run in the existing
building may be run exposed. The contractor shall obtain approval
from the Designer regarding location and routing of any exposed
raceways prior to installing same.
2.21 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM - EXTENSION OF EXISTING SYSTEM NORTHAMPTON
SUPERIOR COURT ONLY
A. Furnish and install an addition to the existing closed circuit,
electrically supervised automatic and manual, local energy,
auxiliary fire alarm system, according to the following
Specification. The system shall be wired, connected, tested and
left in first class operating condition. The equipment and
completed installation shall be in compliance with local and
national codes, authorities having jurisdiction and in accordance
with applicable sections of the latest edition of NFPA 72B for
auxiliary fire alarm systems. All equipment shall be listed by
Underwriters, Laboratories, Incorporated and shall meet with the
approval of the State Fire Marshal.
B. All new equipment shall match existing for complete compatibility
with the existing system and to provide one (1) manufacturer with
total responsibility for the entire system operation, warranty and
maintenance. No other manufacturer will be considered acceptable.
16101 - 21
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
C. Temporary light shall be based on one (1) 200 watt lamp covering
each 1,000 square feet of floor area in the building and sufficient
wiring outlets shall be installed to ensure proper lighting in all
stairwells and public corridors. All pigtail type sockets required
for the temporary general lighting shall be of the left hand screw
type and all lamps shall be designed with a left hand screw thread
to match the sockets. The temporary wiring and lamps required for
this general lighting shall be paid for under this Section,
including the cost of lamp replacements.
D. Install and maintain in each area to be renovated a feeder of
sufficient capacity for the requirements of each area provide
sufficient number of outlets, located at convenient points, so that
extension cords of not over 50 feet will reach all work requiring
artificial light or power. Subcontractors of all other trades
shall furnish their own extension cords, sockets and lamps as may
be required for their work and shall also pay the cost of all
temporary wiring of Construction Offices and used by them.
E. The General Contractor shall pay for all temporary wiring required
for his Construction Offices and the Designer's Field Office.
F. All temporary electrical work shall be furnished and installed in
conformance with the National Electric Code and in accordance with
the requirements of the local ordinances.
G. Any temporary wiring of a special nature for light and power
required for the building during the construction period, other
than mentioned above, shall be paid for under this Section.
H. The General Contractor shall pay for the cost of electrical energy
consumed by all trades during the construction period. All charges
of the utility Company in connection with the temporary electric
service shall be paid for under this Section.
I. All temporary electric work installed during the construction of
this building shall be removed by this Contractor.
J. All temporary lighting required during the construction period
shall be in accordance with the Occupational Safety and Health
Administration's latest requirements of "Safety and Health
Regulations for Construction". Provide the minimum lighting
intensities in all areas of construction as required by these
regulations.
2.20 DEMOLITION
A. All demolition work, as indicated on the drawings, shall be
performed by the Electrical Contractor. Demolished items shall be
removed from the premises by the General Contractor.
B. Care shall be taken during demolition work to maintain the
integrity of the existing raceway systems which may be reused as
indicated below.
40^.
16101 - 20
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2. Combination speaker/microphone - TLMC.
3. Conductors - (2) twisted pair shielded 18 AWG.
D. Wiring:
1. All equipment wiring shall be in accordance with manufacturers
recommendation. A one line wiring diagram shall be submitted
to the Designer with shop drawings showing all equipment
connections. Wiring from combination speaker microphones in
holding cells to audio monitoring system junction box in
Control Room, shall be run in 1 inch electrical metallic
tubing, as shown on drawings.
2.18 ELECTRONIC SECURITY TIME RECORDER SYSTEM
A. General:
1. Furnish and install an electronic security time recorder system
as called for on the drawings and according to the following
specifications. Catalog numbers used herein are those of
Keltron Products and establish the required type, quality and
operating characteristics.
B. Operation:
1. The time recorder shall monitor cell checks by recording the
time and date when an input key switch has been operated.
C. Equipment:
1. The time recorder shall be capable of monitoring two input key
switches (power input voltage shall be 120 VAC, 60 Hz. at 10
watts) and recording the time and date, Model DMP848-1
(desktop).
2. The input key switches shall consist of a standard key switch
with two (2) LEDs, one (1) green LED to indicate that the
voltage is constant and one (1) red LED to indicate that the
voltage has been broken and the time has been recorded, Model
WT-100.
3. Cable - See 'Wiring Diagram on Contract Drawings.
D. The Electrical Subcontractor shall submit, with the shop drawings,
a one-line diagram showing all equipment connections.
2.19 TEMPORARY LIGHTING AND POWER
A. Provide temporary feeders of sufficient capacity from the existing
power distribution system for the light and power requirements of
this building during the construction period.
B. All transformers, switches, panelboards, cable and meters required
for the temporary electric service shall be furnished and installed
under this Section.
16101 - 19
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1. Furnish and install a complete panic system consisting of a
120V strobe light in the control room which is operated by two
(2) mushroom head type maintained contact pushbuttons. The
equipment shall be mounted where shown on the drawings.
B. Equipment:
1. Mushroom pushbutton red - Square D, Class 9001 rated at 15A,
120 volt, with contact block, Square D #KA-2.
2. Strobe light - Fire-Lite, FL33, 120 volt.
C. The panic system shall be wired to a 15 ampere, 120 volt A.C.
constant power circuits. The panic switches shall be wired in
parallel so that any of the switches will energize the strobe light
herein specified.
2.16 VIDEO MONITORING SYSTEM - RACEWAY AND CABLE ONLY
A. General:
1. Furnish and install a complete video monitoring raceway and
cable system as shown on the drawings. The raceway and cable
shall consist of 1 11EMT with RG59 coaxial cable. Furnish and
install a junction box at each end of conduit (in cell and at
control area) with 18" of RG59 cables coiled in box for
termination to video system equipment by owners contractor.
2.17 AUDIO MONITORING SYSTEM
A. General:
1. Furnish and install an audio monitoring system according to the
following specifications. Catalog numbers used herein are
those of Louroe Products and establish the required type,
quality and operating characteristics.
B. Operation:
1. The control unit shall monitor each cell by automatic rotation.
The time delay for the rotation shall be field programmable and
shall be set as directed by the Owner. The range of settings
shall be from one second to ten minutes. A manual operated
switch shall maintain constant monitoring of each cell without
any automatic rotation interference. The control unit shall
also be furnished with a built-in combination
speaker/microphone for direct communication with each cell.
2. A combination speaker/microphone shall be installed into each
light fixture housing where shown on the drawing. Any sound in
each cell shall be transmitted from each microphone to the
control unit. The speaker shall sound only when a transmission
is made from the control unit to each cell.
C. Equipment:
1. Control Unit - AVS8-TB.
16101 - 18
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
illumination for a minimum of 90 minutes. The emergency ballast
shall produce 1100 to 1200lumens initial emergency light output.
B. Emergency lighting shall be provided by using a standard
fluorescent fixture equipped with a Bodine B50 emergency ballast.
This emergency ballast shall consist of a special high temperature
nickel cadmium battery, charger and electronic circuitry contained
in one compact case. A charging indicator light shall be provided
to monitor the charger and battery. A test switch and installation
hardware shall be provided. The B50 shall produce 1000 to 1200
lumens initial emergency light output and be UL listed for
installation either inside or on top of the fixture. The emergency
ballast shall be fully warranted for five (5) years from date of
purchase.
C. Certain lighting fixtures are designated on the Drawings to be
normal/emergency lighting units.
D. The system shall be as manufactured by the Bodine Company.
2.14 TELEPHONE SYSTEM
A. The Electrical Contractor shall furnish and install, complete in
every respect, a telephone raceway system including all interior
raceways, outlets, outlet cover plate, fittings and all other
appurtenances required, leaving the entire installation ready for
installation of telephones, equipment and cables of the Telephone
Company.
B. In general, the telephone system raceways and outlet locations
shall be as shown on the Drawings.
C. All work and the entire installation of same shall be coordinated
with the Designer.
D. The Electrical Contractor shall furnish a 1/4 inch nylon pull cord
in each raceway to facilitate the pulling of cables in the future.
E. All outlet cover plates shall be furnished by the Electrical
Contractor. All telephone outlet cover plates shall be provided
with a factory bushed hole and be of the same finish and by the
manufacturer furnishing all other device and switch plates
installed throughout the buildings. The bushing installed in the
hole of the cover plate shall be of black nylon or fiber
composition.
F. Conduit from telephone outlets indicated on the Drawings shall be
installed into the nearest partition, extended a minimum of 6
inches into the ceiling space and left ready to use by the
Telephone Company for the installation of their cables.
2.15 PANIC SYSTEM
AW
A. General:
16101 - 17
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
0^ E. Fixtures shall be free of light leaks. No cross bars are permitted
over light shields. Fixtures shall provide for sufficient
ventilation of lamps and ballasts. Size and location of vent holes
shall be indicated on Manufacturer's Drawings. Outdoor fixtures
shall have wire mesh screens in the vent holes.
F. The Electrical Contractor shall assume all responsibility for the
safe handling of all lighting fixtures, accessories and lamps until
the final inspection has been made by the Designer.
G. Special fittings and material that may be required to support
fixtures shall be supplied as well as supports or grounds required
to secure surface of pendant mounted fixtures on suspended
ceilings. Fixtures shall be supported from the structural members,
independent of furred or suspended ceilings or roof deck. This
support shall be in addition to regular fixture support bars,
saddles, etc. Where duct work, pipes, type of building
construction materials and structural framing members provide
obstruction or difficult support means, hanger rods shall be used
in association with horizontal sections of steel support channels,
in an approved manner. Steel support channels shall be Unistrut,
Kindorf, or approved equal.
H. Fixtures, part or parts thereof (including lamps) determined to be
defective, upon completion of the electrical installation, shall be
replaced by the Electrical Contractor.
I. Consult with the Ceiling Contractors and coordinate fixture
locations and supports with the suspended ceiling system.
J. Lamps of the proper type, wattage and voltage rating shall be
furnished and installed in each fixture as indicated on the fixture
schedule. Lamps shall be delivered to the project in the original
cartons and installed in the fixtures just prior to the completion
of the work.
1. Fluorescent lamps shall be of the energy efficient, rapid start
type, General Electric Watt-miser II, Sylvania Supersaver , or
an approved equal unless otherwise noted.
2. All lamps, except as noted, and within each source type, i.e.,
fluorescent, incandescent, etc. , shall be of same manufacturer,
General Electric, Philips, Sylvania, or approved equal.
K. Fluorescent ballasts shall be ETL certified, UL listed, Class P,
high power-factor, energy efficient, premium type. They shall
contain integral thermal protectors, one near the coils and one
inside the power capacitor. Ballasts shall be designed for 120 or
277 volt operations with a suitably low noise level for the area in
which installed. They shall be Valmont Electric Maxi-miser II or
approved equal.
2.13 EMERGENCY/EGRESS INVERTER LIGHTING SYSTEM
A. Furnish and install a "normally-on" emergency AC inverter ballast
system capable of operating one or two lamps at reduced
16101 - 16
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2. Ground fault interrupter type - Duplex 15 ampere, 125 volts, 1
phase, U-Slot grounded type.
D. All receptacles, unless otherwise noted, shall be installed 18
inches above floor.
E. In general, receptacle circuits shall be independent of lighting
circuits and shall not be controlled by lighting circuit breaker
switches or lighting switches.
2.11 DEVICE PLATES
A. Device plates of the one-piece type shall be provided for all
outlets to suit the devices installed. Plates on all finished
walls shall be of stainless steel, 0.040 inch thick, provided with
beveled edges. Plates on unfinished walls or fittings may be of
zinc-coated sheet metal with countersunk heads of the same finish
as the plate. Plates shall be of the same manufacturer as the
devices.
2.12 LIGHTING FIXTURES
A. Furnish and install all lighting fixtures and lamps complete with
all accessories required for proper installation and operation.
B. The lighting fixtures scheduled on the drawings are indicative of
the general type desired and are not intended to restrict selection
of fixtures to the particular manufacturer indicated. Fixtures of
the same design and equivalent light-distribution and brightness
characteristics, and of equal finish and quality will be acceptable
if approved as equal by the Designer.
C. It shall be the responsibility of the Electrical Contractor to
check Designerural drawings, prior to ordering fixtures, and
furnish the specified recessed fixtures with proper mounting
arrangement to be compatible with the type ceiling construction in
which the fixture is to be mounted.
D. Manufacturer's shop drawings for all lighting fixtures shall be
submitted for approval prior to purchase.
1. Shop Drawings shall indicate complete details of fixtures,
including manufacturer's catalog numbers for sockets, lamps,
ballasts, light shields, switches, metal gauges, type of
wiring, finish color and texture.
2. Fluorescent fixture shop drawings shall include; ballast
manufacturer and catalog number, lamp manufacturer and catalog
number together with a statement of compatibility when used
together as an integral part of the fixture.
3. Where pertinent to proper installation or operation, Shop
Drawings shall indicate relationship between fixtures and
adjacent elements of structure (walls, columns, ducts,
openings, ceiling grid, etc. ) .
16101 - 15
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
D. Disconnect switches shall be manufactured by ITE, General Electric,
Square D, or Westinghouse.
2.08 EXISTING PANELBOARDS - LIGHTING, POWER AND DISTRIBUTION
A. The existing panelboards are suitable for 480/277 (Northampton
Superior Court Only) and or 208/120 volts, 3 phase, 4 wire
operation as previously installed.
B. Where connections are made in existing panelboards, the panel index
shall be revised to indicate the new loads served. All existing
panelboards that do not have a circuit directory card mounted in a
frame with noncombustible plastic cover shall have one installed on
the inside of the door. All directory cards shall be properly
filled in, using a typewriter and indicating areas and devices
served by each unit.
C. New circuit breakers added to existing panelboards shall be the
same frame size and a interrupting capacity as existing panelboards
and circuit breakers.
2.09 TOGGLE SWITCHES
A. Toggle switches shall be of the totally enclosed, flush tumbler
type of suitable capacity for the intended load and shall be
"Specification Grade".
*W B. Toggle switch bodies shall be of the brown phenolic compound, quiet
indicating type with screw type terminals.
C. General lighting switches shall be 1 pole, 2 pole, 3 way or 4 way
and be 20 ampere, 120/277 volts AC rated as manufactured by
Arrow-Hart , Pass & Seymour, Hubbell, Leviton or approved equal.
D. On finished walls, switches shall be flush-mounted. Where two or
more switches are shown at one location, they shall be installed
under a common wall plate. All switches shall be mounted
approximately 4 feet above the floor and shall be located on the
knob side of all doors.
2.10 RECEPTACLES
A. Bodies shall be of brown phenolic compound, unless noted otherwise,
supported by mounting yoke having plaster ears and shall be
"Specification Grade". Receptacles shall be side or back wired
with two (2) screws per terminal. All receptacles shall be the
grounding type and shall be connected to metal mounting yoke. A
terminal shall be provided for ground wire on all receptacles.
B. Receptacles shall be as manufactured by Arrow-Hart, Pass & Seymour,
Hubbell or approved equal.
C. All receptacles unless specifically noted otherwise shall be as
follows:
AVON
1. Convenience receptacles - Duplex 20 ampere, 125 volts, 1 phase,
3 wire, U-Slot grounded type.
16101 - 14
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
D. Minimum wire size shall be no. 12 AWG for power and lighting
circuits and no. 14 AWG for control wiring. 120-volt branch
circuits of more than 100 feet and 277-volt circuits of more than
150 feet from center of load to panel shall be no. 10 AWG.
E. All circuit phases shall be color coded at terminations, splices,
and pull boxes with UL-listed electrical plastic vinyl tape such as
3M Scotch Brand No. 35 color-coding tape.
F. Wire connectors for copper wire 600 volts and lower (105oC rated
and below), sizes #18 through #6 AWG, solid or stranded, shall be
screw-on type pressure connectors (of the "SCOTCHLOK" type)
incorporating a non-restricted, zinc coated spring, insulated with
a vinyl jacket having a flexible skirt. Connectors for larger size
wires shall be as manufactured by Thomas & Betts Co. or approved
equal. Connectors shall be UL-listed for use at 600 volts.
G. Wire connectors for copper wire 600 volts and below used in
manholes and handholes shall be of the waterproof type and shall be
made with 3M Scotch kit waterproof direct burial splice connectors.
H. Flexible metal clad (MC) cable shall have the required number of
phase conductors, neutral and full size insulated (green) ground
conductor. Conductors shall be #12 AWG. minimum, type THHN.
I. All cables in air plenum spaces that are not installed within
protective conduit system shall be of type approved for air plenum
installation. This shall include signal and communication cables.
2.06 MOTOR CONTROLLERS
A. All motor starters, three phase magnetic combination and single
phase manual type shall in general be furnished under Section
15000, but installed and wired under Section 16000. Disconnect
switches, except as furnished under Section 15000, shall be
furnished and installed under Section 16000.
2.07 DISCONNECT SWITCHES
A. Disconnect switches shall be of the fusible or non-fusible type as
noted and equipped with an external lever or handle for manual
operation. Each unit shall be enclosed in a code-gauge, sheet
steel cabinet with hinged door and catches and suitable for surface
mounting as indicated on the drawings. Neutral conductors shall be
solid throughout.
B. Unless otherwise noted, switches shall be heavy-duty type HD - 240
volts or heavy-duty type HD - 600 volts in NEMA I enclosures of the
size indicated on the drawings or as required. NEMA Type 3R
switches shall be provided where exposed to weather. Voltage
rating of switches shall be appropriate for equipment served.
C. A disconnect switch shall be furnished and installed for all power
equipment as required by the Electrical Code, whether or not shown
Oak on the drawings.
16101 - 13
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
OW 2. Sleeves and openings through fire-rated floors and walls in
which cable or conduit pass shall be sealed by UL Classified
fire-stop fittings with elastomeric rings to seal off cold
smoke and toxic fumes. Fittings shall have heat-activated
intumescent material which expands to fill the voids left by
destroyed cable insulation. Fire-stop devices shall be
O.Z./Gedney Fire-Seal fittings, with UL-classified hourly fire
ratings equal to the fire rating of the floor or wall through
which the cables or conduit pass. Mineral wool or oakum
stuffed in the penetration shall not be employed.
2.04 WIREWAYS
A. Wireways shall be of sheet steel with hinged spring latched covers,
galvanized or painted to protect against corrosion conforming to
industry standards and specifications. All necessary bends,
couplings, connectors, etc., shall be provided.
B. Wireway shall be suitable for lay in conductors with connector
covers permanently attached so that removal is not necessary to
utilize lay in feature.
C. Interior parts shall be smooth and free of sharp edges and burrs.
D. Wireways shall be as manufactured by Square D Co. or approved
equal.
ow 2.05 WIRE AND CABLE
A. All wire and cable shall have copper conductors. Copper wires
shall be soft drawn, annealed, 98 percent conductivity, and
insulated for 600 volts. All conductors larger than no. 10 AWG
shall be stranded and shall be color coded as specified below:
120/208 Volts Phase 277/480 Volt
Black A Brown
Red B Orange
Blue C Yellow
White Neutral Gray
Green Ground Green w/yellow trace
B. Wire sizes #14 through #6 AWG shall be type THHN-THWN; wire size #4
and larger shall be type XIIIM. Type SF-2 shall be used for
connections to lighting fixtures. Direct burial cable shall be
type UF. Conductors installed in conduit lines below grade shall
be type USE.
C. Fire-protective signaling wiring shall be in accordance with the
Electrical Code, Article 760, Fire Prevention Systems for Building
Fire Alarm Systems, and as indicated on the Drawings. All wires
for the local fire alarm system shall be color-coded and sized as
recommended by the manufacturer of the fire alarm system, and shall
be installed in conduit. The combined cross-sectional area of all
conductors or cables shall not exceed the percentage of fill
specified in Table 1, Chapter 9 of the Electrical Code.
16101 - 12
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.03 OUTLET, PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES, AND FITTINGS
A. Furnish and install as a part of the raceway system all outlet,
pull and junction boxes required for the proper installation of
all components of the Electrical System.
B. Outlet boxes shall, in general, be as follows:
1. Exposed, surface and pendant mounted outlet boxes or outlet
boxes installed in normally wet locations shall be of the cast
metal type with threaded hubs.
2. Recessed outlet boxes for dry locations shall be of the pressed
sheet steel, zinc coated, cadmium plated type.
3. Outlet boxes shall not be less than 1-1/2 inch deep unless
shallower boxes are required by structural conditions and are
especially approved by the Designer.
4. Ceiling and bracket outlet boxes shall not be less than 4 inch
octagonal except that smaller boxes may be used where required
by the particular fixture to be installed. Flush or recessed
fixtures shall be provided with separate outlet boxes where
required by the fixture terminal temperature requirements.
5. outlet boxes for general use, flush mounted in concrete work
and walls in normally dry locations, shall be manufactured by
Steel City, Appleton, Raco or approved equal.
6. Outlet boxes for normally wet locations and surface or pendent
mounted in all locations, shall be of the proper cast metal
type and shall be manufactured by Crouse-Hinds, Appleton, Red
Dot, Russell and Stoll, or approved equal.
C. Pull and junction boxes shall, in general, be as follows:
1. Pull and junction boxes shall be constructed of code gauge
galvanized sheet metal, of not less than minimum size required
by the Electrical Code or other applicable Specification
"Standards" and shall be furnished with screw fastened covers.
Boxes exceeding 48 inches in any direction shall be properly
reinforced with angle iron stiffeners.
2. Pull and junction boxes to be installed in normally wet
location areas shall be of the cast type with threaded hub and
gasketed cover plate. The cast pull and junction boxes shall
be manufactured by Crouse-Hinds, Appleton, Russell and Stoll,
or approved equal.
D. Fittings shall, in general, be as follows:
1. Adequate expansion fittings shall be used where crossing
building expansion joints. Expansion fitting shall have
grounding jumpers, and shall be manufactured by O.Z., Inc. or
approved equal.
16101 - 11
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
C. Provide three (3) ply black bake-lite nameplates with 1/4 inch high
engraved white letters on the following equipment. Wording of the
nameplates shall be in conformance with the respective schedules
and notes on the Drawings.
1. Motor Controls: Nameplates shall be provided identifying the
control of each door of same identifying the unit controlled or
protected by the starter, contactor or protective device
contained within same.
2. Nameplates shall be provided for each remote operating station,
disconnect switch, starter, pilot light and control device
identifying the units controlled or protected.
D. Provide revised typewritten directories under transparent plastic
on inside face of doors of the existing panelboards.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. The Electrical Code referred to in these specifications is the
Massachusetts Electrical Code - latest edition. All work shall be
furnished and installed in strict compliance with the requirements
of this Code.
B. All electrical products used on this project shall be new and
conform, unless otherwise specifically noted, to applicable
standards of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association
(NEMA) and/or the American National Standards Institute (ANSI).
C. All electrical products used on this project shall also be listed
by Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL), and be approved for the
service and application.
2.02 CONDUIT AND RACEWAYS
A. Galvanized rigid steel conduit shall be zinc-coated steel
conforming to industry standards and specifications and shall be as
manufactured by Allied Tube & Conduit Corp. , Republic Steel Corp.,
Wheatland Tube Co., or approved equal.
B. Intermediate Metal Conduit shall be zinc-coated steel conforming to
industry standards and specifications and shall be as manufactured
by Allied Tube & Conduit Corp. , Triangle/PWC, Inc. , or approved
equal.
C. Electrical Metallic Tubing shall be zinc coated steel conforming to
industry standards and specifications and shall be as manufactured
by Allied Tube & Conduit Corp., Republic Steel Corp. , Triangle/PWC,
Inc. , and Wheatland Tube Co.
D. Flexible conduit shall be galvanized, spiral wrapped metallic
AVK conduit (Greenfield) or liquid-tight flexible metal conduit as
herein specified for specific equipment.
16101 - 10
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1. The Subcontractor shall be responsible for the closure of
existing services and utilities to allow for their removal, and
to remove existing systems equipment and materials unless
otherwise indicated to remain.
2. All materials and equipment which are to be removed and not
retained by the Owner shall become property of the Electrical
Subcontractor.
3. Materials and equipment which are to be retained by the Owner
shall be stored at a location on the site as directed by the
Owner. The Electrical Subcontractor shall be responsible for
legally disposing of all other materials and equipment removed
by him off the project site.
1.19 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Give detailed instructions, prior to the completion of the work, to
the responsible personnel designated by the Designer in the
operation and maintenance of all work installed under this Section.
A letter with two (2) copies containing the name of the person or
persons to whom the instructions were given and the dates of the
instruction period shall be submitted to the Designer at the
completion of the project.
B. In addition, prepare three (3) sets of manufacturer's (arranged in
three ring binders) catalogs, other similar data including the
necessary photographic equipment cuts, wiring diagrams covering all
mechanical equipment and devices furnished and installed under this
Section. These manuals shall provide complete instructions for the
proper operation and use of the equipment together with
instructions for lubrication and periodic maintenance and for
trouble shooting. Operating instructions shall be specific for
each system and shall include copies of posted specific
instructions. This manual shall contain only that information
which specifically applies to this project and all unrelated
material shall be deleted. During the instruction period this
manual shall be used and explained. The material shall be bound in
note book form and indexed.
C. Provide name, address and telephone number of the manufacturer's
representative and service company for each piece of equipment so
that the source of replacement parts and service for each item of
equipment can be readily obtained.
1.20 IDENTIFICATION
A. All equipment shall be properly identified by means of clear and
concise nameplates, tags, signs or directories.
B. Provide tags identifying each cable, wire or group of wire
comprising a circuit or feeder in all panelboards, switchboards,
motor control centers, pull boxes, troughs and terminal boxes
through which such wires run and at equipment at which they
'° terminate. Tags shall be flame proof linen fiber or pressure
sensitive type. The circuit of feeder designation shall be as
approved by the Designer.
16101 - 9
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
D. When the Designer finds work is substantially complete he will
prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion in accordance with
provisions of General Conditions.
1.16 FINAL COMPLETION
A. When Subcontractor considers Work under this Section is complete,
submit through the General Contractor written certification that:
1. Contract documents have been reviewed.
2. Work has been inspected for compliance with Contract Documents.
3. Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents
(and deficiencies listed with Certificate of Substantial
Completion have been corrected).
4. Equipment and systems have been tested, adjusted and balanced
and are fully operational.
5. Work is complete and ready for final Designer review.
B. Should the Designer observe and find work incomplete, he will
promptly suspend his review and notify Subcontractor in writing
through the General Contractor.
C. Subcontractor shall complete his work, remedy deficiencies and send
a second certification of final completion.
D. The Designer shall, upon receipt of a second certification of
completion, make a second review and shall notify the Subcontractor
in writing through the General Contractor listing observed
deficiencies.
E. When the Designer finds work complete, he will consider close out
submittals.
1.17 REOBSERVATION
A. Should status of completion of Work require additional services by
the Designer due to failure of Work to conform with Subcontractor's
claims on initial the Designer review (for Substantial Completion
or) for Final Completion, Owner will deduct the amount of Designer
and/or his Designer's compensation for additional services from
final payment to Subcontractor.
1.18 INTERFERENCE WITH SERVICES
A. Replacement of existing work, alterations to existing work, and any
new work affecting the operation of services or equipment shall be
performed at such times and in such manner as will cause the least
interference with the operation of existing services and
facilities. Temporary connections necessary to maintain services
shall be made as required and shall involve no additional expense
'A"k to the Owner.
B. Removal and Disposal:
16101 - 8
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
x, 1.12 GUARANTEE
A. Manufacturers shall provide their standard warranties for material
and equipment furnished under this Section. Such warranties shall
be in addition to and not in lieu of all liabilities which the
manufacturer and Contractor may have by law or by provisions of the
Contract Documents.
B. All materials, equipment and work furnished under this Section
shall be guaranteed against all defects in materials and
workmanship for a period of one (1) year commencing with the date
of Substantial Completion. Any failure due to defective material,
equipment or workmanship which may develop, shall be corrected at
no expense to the Owner including all damage to areas, materials
and other systems resulting from such failures.
C. Upon receipt of notice from the Owner of failure of any part of the
systems during the guarantee period, the affected parts shall be
replaced. Any equipment requiring excessive service shall be
considered defective and shall be replaced.
1.13 CONTINUITY OF SERVICE AND SCHEDULING OF WORK
A. Continuity of all services shall be maintained in all areas which
will be occupied during the construction period. If an
interruption of service becomes necessary, such shall be made only
upon consent of the Owner and at a time outside normal working
** hours as he shall designate.
B. Refer to the overall scheduling of the work of the project.
Schedule work to conform to this schedule and install work to not
delay nor interfere with the progress of the project.
1.14 CERTIFICATES OF APPROVAL
A. Upon completion of all work, furnish, in duplicate, certificates of
inspections from the manufacturers stating that authorized factory
Designers have inspected and tested the operation of their
respective equipment and found same to be in satisfactory operating
condition.
1.15 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A. When Subcontractor considers Work under this Section (or designated
portion of Work) is substantially complete, submit written notice
through the General Contractor with a list of items remaining to be
completed or corrected.
B. Should the Designer observe and find Work is not substantially
complete, he will promptly notify Subcontractor through the General
Contractor in writing, listing observed deficiencies.
C. Subcontractor shall remedy deficiencies and send a second written
notice of substantial completion.
16101 - 7
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
C. Regardless of any information included in the shop drawing
submitted for review, the requirements of the Drawings and
Specifications shall not be superseded in any way by the shop
drawing review.
D. Each submittal shall be reviewed, stamped and certified prior to
submission to the Designer. Such certification shall be made by a
Corporate officer of the Contractor, or by a person duly authorized
to sign binding agreements for the Contractor. The certification
shall state that the data and details contained on each shop
drawing, layout drawing, catalog data and brochure has been
reviewed by the Contractor and that it complies with the Contract
Documents in all respects. Shop drawings, layout drawings, catalog
data and brochures will not be reviewed and will be returned to the
Contractor unchecked unless they are certified.
E. It is intended that shop drawing data be complete and accurate at
the first submission. If the shop drawing is returned marked
"Resubmit" only one (1) additional submission will be permitted.
F. A minimum period of two weeks, exclusive of transmittal time, will
be required in the Designer's office each time shop drawings,
layout drawings, and catalog data and brochures are submitted or
resubmitted for review. This time period shall be considered when
scheduling the work.
G. The shop drawings and manufacturers data shall be submitted in a
timely manner sufficiently in advance to give ample time for
checking, correcting, resubmitting and rechecking if necessary. No
claim for delay will be granted for failure to comply with this
requirement.
H. Equipment shall be of proper size for its allotted space.
Equipment shall be disassembled as required, without invalidating
the manufacturers' warranty, so that it can be installed through
regular window, door, and/or louver openings.
1.11 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT STANDARDS
A. Where materials or equipment are specified by patent proprietary
name, or name of the manufacturer, such specification shall be
deemed to be used for the purpose of establishing a standard for
that particular item. No equipment or material shall be used
unless previously approved by the Designer.
B. Substitutions may be offered for review provided the material,
equipment or process offered for consideration is equal in every
respect to that indicated or specified and only if the term
"approved equal" appears. The request for each substitution must
be accompanied by complete specifications together with drawings or
samples to properly appraise the materials, equipment or process.
C. If a substitution of materials or equipment in whole or in part is
made, the Contractor shall bear the cost of any changes
AOW necessitated by any other trade as a result of said substitution.
16101 - 6
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
H. Prior to the installation of all finished materials, a review of
the Record Drawings shall be made to confirm that all changes have
been recorded. All costs to investigate such conditions shall be
borne by the applicable party as determined by the Designer.
I. Obtain and pay for one (1) set of reproducible prints applicable to
this Section. These reproducible prints shall be made on 4 mil
polyester-base "Estar" or approved equal. Make all modifications
to these reproducibles as shown on the marked up Record Drawings.
Remove all superseded data to show the completed installation.
J. At the completion of the contract, each Subcontractor shall submit
to the General Contractor a complete set of his respective Record
Drawings.
1.08 PERMITS, FEES, RULES AND REGULATIONS
A. Give the proper Authorities all requisite notices or information
relating to the work under this Section. Obtain and pay for all
fees, licenses, permits and certificates. Comply with the rules
and regulations of all Local, State and Federal Authorities having
jurisdiction, the rules and regulations of the National Board of
Fire Underwriters and the Public Utilities Companies serving the
building.
1.09 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY
A. Be responsible for the care and protection of all work included
under this Section until it has been tested and accepted.
B. Protect all equipment and materials from damage from all causes
including theft. All materials and equipment damaged or stolen
shall be repaired or replaced with equal material or equipment.
C. Protect all equipment, outlets and openings with temporary plugs,
caps and covers. Protect work and materials of other trades from
damage that might be caused by work or workmen and make good damage
thus caused.
1.10 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Submit for approval, within thirty (30) days after signing the
Contract and prior to the submission of any shop drawings, an
itemized list of manufacturers of material and equipment and of
Subcontractors proposed to be used under this Section.
B. After approval of the list, submit for review a minimum of eight
(8) sets of detailed shop drawings. All shop drawings for
equipment submitted for review shall be arranged in eight (8) three
ring binders and shall include complete Specifications, including
type of materials, electrical characteristics, capacities,
performance and power requirements to determine compliance with
Contract Documents. All data submitted including wiring diagram
�• shall be complete for all equipment and shall apply only to this
specific project. All extraneous material shall be deleted.
16101 - 5
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
with the work of other trades shall be changed to correct
condition.
1.07 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Record Drawings shall consist of all the contract drawings.
B. The General Contractor and all Subcontractors shall be required to
maintain one set of Record Drawings, as the work relates to their
Sections of the Specifications, at the site.
C. The Record Drawings shall be stored and maintained in the General
Contractor's field office apart from other documents used for
construction. The Record Drawings shall be maintained in a clean,
dry and legible condition and shall not be used for construction
purposes.
D. Record Drawings, as submitted by the General Contractor, shall be
verified in the field by the Designer or his Consultants.
Verification by the Designer shall occur during the construction
process and prior to the related work being completed and covered
up.
E. The Record Drawings shall be available at all time for inspection
by the Commonwealth's agents. All deficiencies noted shall be
promptly corrected.
F. The following information shall be indicated on the Record
Drawings:
1. Record all changes, including change orders, in the location,
size, number and type both horizontally and vertically of all
elements of the project which deviate from those indicated on
all the contract drawings.
2. The tolerance for the actual location of utilities and
appurtenances within the building to be marked on the Record
Drawings shall be plus or minus two (2) inches.
3. The location of all internal utilities and appurtenances,
concealed by finished materials, including but not limited to
valves, coils, dampers, vents, cleanouts, strainers, pipes,
junction boxes, turning vanes, variable and constant volume
boxes, ducts, traps and maintenance devices. The location of
these internal utilities, appurtenances and devices shall be
shown by offsets to the column grid lines on the drawings.
G. At the end of each month and before payment for materials
installed, the General Contractor, his Subcontractors, and agents
of the Commonwealth shall review Record Drawings for purpose of
payment. IF THE CHANGES IN LOCATION OF ALL INSTALLED ELEMENTS ARE
NOT SHOWN ON THE RECORD DRAWINGS AND VERIFIED IN THE FIELD, THEN
THE MATERIAL SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED AS INSTALLED AND PAYMENT WILL
BE WITHHELD.
Awk
16101 - 4
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
pk 1.04 INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS
A. All work shown on the Drawings is intended to be approximately
correct to scale, but figures dimensions and detailed Drawings are
to be followed in every case. The Drawings shall be taken in a
sense as diagrammatic. Size of pipes or conduits and methods of
running them are shown but it is not intended to show every offset
and fitting, nor every structural difficulty that may be
encountered.
B. To carry out the true intent and purpose of the Drawings, all
necessary parts to make complete, approved working systems ready
for use shall be furnished without extra charge.
C. Locations shown on the Drawings are approximate and it is intended
that all equipment shall be located in accordance with the general
and detail Drawings of the construction proper. All measurements
shall be taken at the building before fabrication commences.
1.05 OBTAINING INFORMATION
A. Obtain from the manufacturer the proper method of installation and
connection of the equipment that is to be furnished and installed.
Obtain all information that is necessary to facilitate the work and
to complete the project.
1.06 COOPERATION AND COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES
A. The work shall be so performed that the progress of the entire
building construction, including all other trades, shall not be
delayed and not interfered with. Materials and apparatus shall be
installed as fast as conditions of the building will permit and
must be installed promptly when and as directed.
B. Keep fully informed as to the shape, size and position of all
openings required for all apparatus and give information in advance
to build openings into the work. Furnish and set in place all
sleeves, pockets, supports and incidentals.
C. All distribution systems which require pitch or slope such as
plumbing drains, steam and condensate piping shall have the right
of way over those which do not. Confer with other trades as to the
location of pipes, ducts, lights and apparatus and install work to
avoid interferences.
D. Ductwork Shop Drawings at 3/8 inch = 1' - 0" scale shall be
prepared by the HVAC Contractor and sepia transparencies of these
Drawings shall be used to work out the coordination of all work of
all Trades as specified in each applicable Section. Plumbing, Fire
Protection and Electrical systems shall be shown and coordinated on
these transparencies in the order listed by the respective
Contractors.
E. Prepare and submit for approval, at that scale or larger, plans and
sections, clearly showing how the work is to be installed in
relation to the work of other trades. Work that is installed
before coordination with other trades, or that causes interference
16101 - 3
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1. Grounding System.
2. Motor Controllers.
3. Raceway Systems.
4. Wireways.
5. outlets and Pull Boxes.
6. Wire and Cable.
7. Disconnect Switches.
8. Fuses.
9. Power, control and alarm wiring to include connections for the
Plumbing Equipment shall be wired and connected by the
Electrical Contractor. (Northampton Superior Court only)
10. Electrical wiring and connections for owner Furnished
Equipment.
11. Devices and Device Plates.
12. Lighting Fixtures and Lamps.
13. Emergency/Egress Inverter Lighting System.
14. Telephone Raceway System.
15. Panic System.
16. Video Monitoring System.
17. Audio Monitoring System.
18. Fire Alarm System. (Northampton Superior Court Only)
19. Electronic Security Time Recording System.
20. Sound System.
21. Supplementary Steel, Channel and Supports.
22. operation and Maintenance Instructions and Manuals for
Electrical Equipment.
23. Nameplates, Labels and Tags.
24. Testing.
25. Temporary Lighting and Power.
1.03 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS
A. The following work is not included as work in this Section and is
to be performed under other Sections:
1. Cutting and Patching, Section 02050.
2. Temporary Water, Heat and Fire Protection, Section 01510.
3. Flashing and Caulking, Section 07910.
4. Setting of Frames for Registers and Access Panels, Section
15501.
5. Painting, Section 09900.
6. Plumbing, Section 15401.
7. Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning, Section 15501.
8. Telephone system equipment and instruments are to be furnished
and installed by Owner's private telephone company.
9. All automatic temperature control system components, wiring and
interlock wiring associated with the heating, ventilating and
air conditioning system will be furnished, mounted, wired and
connected by the HVAC Contractor as specified under Section
15501.
10. Mounting of electrical equipment having mechanical connections.
Refer to work involving mechanical trades.
11. Installation, wiring and connecting of automatic temperature
controls unless otherwise noted or specified.
12. Starters and control devices for heating, ventilating and air
conditioning equipment unless otherwise noted or specified.
13. Starters and control devices for plumbing equipment.
16101 - 2
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
SECTION 16101
ELECTRICAL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and
all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which are
hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications.
B. Time, Manner and Requirements for Submitting Sub-Bids:
1. Sub-Bids for work under this Section shall be for the complete
work and shall be filed in a sealed envelope with the Division
of Capital Planning and Operations at a time and place as
stipulated in the "NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS".
The following shall appear on the upper left hand corner of the
envelope:
NAME OF SUB-BIDDER:
MASS. STATE PROJECT: CONTRACT NO.
SUB-BID FOR SECTION:
No. and Title of
Section)
2. Each sub-bid submitted for work under this Section shall be on
forms furnished by the Division of Capital Planning and
Operations, as required by Section 44F of Chapter 149 of the
General Laws, as amended. Sub-bid forms may be obtained at the
office of the Division of Capital Planning and Operations, or
may be obtained by written or telephone request (phone
617-727-4003) .
3. Sub-bids filed with the Division of Capital Planning and
Operations shall be accompanied by a BID BOND or CASH or
CERTIFIED CHECK or a TREASURER'S or CASHIER'S CHECK issued by a
responsible bank or trust company payable to the Commonwealth
of Massachusetts in the amount of five percent of the bid. A
sub-bid accompanied by any other form of bid deposit than those
specified will be rejected.
C. Sub-Sub Bid Requirements: None required under this Section.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The work under this Section shall include the furnishing of all
material, labor, equipment and supplies and the performance of all
operations to provide a complete working system as required by the
Drawings and details and as specified herein, in general, to
include the following items:
16101 - 1
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs to Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
SECTION 16101
ELECTRICAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)
3.07 WIRE AND CABLES 28
3.08 PHASING AND COLOR CODING 29
3.09 OUTLET, PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES 30
3.10 MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS 31
3 .11 MOTORS AND CONTROLS 32
3.12 COORDINATION WITH MECHANICAL WORK 33
3.13 BUILDING RELATED SYSTEMS 33
3.14 SUPPLEMENTARY STEEL, CHANNEL AND SUPPORTS 34
3.15 TESTING AND INSPECTION 34
3.16 PAINTING 35
3.17 CLEANING UP 35
PART 4 - REPAIR WORK
4.01 EXAMINATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS 36
4.02 REMOVAL AND PREPARATION OF EXISTING WORK 36
4.03 ALTERATION WORK INCLUDED UNDER THIS SECTION 36
16101 - ii
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs to Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
SECTION 16101
ELECTRICAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
ITEM PAGE
1.01 PROVISIONS 1
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK 1
1.03 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS 2
1.04 INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS 3
1.05 OBTAINING INFORMATION 3
1.06 COOPERATION AND COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES 3
1.07 RECORD DRAWINGS 4
1.08 PERMITS, FEES, RULES AND REGULATIONS 5
1.09 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY 5
1.10 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 5
1.11 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT STANDARDS 6
1.12 GUARANTEE 7
1.13 CONTINUITY OF SERVICE AND SCHEDULING OF WORK 7
1.14 CERTIFICATES OF APPROVAL 7
1.15 REMOVAL WORK 7
1.16 OPERATING INSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 8
1.17 REOBSERVATION 8
1.18 INTERFERENCE WITH SERVICES 8
1.19 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 9
1.20 IDENTIFICATION 9
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL 10
2.02 CONDUIT AND RACEWAYS 10
2 .03 OUTLET, PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES, AND FITTINGS 11
2.04 WIREWAYS 12
2.05 WIRE AND CABLE 12
2.06 MOTOR CONTROLLERS 13
2.07 DISCONNECT SWITCHES 13
2.08 EXISTING PANELBOARDS - LIGHTING, POWER AND DISTRIBUTION 14
2.09 TOGGLE SWITCHES 14
2.10 RECEPTACLES 14
2.11 DEVICE PLATES 15
2.12 LIGHTING FIXTURES 15
2.13 EMERGENCY/EGRESS INVERTER LIGHTING SYSTEM 17
2.14 TELEPHONE SYSTEM 17
2 .15 PANIC SYSTEM 18
2.16 VIDEO MONITORING SYSTEM - RACEWAY AND CABLE ONLY 18
2 .17 AUDIO MONITORING SYSTEM 19
2.18 ELECTRONIC SECURITY TIME RECORDER SYSTEM 20
2 .19 TEMPORARY LIGHTING AND POWER 21
2 .20 DEMOLITION
2 .21 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM - EXTENSION OF EXISTING SYSTEM 21
PART 3 - EXEUCTION
3.01 GENERAL 23
3.02 METERING (EXISTING TO REMAIN) 24
3 .03 MAIN ELECTRIC SERVICE (EXISTING TO REMAIN) 24
3.04 SLEEVING 24
3 .05 GROUNDING 24
3 .06 WIRING METHODS 26
16101 - i
oil
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
4.02 REMOVAL AND PREPARATION OF EXISTING WORK
A. The existing building structure and existing substrates shall be
properly prepared by the General Contractor to provide suitable
installation conditions for work under this Section, in accordance
with Section 02050 - Demolition and Section 01040 - Commencement
and Conduct of On-Site Operations. .
B. Work under this Section includes the responsibility to inspect all
installation conditions and request the General Contractor to
correct any conditions which may affect the work under this Section
adversely.
4.03 ALTERATION WORK INCLUDED UNDER THIS SECTION
A. Work required under this Section, relating to Repair Work, includes
the following:
1. Patch and repair all materials normally installed under this
Section which have been affected by alterations or removal of
existing work. All alteration work shall be similar to new
work as specified under this Section.
15501 - 36
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3. Make final adjustment of air flows as directed to obtain
comfortable conditions in all spaces after approved air
quantities are obtained. Adjust deflection of all adjustable
deflection grilles and registers as directed to minimize
drafts.
4. After air balance is completed, balance the water flow in the
hot water and chilled water systems. Adjust the water flow
through all chilled water coils, hot water coils, radiators,
convectors, unit heaters and all other elements of the systems
by means of pressure drop, temperature rise or drop or by use
of special flow indicators.
5. Submit a complete report of the air and water balancing
operation including: design and actual air flow from
diffusers, registers and grilles listed and tabulated by room;
complete fan performance data at design and actual operating
conditions; ampere readings of all motors together with
nameplate data; and pressure and temperature drops or rises
across all heating or cooling equipment items together with
required and actual flows and a tabulation of flows throughout
the systems obtained from the flow indicators.
G. The fixed speed of the fan for air handling systems with variable
speed controllers shall be adjusted so that the air volume and
static pressure when the VSC is in the by-pass position (fan
operating at constant motor speed) shall not overload the motor.
Fan speed adjustment for constant speed operation shall be made in
the same manner as if the system were constant speed. (i.e., sheave
and drive changed for minimum fan RPM required at design air flow
with minimum adjustment of balancing dampers. )
H. Make ammeter reading on each phase of lead to all motors after
final adjustments are made. Supply list motors with nameplate
amperes and readings taken.
I. Upon completion of the work, certify that all systems are properly
balanced and are delivering the required amount of air within 10
percent of design. Deliver six (6) copies of the test report for
transmittal to the Designer, Consulting Designer and the Owner.
PART 4 - REPAIR WORK
4.01 EXAMINATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS
A. Prior to ordering and delivery of new products or materials
required for installation or application in the existing building
as work under this Section, examine existing conditions affecting
work under this Section.
B. Examination of existing conditions shall be sufficient to make the
installer of the work under this Section fully aware of existing
structure or finishes of spaces that are to remain and that have
been or shall be removed, altered, repaired, replaced or renovated.
15501 - 35
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
/ Northampton Superior Courthouse
B. Test piping to be concealed and/or covered before concealment or
covering. Test the underground steam and return lines and conduit
as specified hereinbefore. Test all steam lines, condensate return
lines, and hot water lines at 150 psig hydrostatically and all
other lines at working pressure and make tight before covering is
applied. All instruments, traps of other equipment that is not
rated to withstand the test pressure shall be disconnected from the
system before tests are made. Notice shall be given to the
Designer before tests are made so that he or his representative can
be present. Steam systems shall be operated without trap elements
or otherwise flushed out.
C. Operate duct systems only with filters in place. Cover all air
outlets with cloth or blow out the air systems. Test all duct
systems and repair all leaks in the ducts and casings of equipment
and make air tight prior to the installation of the insulation.
D. Keep filters in place in all units operating during construction
and replace with new filters and/or new media, immediately after
Owner occupies the building, as directed.
E. Operate all motor driven equipment in the presence of the Designer
or his representatives. Correct all defects, including noise,
vibration, misalignment and unbalance. Replace all motors and
bearings that are noisy or overheat.
F. Employ an independent engineering firm, acceptable to and approved
by the Designer, to test, adjust and balance the air handling
systems. Prior to the start of balancing, check the rotation of
all fans, air conditioning units, propeller fans and power roof
exhaust fans. Check to verify that all dampers are free to open
and close and that all fire dampers are open and equipped with
fusible links. All filters must be checked and replaced if
operated during construction, before commencing balancing so as not
to create excessive resistance to the system. Make any necessary
changes in the fan speed to obtain design system conditions and
realign all belts as necessary. Change the size of pulleys and
belts as required to obtain proper air delivery and provide
additional dampers, splitters and other devices as necessary to
obtain the correct air balance, all as directed by the Designer.
Furnish qualified workmen as required to cut openings in ducts for
air readings, adjust fan speeds as directed and do such other work
as required to assist in balancing the systems. Cut neat round
holes with no sharp edges in belt guards. The temperature control
system must be completely installed before balancing is started.
Calibrate the temperature control system simultaneously with the
balancing operation.
1. Make air measurements with Velometer and/or Anemometer as
directed by the Designer. Use special shielding devices as
recommended by the manufacturer when measuring the air flows
from diffusers.
2. Use tong ammeter when adjusting fan speeds to avoid overloading
motor. Replace drives as required to obtain proper air flow.
15501 - 34
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
G. Where two or more valves are operated by the same controlling
instrument or if the valve is operated in a sequencing control
cycle, each valve operated shall be furnished with a positive
positioning relay.
H. Room thermostats in general shall be mounted 54 inches above the
finished floor. Thermostats mounted on outside walls shall have
insulated mounting bases which shall be sealed air tight to prevent
convection of air through thermostat from wall voids.
I. Low temperature detection thermostats and low temperature safety
thermostats shall be installed in the leaving air side of all
heating coils of heating and ventilating units. They shall be
wired to stop the fan on a drop in temperature.
J. Low discharge temperature thermostats shall be installed in the
discharge of each heating and ventilating unit. They shall be
wired to stop the fan on a drop in discharge temperature.
K. Steam pressure switches shall be installed in the steam main to
each heating and ventilating unit steam heating coil. They shall
be wired to stop the fan when the steam pressure falls below 4 psig
when the outdoor air temperature is below 65 degrees F.
L. Install, pipe and wire all temperature control panels and all
switches, relays, time clocks, transformers, and other required
control components to accomplish the control sequence of operation
as specified. Mount panels in the locations shown on the Drawings.
All switches shall be either electrical maintained contact with
pilot lights or pneumatic located in the face of the panel and all
switches and controls shall have engraved black on white laminated
plastic identification nameplates to identify the switch and/or
control and its function. Install all controls named or described
and all other items to obtain the control sequence described in the
following paragraphs:
1. Hot Water Reheat Coil (RH-1) - Northampton
a. A discharge air thermostat located downstream of the RH-1
shall modulate the control valve to maintain the discharge
air temperature at 720F.
3.12 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND PUTTING IN SERVICE
A. Test, adjust and put in service all systems and make all
adjustments as required to make them operate as specified. Put
mechanical equipment specified herein in operation in the presence
of the Designer with forty-eight (48) hours notice given for each
appointment. Give instructions to a designated representative of
the owner, together with persons specifically designated by the
Designer, in the operation and routine maintenance of all parts of
OOW the various systems.
15501 - 33
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
,mow Northampton Superior Courthouse
3.11 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL (Pneumatic)
A. Install a complete system of pneumatic automatic temperature
controls utilizing equipment and materials as manufactured by
Barber Colman, Landis & Gyr Powers, Robertshaw Controls, Honeywell
or Johnson Controls. All automatic temperature control components
shall be installed by competent mechanics and electricians
regularly employed in that trade by the Automatic Temperature
Control Sub-Subcontractor.
B. Install all thermostats, submaster regulators, pressure regulators,
pressure transmitters, receivers, receiver controllers, automatic
control valves, dampers, damper motors, control panels, relays,
gauges, air piping, air compressors, air receivers, refrigerated
air dryers and accessories. The Automatic Temperature Control
Sub-Subcontractor shall supervise the installation of all valve
bodies in the piping systems and the installation of all motorized
dampers in the air handling systems.
C. All control air tubing shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike
manner. All tubing shall be concealed whenever possible and shall
be independently supported and not attached to piping and ducts.
Exposed tubing in Equipment Rooms shall be hard copper with sweat
connections, attached to the structure or walls and run parallel to
each other and the major planes of the structure. Multi-tube
bundles shall be terminated in panels or junction boxes. Final
termination to control devices may be made with short runs of
single tube polyethylene. Suitable drip legs and drains shall be
installed at all points to prevent condensation pockets.
D. The entire control air piping system shall be tested by placing the
control pressure lines under 30 psi pressure and the receiver
pressure lines under 100 psi pressure for twenty-four (24) hours.
The pressure drop during this period shall not exceed 5 psi for the
control pressure lines and 15 psi for the receiver pressure lines.
E. Gauges of at least 1-1/2 inch diameter shall be installed at all
master, submaster, duct and immersion thermostats and at all
pneumatic relays, E.P. and P.E. relays and at all other points
throughout the system to indicate main air, branch and pilot air
pressures for visual indication as required for proper operational
maintenance of the control system.
F. Pneumatic damper operators shall be mounted on brackets outside the
air stream and shall be of sufficient size to operate their
respective damper positively and effectively. Where two or more
dampers are to be operated by the same controlling instruments or
if damper is operated in sequencing control cycle each damper
operator shall be furnished with a positive positioning relay.
Outside air, return air and exhaust air system dampers shall be
opened and closed through an electric pneumatic relay wired in
parallel with the supply fan starter coil or wired to the load side
00k of the starter if voltage is 208 volts or less.
15501 - 32
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
""* Northampton Superior Courthouse
banded on. Insulation thickness for all runout piping 2 inch and
smaller from main to terminal units shall be 1 inch thick.
1. Cover fittings, strainers and valves 2 inch and under in these
lines with molded preformed or routed fiberglass insulation
fitting covers as manufactured by Molded Acoustical Products,
Pro-Tec-T-Kotes, Insul-Coustic, Poncho or Speedline or with two
(2) coats of insulating cement to the same thickness as the
sectional insulation and finished with 6 ounce fiberglass cloth
jacket pasted on and coated with fitting mastic. (PVC 25/50
rated fitting covers may be substituted for the fiberglass
cloth jacket only. )
2. Cover fittings, strainers, flanges and valves 2-1/2 inches and
larger in these lines with molded preformed or routed
fiberglass insulation fitting covers as manufactured by Molded
Acoustical Products, Pro-Tec-T-Kotes, Insul-Coustic, Poncho or
Speedline or segmented sections of calcium silicate block wired
on and coated with insulating cement to the same thickness as
the sectional insulation and finished with 6 ounce fiberglass
cloth jacket pasted on and coated with fitting mastic. (PVC
25/50 rated fitting covers may be substituted for the
fiberglass cloth jacket only. )
D. Cover all supply air ducts and outside air ducts with 1-1/2 inch
thick fiberglass flexible duct insulation with a vapor barrier
jacket of Reinforced Foil Faced Kraft Paper having a maximum vapor
permeance of 0.02 perms. All duct insulation shall have a minimum
density of one (1) pound per cubic foot. Insulation shall be
adhered to duct with Foster No. 81-13 or Minnesota Mining EC-1329,
or approved equal, adhesive applied in 6 inches wide strips 12
inches on center. Butt all edges of all insulation and seal all
joints of vapor seal insulation with tape of same material as vapor
seal applied with adhesive specified above to provide a continuous
vapor seal. on the bottom of ducts 24 inches and wider, stick clips
shall be installed 10 to 14 inches on centers. Seal all holes for
stick clips with tape and adhesive as specified above to provide a
continuous vapor seal.
E. Cover all supply and all outside air intake plenums and ducts and
all exhaust air plenums and all exhaust plenums and ducts between
louvers and motorized dampers with 1-1/2 inch thick fiberglass
three (3) pound density rigid board duct insulation with vapor
barrier jacket of Reinforced Foil Faced Kraft Paper having a
maximum vapor permeance of 0.02 perms. Insulation shall be held in
place with stick clips on 12 to 18 inch centers. All punctures,
breaks, seams and edges shall be sealed with strips of sealing tape
of the same material as the Vapor Barrier Jacket and sealed with
Vapor Barrier Lap Adhesive in such a manner as to provide a
continuous vapor barrier seal.
15501 - 31
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Oft Northampton Superior Courthouse
D. No pipes or conduits shall pass through any duct without written
approval of the Designer. Where it is impossible to re-route such
pipe or conduit, the duct shall be increased at that point to
maintain a constant cross-sectional area and a streamline enclosure
for the pipe shall be provided. Coordinate the sheet metal
installation with the work of all other trades.
3.10 INSULATION
A. The installation of all insulation shall be performed in a
workmanlike manner and shall conform to the Code of Workmanship of
the International Association of Heat and Frost Insulators and
Asbestos Workers. Furnish all labor, equipment, accessories and
materials and perform all operations necessary for the installation
of all insulation for the duct systems and steam, condensate, and
hot water piping systems, including all related equipment and
accessories.
B. Cover all low pressure steam piping and all condensate return
piping with fiberglass sectional pipe insulation equal to Owens
Corning Two Piece Heavy Density Pipe Insulation with embossed vapor
barrier laminate All Purpose Jacket. Thickness of insulation for
all main piping shall be 1-1/2 inch thick for pipes 2 inch size and
smaller; 2 inch thick for pipes 2-1/2 inch to 6 inch in size; all
with jacket pasted and banded on. Insulation thickness for all
runout piping 2 inch and smaller from main to terminal units shall
be 1 inch thick.
1. Cover fittings, strainers and valves 2 inch and under in these
lines with molded preformed or routed fiberglass insulation
fitting covers as manufactured by Molded Acoustical Products,
Pro-Tec-T-Kotes, Insul-Coustic, Poncho or Speedline or with two
(2) coats of insulating cement to the same thickness as the
sectional insulation and finished with 6 ounce fiberglass cloth
jacket pasted on and coated with fitting mastic. (PVC 25/50
rated fitting covers may be substituted for the fiberglass
cloth jacket only. )
2. Cover fittings, strainers, flanges and valves 2-1/2 inches and
larger in these lines with molded preformed or routed
fiberglass insulation fitting covers as manufactured by Molded
Acoustical Products, Pro-Tec-T-Kotes, Insul-Coustic, Poncho or
Speedline or segmented sections of calcium silicate block wired
on and coated with insulating cement to the same thickness as
the sectional insulation and finished with 6 ounce fiberglass
cloth jacket pasted on and coated with fitting mastic. (PVC
25/50 rated fitting covers may be substituted for the
fiberglass cloth jacket only.)
C. Cover all hot water piping with fiberglass sectional pipe
insulation equal to Owens Corning Two Piece Heavy Density Pipe
Insulation with embossed vapor barrier laminate All Purpose Jacket.
Thickness of insulation for all main piping shall be 1-1/2 inch
thick for pipes 6 inch size and smaller all with jacket pasted and
15501 - 30
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
of the Specification if the equipment is completely accessible
without removing large heavy sections of the piping.
3.06 VALVES
A. Provide shut off valves on every line connecting to equipment and
main pipe lines and between horizontal mains and risers. Provide
all valves of the type as shown on the Drawings.
B. Drawoff cocks shall be provided at all low points of all piping
systems to provide complete draining of the piping. All drawoff
cocks shall be 3/4 inch.
C. Gate valves shall be installed on all supply and return runouts to
each piece of heating or cooling equipment including all equipment
having automatic control valves.
3.07 BALANCING VALVES
A. Install balancing valves in the return from each hot water heating
coil, unit heater, radiator, in each branch return line, in the
discharge of each pump and at all points as shown or required to
balance the systems. Balancing valves in the return runouts and in
pump discharges may be used to comply with the requirements of the
VALVES Paragraph above. All balancing valves shall give tight shut
off at 150 psi.
3.08 STEAM SPECIALTIES
A. Install low pressure steam traps as shown on the Drawings.
Thermostatic and float and thermostatic traps of the sizes shown
shall be installed where called for on the plans. Float and
thermostat traps shall have strainer and dirt pocket.
3.09 SHEETMETAL WORK INSTALLATION
A. Install all sheet metal ductwork required for the various supply,
return and exhaust air systems. All ducts and sheet metal plenums
shall be constructed of galvanized iron of U.S. Standard Gauge
unless otherwise specified and all shall be fabricated and
installed in accordance with the "HVAC Duct Construction Standards"
as published by Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors'
National Association, Inc.
B. Ducts shall be true to the inside clear dimensions indicated on the
drawings. Ducts shall be straight and smooth on the inside with
neatly finished joints and shall be sealed as specified herein.
C. Ducts shall be securely anchored to the building construction in an
approved manner and shall be so installed as to be completely free
from vibration under all conditions of operation. Horizontal ducts
*Wk shall be hung with hangers of same material as the duct from
concrete inserts, beam clamps or from expansion shields. Vertical
ducts shall be supported at each floor. Provide all necessary
supports and cross framing as required.
15501 - 29
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
drops in chilled water and hot water mains to eliminate all air
pockets. Draw off cocks shall be provided at low points of all
systems for complete drainage.
C. All piping to be welded shall be cut off clean in pipe machines and
beveled and all welding shot shall be removed. Ends of all pipe
shall be reamed to full size. Welded pipe shall have Tube Turns,
Walworth, Bonney Forge or approved equal welding fittings of the
same weight and material as the pipe. Where branch connections are
made to a main, a welding tee shall be used when the branch
connection is the same size as, or one or two sizes smaller than
the main. When the branch is smaller than two sizes below the main
or is of a size that screwed pipe will be used, the branch
connections to the main shall be made with a Bonney Forge
"Weldolet" or "Threadolet" forged fitting or approved equal. No
"fish mouths" or couplings shall be used for branch connections to
mains. All reduction in main size shall be made with eccentric
reducers. All flanges shall be welded neck type with pressure
ratings of valves, strainers and equipment to which they are
connected.
D. Cast iron screwed fittings shall be used on nonwelded pipe.
Bushings shall not be used in screwed fittings for size reductions.
Only eccentric fittings or reducing tees and/or elbows shall be
used to reduce size of pipe.
E. All piping at reheat coils between coil and balancing valves,
control valve or shut off valves all heating hot water piping
running parallel to radiation and used in connection to and between
radiation elements and all drainage piping shall be copper tubing.
All connections between copper tubing and fittings in water and
drainage piping shall be made with 95-5 tin antimony solder.
Connections between steel pipe and copper tubing shall be made at
bronze valves or bronze couplings shall be used. These connections
shall be made outside of all pipe chases. No connection between
steel pipe and copper pipe shall be concealed behind walls. All
water piping shall have wrought copper solder joint pressure
fittings. All drainage piping shall have drainage type fittings.
Provide cleanouts in drainage piping at changes in directions and
every 40 feet in straight run to completely rod out the piping.
Provide loop seal in drain piping from air conditioning units coil
drain pans with loop seal to properly seal against the static
pressure in the unit and run to floor drain or open end drain as
applicable.
F. Furnish and install all flanges, bolts and gaskets required to make
connections to valves, strainers and equipment.
G. Unions or flanges shall be installed at all equipment, pumps,
traps, control valves, drips, vents and drains where it may be
necessary to disconnect equipment or piping for maintenance and/or
repair. Piping 2 inch and smaller shall have heavy pattern unions.
Unions in copper tubing shall be all bronze or brass. All piping
larger than 2 inch shall have flanges of the welded neck type.
Mating flanges of valves may be considered to meet this requirement
15501 - 28
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
properly sized reinforcing rods shall be inserted through the
special holes, hooks or brackets provided in or on the insert to
securely anchor insert to the structure.
3.04 PIPE WELDING AND QUALIFICATION OF WELDERS
A. Joints between section of steel pipe and between pipe and fittings
1-1/2 inches and larger may be welded and 2-1/2 inches and larger
shall be welded. Pipe welding shall be accomplished by the
Shielded Metal arc Welding process. All pipe welding shall comply
with the provisions of the latest revision of the ASME/ANSI
Standard Code for Pressure Piping, 831.1 - Power Piping, or State
or local requirements. Before any pipe welding is performed,
submit to the Designer a copy of the Welding Procedure
Specifications to be used together with proof of its qualification
under the Standards established by the American Welding Society's
Committee D-10 on Pipe and Tubing.
B. All pipe welding shall be accomplished by certified welders.
Before any welder performs any pipe welding, submit to the Designer
the qualification record of each welder in conformance with the
above provisions showing that the welder was tested under the
approved Welding Procedure Specifications submitted. Standard
Procedure Specifications of welders qualified by the National
Certified Pipe Welding Bureau shall be considered as conforming to
the requirements of these Specifications. Be responsible for the
quality of welding done and repair or replace any work not in
accordance with these Specifications.
3.05 PIPING AND FITTINGS
A. All piping shall be cut accurately to measurements established in
the building and shall be installed without springing or forcing,
except where cold springing is called for on the Drawings for
expansion loops. Connections to existing piping shall be made to
prevent misalignment of present installation. All open ends of
piping shall be covered during construction to prevent entrance of
foreign material.
B. All piping shall be run true and straight. Lines of steam and
return piping shall, in general, pitch down 1/4 inch in 10 feet in
the direction of flow of condensate, except steam runouts or spring
pieces not exceeding eight feet in length shall pitch up 1/2 inch
per foot in direction of steam flow. If steam runouts or spring
pieces from main to control valve or riser exceeds 8 feet a drip
trap shall be installed. Connections shall be made from the top
quadrant of all steam supply mains and all condensate return mains.
Water lines shall be run level or pitch up in direction of flow.
Connections shall be made from the top of the main for all upfeed
runouts and from the bottom of the main for all down feed runouts
for all water mains. Swing joints, offsets or loops shall be
provided so that the piping will be free to expand without creating
excessive stress on any part of the system. Provide drips at all
points in steam lines shown on the plans and at any other necessary
for the proper drainage of condensate. Provide air vents at all
15501 - 27
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3.02 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Install all hangers, inserts in new concrete construction and
supports for the various parts of the system. Piping shall be hung
and/or supported at intervals of not over 10 feet. Ducts shall be
hung at intervals of not over 8 feet. Install riser clamps or
spring hangers at tops of risers as required. Piping hung from
wall shall have offset rods or brackets to support hangers.
B. Set all sleeves, inserts and pockets for risers in the forms for
concrete pouring.
C. All hanger rods shall be hung from inserts in concrete, or from
I-beam clamps on steel beams. Clamps shall have retaining clips
and locknut. If inserts have not been provided, hangers shall be
through bolted or Cinch or Slug-In expansion bolts may used with
the permission of the Designer. When pipe or equipment is hung or
supported, no part of any equipment nor any part of the building
shall be stressed beyond its normal allowable working strength.
D. All steel framework and supports installed under this Section shall
conform to the latest revisions of the Standard Specifications for
Steel for Bridges and Buildings of the American Society for Testing
Materials. All shop fabricated framework shall have a shop coat of
Lead Oxide Metal Primer, except steel in concrete shall not be
painted.
3.03 SLEEVES AND INSERTS
A. All piping passing through masonry or concrete walls or through
concrete floors shall be fitted with sleeves of steel pipe having
flanges or wings at mid-point to keep sleeve from slipping through
floor or wall. All pipes sleeves for pipes passing through floors
shall extend 1/2 inch above the finished floor level except all
sleeves in Mechanical Equipment Room floors shall extend 2 inches
above the finish floor level. All pipes passing through or in wood
partitions shall have 16 gauge galvanized iron sleeves so placed
that pipes shall not contact a wood surface at any point.
B. Insulation on pipes shall pass through sleeve and the sleeve shall
be sized to allow the insulation to pass through without
interruption. Seal the annular opening at all sleeves passing
through floors or fire partitions with Dow Corning Fire Stop System
or Carborundum Company Fyre Putty installed as recommended by the
manufacturer. Install 20 gauge galvanized sheet metal sleeve over
the insulation that protrudes 3 inches each side of sleeve to
prevent damage to the insulation.
C. All inserts in new concrete construction shall be capable of
developing the full strength of the rod or bolt used in them and
shall be either continuous insert type or malleable iron concrete
�• inserts for rod sizes 3/8 inch to 7/8 inch. Continuous inserts
shall have anchors every 4 inches and shall extend 1-1/2 inches
above the back of the insert and shall hook to provide anchor. All
inserts shall be tied to the reinforcing steel rods with wire and
15501 - 26
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Oft Northampton Superior Courthouse
banks, two (2) or more low temperature detection thermostats, wired
in series, shall be provided. They shall be wired to stop the fan
or sound an alarm as specified when any one (1) foot of the element
senses a temperature below the set point.
W. Low discharge temperature thermostats shall be automatic reset
electric duct insertion thermostats with bimetallic sensing element
having an insertion length of not less than 9 inches. The
thermostats shall be adjustable over a range of zero to 120 degrees
F. They shall be wired to stop the fan on a drop in discharge
temperature.
X. Underwriters' Laboratories, Incorporated listed air smoke detector
units shall be designed for the detection of combustion gases, fire
and smoke in air ducts in compliance with the NFPA Pamphlet 90A.
The units shall be Pyr-A-Lam Model CDA-1 and shall be furnished
with sampling tubes which extend across the duct. The units shall
have visual indicator of power on and alarm condition and shall
have two (2) sets of alarm contacts: One (1) set to be used as a
tie in with the local fire alarm system; and one (1) set to be used
for shut down of the air handling system. The unit shall be of the
manual reset type.
Y. Provide pre-piped and pre-wired temperature control panels which
contain all controllers, switches, relays, time clocks,
transformers and other control components mounted in enclosed
panels with hinge-lock door and mounted adjacent to the system that
it controls. All temperature settings, adjustments and
calibrations shall be made at the system control panel.
1. Provide remote transmission thermometers on local panels.
Temperature indications shall be provided for each point of
temperature control and for those points outlined in this
specification or shown on the Drawings.
2. Locations of each panel shall be convenient for adjustment and
service. Provide engraved nameplates beneath each panel
mounted control device. Manual switches, dial thermometers and
gauges shall be flush-mounted on hinged door.
3. All electrical devices within panels shall be factory pre wired
to numbered terminal strip. Wiring within panel shall be in
accordance with NEMA and UL standards.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 CORE DRILLING
A. Core drilling of all holes in concrete floors and walls and in
masonry walls for the installation of pipes required for the work
in this Section of the Specification shall be performed under this
Ow Section.
15501 - 25
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Ooft Northampton Superior Courthouse
sequencing control cycle each damper operator shall be provided
with a positive positioning relay. operators shall be provided
with adjustable stops to limit the stroke in both directions.
R. Valves shall provide accurate control of the heating medium under
all load conditions. All automatic control valves shall be sized
by the Automatic Temperature Control Sub-Subcontractor who shall be
responsible for their proper application. Where two (2) or more
valves are operated by the same controlling instrument or if the
valve is operated in a sequencing control cycle, each valve
operator shall be furnished with a positive positioning relay. All
valves shall be equipped with spring loaded self-adjusting Teflon
packing and shall include a stem travel indicator. Steam valves
shall be sized to the rated capacity with 4 psig initial steam
pressure and a 2 psig drop. Each coil valve furnished for all hot
water reheat coils shall be sized to deliver the noted capacities
with not more than 2 psig drop or shall have the valve capacity
index stated on the Drawings. All control valves shall be suitable
for the same pressure conditions as specified in the VALVES
paragraph and shall close off against the potential system pressure
differential.
S. Pneumatic transmitters shall be the liquid-filled, capillary type
with pneumatic feedback. Transmitter shall transmit a 3-15 psi
signal over a 25 F, 50 F, 100 F, 200 F range as suited for the
., application. 200 F transmitters shall be used only where the
variable changes more than 75 F. Transmitters used for sensing
mixed air temperature or coil discharge temperatures shall
incorporate an appropriate averaging element of sufficient length
to account for temperature stratification.
T. Receiver-controllers shall be located in temperature control panels
and shall be used for all temperature, humidity and other control
applications as required. Controllers shall have dual input ports
and shall have capability of adjustments of proportional band,
setpoint, throttling range, and ratio and reset range. Certain
controllers shall have an additional pilot port for remote manual
adjustment of setpoint where specified.
U. Pneumatic thermostats shall be of the proportional positioning type
with adjustable throttling range of 2 to 10 degrees F. Room
thermostats shall have exposed setting and thermometer and
concealed adjustment. All covers shall have finish as directed by
the Designer. Room thermostats shall have an adjustable
temperature setting range of 60 degrees to 90 degrees F. Electric
thermostats shall match pneumatic thermostats in appearance and
shall be two (2) position type for low voltage or line voltage
operation as applicable.
V. Low temperature detection thermostats and low temperature safety
thermostats shall be of the capillary type element (not averaging
type) electric thermostats with 20 foot element and shall be
adjustable over a range of 34 to 60 degrees F. They shall be
installed to cover the entire duct area. These thermostats shall
be two-position manual reset type. Where coils are two (2) or more
15501 - 24
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
J. Provide coalescing air filters and pressure reducing stations and
regulators to provide the pressure as required for the various
parts of the system.
K. Provide Haniksen Series refrigerated air dryers to provide
sufficiently dry air to ensure operation of all control items.
Dryers shall be installed with a three valve bypass arrangement.
L. Gauges of at least 1-1/2 inch diameter shall be provided at all
master, submaster, duct and immersion thermostats and at all
pneumatic relays, E.P. and P.E. relays and at all other points
throughout the system to indicate main air, branch and pilot air
pressures for visual indication as required for proper operational
maintenance of the control system.
M. All time clocks shall be seven (7) day adjustable time controls
with adjustable ON and OFF periods throughout the week. All clocks
shall have a spring wound carry over feature. They shall be
similar and equal to Paragon Series 7600.
N. Air flow status and system interlock functions shall be
accomplished with differential pressure switches across fans.
Motor current transformers may be used for status indication.
0. All duct static pressure switches shall be Dwyer 1630 Series
pressure switches. Switch range of adjustment and setpoint shall
be suitable for the application. Switch shall be single pole and
rated for 15 amperes with 120 volts, single phase, 60 cycle
current.
P. Motorized dampers shall be single or multiblade type with rigidly
constructed sheet metal frames not less than 13 gauge and shall
have 16 gauge galvanized steel blades, with interlocking crimped
edges, not more than 8 inches in width. All dampers shall be all
galvanized including blades, hardware, and frames. All dampers
shall have replaceable neoprene bulb gaskets at all meeting edges
so that the dampers shall close tightly. All blade end seals shall
be spring stainless steel in frame to seal against blade edge when
damper is closed. Leakage shall not exceed 10 CFM per square foot
at 4 inches W.C. pressure differential across the damper. All two
(2) position dampers shall have blades arranged for parallel blade
operation and all modulating dampers shall have blades arranged for
opposed blade operation. Dampers shall have bronze oilite bearings
or sealed ball bearings. Non-corrosive bolts and nuts shall be
used throughout and all linkage shall be made without the use of
cotter pins to provide no lost motion.
Q. Pneumatic damper operators shall be of sufficient size to operate
their respective damper positively and effectively. Outside air
damper operators shall be controlled through an electric pneumatic
relay wired in parallel with the supply fan starter coil to open
Auk the damper under control of the specified controller when the
supply fan starts and close the dampers to outside when the supply
fan stops. Where two (2) or more dampers are to be operated by the
same controlling instruments or if damper is operated in a
15501 - 23
now
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
b. Automatic control dampers.
c. Temperature, humidity, and pressure sensors and
transmitters.
G. The ATC Sub-Subcontractor shall, through the HVAC Subcontractor,
notify the Designer when he is ready to proceed with Acceptance
Testing of the ATC Systems. Notice shall certify that the systems
are complete and operate as required by the Contract Documents.
1. The ATC Sub-Subcontractor shall demonstrate to the satisfaction
of the Designer that all functions of the ATC systems are
operating as specified in the Contract Documents, including any
Change Orders. The Final Acceptance Test Procedure shall
include, but not be limited to, the following items:
a. Verification of the location, calibration and proper wiring
and connection of all ATC devices.
b. The proper operation and calibration of all ATC devices and
actuators.
2. When system performance is deemed satisfactory, system parts
shall be accepted for beneficial use and the Warranty shall
begin. All minor deficiencies found shall be noted in writing
and all deficiencies so noted shall be corrected by the ATC
Sub-Subcontractor before the Final Acceptance will be issued.
H. Upon completion and acceptance of the installation, a copy of the
revised "As Built" Schematic Temperature Control Drawings and
wiring diagrams, together with the sequence of operation
instructions, shall be furnished to the Designer for review and
after approval shall be furnished in quadruplicate to the Owner.
I. All temperature control air piping shall be hard drawn copper
tubing or polyethylene plastic flame retardant tubing.
Multi-bundled tubing with flame retardant polyethylene mechanical
protection jacket may be used where two (2) or more tubes are run
in parallel. Bundles shall have at least 10 percent spare tubes
but not less than two (2) spare tubes per bundle. Each tube shall
be numbered every 2 inches for easy identification. Provide
control air tubing as follows:
1. Main air riser: hard copper tubing with sweat connections.
2. Exposed: Hard copper tubing, single tube polyethylene in
conduit or EMT, or multi-tube polyethylene in conduit or
special wire baskets with sheet metal protector over the basket
tray.
3. Concealed: Hard or soft copper tubing, single or multi-tube
Aak polyethylene.
4. Inside panels: Polyethylene tubing organized in basket trays.
15501 - 22
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
Owner a programmed maintenance agreement which fully describe the
work to be performed at no cost to the Owner during this Guarantee
period. Include a price to perform the same work for subsequent
years.
C. The control system shall include all the thermostats, submaster
regulators, pressure regulators, pressure transmitters, receivers,
receiver controllers, automatic control valves, dampers, damper
motors, control panels, relays, gauges, air piping, air
compressors, air receivers and accessories required to meet the
intent of the specification and to provide a complete and operable
system.
D. The ATC Sub-Subcontractor shall provide supervision of the
following work performed by others:
1. Installation of automatic control valves and piping temperature
sensing wells furnished by the ATC Sub-Subcontractor.
2. Provision of piping taps for control devices.
3. Provision of auxiliary contacts on starters.
4. Installation of automatic control dampers furnished by the ATC
Sub-Subcontractor and provision of blank-off plates where
required.
5. Provision of access doors for service of control equipment.
E. All wiring and conduit in connection with the control function of
the temperature control system shall be provided by the Automatic
Temperature Control Sub-Subcontractor. All wiring shall comply
with the requirements of the Electrical Section of this
Specification. All final connections to the terminals in the
temperature control panels and the final check out of the panel
shall be performed by the ATC Sub-Subcontractor.
F. Prior to commencing the installation of the automatic temperature
control system, furnish for approval complete Schematic Temperature
Control Drawings and product literature that includes:
1. Control Drawings with detailed piping and wiring diagrams and
description of operation for each system.
2. Panel Faceplate layouts.
3. Valve and damper schedule and Cv calculations.
4. Compressed air consumption calculations together with storage
tank and compressor run time sizing calculations.
5. Product literature sheets for:
a. Automatic control valves.
15501 - 21
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
on Grade or
up to 1 HP Over 1 HP on
on Framed Floor Framed Floor
Below 450 RPM 80% Efficiency 90% Efficiency
451 to 900 RPM 85% Efficiency 2" Deflection
901 to 1,700 RPM 90% Efficiency 1-1/2" Deflection
over 1,700 RPM 95% Efficiency 1" Deflection
C. Suspended fans, fan units and fan sections of air conditioning
units shall have structural steel rails fastened to the lower edge
or upper edge as shown on the units or fans and the vibration
isolators shall be installed in the hanger rods. This type of
isolator shall be combination rubber-in-shear and springs with 1/4
inch static deflection in the rubber and 3/4 inch static deflection
in the springs.
2.19 INSULATION
A. Furnish all materials necessary for the installation of all
insulation for the steam, condensate, refrigerant and hot water
piping systems and all duct systems, including all related
equipment. All insulation shall be as manufactured by
Owens-Corning, Manville, Certainteed, Knauf or approved equal.
B. Insulation when installed, shall have composite (insulation, jacket
and adhesive) fire and smoke hazard ratings as tested by Procedure
ASTM-E-84, NFPA 255 and UL-723, not exceeding a flame spread of
twenty five (25) , fuel contribution of fifty (50) and smoke
developed of fifty (50).
C. Accessories such as adhesives, mastics, cements and tapes shall
have the component ratings as listed above for composite insulation
in a wet as well as dry state. Any supplemental treatment of
jackets or facings to impart increase flame and smoke safety
ratings to meet the Specification is prohibited.
2.20 AU'T'OMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL (Pneumatic)
A. Furnish a complete system of automatic temperature controls of the
pneumatic and electric type utilizing equipment and materials as
manufactured by Barber Colman, Landis & Gyr Powers, Robertshaw
Controls, Honeywell, or Johnson Controls. The Automatic
Temperature Control (ATC) Sub-Subcontractor shall-be responsible
for all control elements whether or not he manufactures the
components.
B. The Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) system materials, equipment
and workmanship shall be guaranteed against all defects in
materials and workmanship for a period of one (1) year commencing
with final acceptance of the ATC system. Any failure due to
defective materials, equipment or workmanship which may develop
►, shall be corrected at no expense to the Owner including all damage
to areas, materials and other systems resulting from such failures.
At final acceptance, ATC Sub-Subcontractor shall submit to the
15501 - 20
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3. Two (2) pilot lights shall be provided in the cover of each
starter unless a remote start-stop pushbutton station is
required. Green shall indicate "motor run" and red shall
indicate "motor stop".
4. Control voltage shall be 120 maximum voltage. Provide
necessary control transformers built in and wired within each
starter enclosure. Transformer shall be of machine tool
quality with sufficient capacity to handle control circuit
requirements, 50 VA minimum. Transformer secondary shall be
protected with coordinate time delay fuse.
5. Enclosures shall be NEMA 1, general purpose, unless required by
location to be otherwise. Refer to Electrical Floor Plans for
actual location of starters.
G. Starters for single phase motors manually controlled shall be of
the thermal toggle type with red pilot light. Automatically
controlled single phase motors may be controlled directly by the
automatic control device (thermostat, pressures switch, etc.)
provided these devices have an adequate ampere rating. Provide HOA
selector switch with overload protection and red pilot light for
all automatically controlled motors. If the automatic control
device does not have an adequate ampere rating or if the motor is
interlocked with another motor starter, provide a magnetic starter
with HOA selector switch and pilot light in cover.
2.18 VIBRATION ELIMINATORS
A. Furnish and install Vibration Eliminator Company, Mason Industries,
Korfund or Vibration Mounting Company vibration eliminators under
all mechanical equipment as specified herein. Vibration isolators
shall be selected to produce uniform deflection and loading even
though the equipment weight is not evenly distributed. Vibration
isolators shall be selected for the lowest operating speed of the
equipment suspended on them. The isolators shall be single
rubber-in-shear for static deflections of up to 1/4 inch; double
rubber-in-shear for static deflections from 5/16 inch to 1/2 inch;
and spring type for static deflection above 1/2 inch. Spring
isolators shall be free standing laterally stable type without a
housing and shall have steel top plate and base plate welded to the
spring and combined with two (2) layers of ribbed rubber separated
by 16 gauge galvanized sheet glued to the base plate. The spring
diameter shall not be less than the allowable compressed spring
height. Springs with deflections of 2 inches or greater shall have
neoprene limit stops. All metal parts of isolators for outdoor
installation shall be hot dipped galvanized after fabrication.
B. Vibration isolators shall be selected and installed for all
equipment to conform to the following table:
AVK
15501 - 19
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
B. Motors 1/2 HP and larger shall be squirrel cage induction or wound
rotor induction type, ball or roller bearings with pressure grease
lubrication, specifically wound for 460 volts, 3 phase, 60 Hertz
alternating current. All motors 5 horsepower and larger shall be
energy efficient type with a power factor rating at full load and
at rated voltage of not less than 85 percent.
C. Motors less than 1/2 HP shall be capacitor start or split phase
type, designed for 120 volt, single phase, 60 Hertz alternating
current.
D. Drives for belted motors shall be as manufactured by Dodge
Manufacturing Company, Browning Manufacturing Company or T.B. Woods
Company with adjustable motor sheaves and adjustable sliding bases.
The drive belts shall be as short as practicable. v-belt drives
for all fans and fan units shall be sized for 150 percent of the
design drive capacity. All multiple belt drives shall have matched
sets of belts.
E. All equipment shall be furnished complete with motors, drives and
motor starters. All packaged equipment shall have motors, drives
and starters installed pre-wired and tested at the factory. In
general, all three phase motors shall have magnetic starters with
overload protection of the ambient compensated thermal element type
providing overcurrent running protection in all three phases and
,O, all single phase motors shall have manual starters with thermal
overload elements. Thermal overload element for all motors shall
be selected and sized to satisfy the actual nameplate data of the
motor rather than by use of NEMA horsepower/amperage standard
charts. All starters shall conform to the NEMA Industrial Control
Standards and shall be a product of one manufacturer,
Cutler-Hammer, Square D, Arrow-Hart, or approved equal.
F. Magnetic starters for all three phases motors under 5 horsepower
shall be of the full voltage type. Magnetic starters for all two
speed motors shall be dual contactor starters of the type and
arrangement to match the motor. All magnetic starters not integral
with the packaged equipment shall be a combination type with
unfused disconnect switch furnished by this Subcontractor.
Magnetic starters shall not be smaller than NEMA Size 0. All
magnetic starters shall provide low voltage release and shall
conform to the following:
1. Start/Stop momentary contact pushbuttons shall be provided in
the cover of all manually controlled starters. Remote
pushbutton stations with pilot lights shall be provided as
described in the control sequence description. Cover
pushbuttons shall be omitted when remote pushbutton is
provided.
2. HAND-OFF-AUTO selector switches shall be provided in the cover
of all starters automatically controlled and shall be wired so
that all safety control devices are in the control circuit in
both the HAND and the AUTO position.
15501 - 18
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.15 SLEEVES AND OPENINGS
A. Openings for rectangular ducts passing through walls, slabs,
partitions and other building construction shall be framed or boxed
by the General Contractor. Openings shall provide for not less
than 1/2 inch clearance around duct and insulation.
B. The HVAC Subcontractor shall be responsible for providing all
sleeves and for providing to the General Contractor all locations
and dimensions of sleeves and openings. The HVAC Subcontractor
shall bear the cost of all modifications required as a result of
not providing the General Contractor with the proper information.
C. Sleeves and openings passing through floors, smoke partitions, and
fire walls shall be installed with packing between sleeve and pipe
and between duct and opening for the full depth of penetration.
Packing shall consist of oakum contained at both ends with lead
wool firmly tamped into place so as to make the penetration air and
water tight.
D. Rectangular duct penetrations into the finished spaces shall be
provided with 28 gauge stainless steel flat frame fastened rigidly
to building construction with stainless steel fasteners. Frame
shall be sized to fit the outside dimensions of duct and insulation
(if any) and cover the framed opening.
2.16 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES
A. All diffusers, registers and grilles shall be the product of one
manufacturer and shall be Titus, Agitair, Anemostat, or equal.
Model numbers indicated below are from Titus as a means of
identifying type, quality, materials and workmanship desired.
B. Ceiling supply diffusers in non-secure areas with 24" x 24" ceiling
tiles shall be Model PAS with removable core, finished in off-white
baked enamel.
C. Return air grilles and transfer grilles in non-secure areas with
24" x 24" ceiling tiles shall be Model PAR, finished in off-white
baked enamel.
D. Ceiling supply and exhaust grilles in secure areas (cells) shall be
Titus Model SG-PR with 5/16 in. round perforations. Provide four 1
inch x 1 inch x 3/16 inch steel angles per grille shipped loose.
2.17 MOTORS, DRIVES AND STARTERS
A. All motors shall conform to NEMA Standards and shall be suitable
for load, duty, service and location. Motors shall have nameplates
giving manufacturer's name, serial number, horsepower, speed and
current characteristics. Motors shall be General Electric,
Westinghouse, Reliance, Allis-Chalmers, Gould or approved equal.
15501 - 17
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
steel blades with 100 percent interlocking joints to form a
continuous steel curtain when closed. Assembly shall be suitable
for horizontal and vertical air flow as required. Damper shall
meet NFPA 90A requirements. Fire dampers are indicated on the
Drawings by the symbol "FD".
B. Provide 16 gauge galvanized steel duct sleeves for dampers in ducts
with maximum height dimension 24 inches and maximum width dimension
of 36 inches and 14 gauge sleeves for larger ducts. Depth of
sleeve shall be sufficient to install perimeter angles attached to
the sleeve on both sides of the wall or floor openings as required
by UL-555. Fire dampers shall be installed in sleeves or in
housings of 16 gauge or 14 gauge as applicable. Sleeves and
housings shall be constructed and installed in accordance with
SMACNA "Fire, Smoke and Radiation Damper Installation Guide for
HVAC Systems", Case 2 or Case 3 of Figure 5 and Case 2 or Case 3 of
Figure 6. Connection of duct to the fire damper enclosure or
housing shall be rigid and sealed air tight.
C. Fire dampers shall be designed and constructed so that the blade
stack in the open damper position is completely outside of the air
stream.
D. Where duct pass through fire walls or partitions, the spaces around
the duct sleeves shall have the necessary clearance for expansion
A in conformance with the UL approval. Installation shall conform to
all UL-555 requirements.
E. Provide access panels in duct and the ceiling or wall as applicable
for each fire damper location.
2.13 SHEET METAL ACCESS PANELS
A. Provide access panels of the proper size and at all locations in
ductwork necessary to service fire dampers, fusible links,
automatic dampers, control devices, fan bearings and as required to
service all systems.
B. Access panels shall have foam gasketing, fixed hinges and
compression type latches as furnished by Ventlock, Duro-Dyne or
approved equal manufacturer. Access doors for insulated ducts
shall be insulated with one (1) inch thick 1-1/2 pound density
coated duct liner.
2.14 FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS
A. Furnish flexible connections between all ducts and fans or fan
units. Flexible connections shall be Ventglas, Ferro Coustifab
mass loaded fiberglass reinforced vinyl fabric with a weight of one
(1) pound per square foot. width of connecting material shall be
not less than 6 inches and material shall be installed to allow a
minimum of one (1) inch spacing between the unit and the duct.
AM-
15501 - 16
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1. Fans shall be utility blower sets of arrangements shown on the
Drawings, and shall have a factory applied weatherproof finish.
All fans shall have weatherproof housing for motor and drive.
Motor and drive shall be belt-driven with adjustable motor
sheave. Motor nameplate shall exceed brake horsepower by a
minimum of 15%.
2. Fan blades for centrifugal fans shall be forward curved for
wheels 16 inches and smaller, backward inclined for wheels
below 27 inches in diameter, and air-foil type for all fans
with wheels 27 inches and above. Fans located on roof exposed
to the weather shall be Class 1, Arrangement No. 10 with
weatherhood. All discharge arrangements for fans exposed to
the weather other than Bottom Horizontal shall have drain hole
in bottom of scroll.
B. Provide duct mounted belt driven centrifugal fans of the in line
type as shown on the drawings. Fans shall be Greenheck, Loren
Cook, Penn or approved equal and equal to Greenheck Model BSQ as
applicable. All fans shall bear the AMCA Certified Ratings Seal
for both air and sound performance.
1. The fan housing shall be of the square design constructed of
heavy gauge galvanized steel and shall include square duct
mounting collars. one side of the housing shall be equipped
with a hingeable service door assembly supporting the motor,
drives, wheel and inlet cone. The door assembly must be of
sufficient size to permit easy access to all interior
components and must swing out for cleaning, inspection or
service without dismantling the fan.
2. The fan wheel shall be of the aluminum backward inclined,
centrifugal type. Wheels shall be dynamically and statically
balanced and shall overlap the spun inlet venturi for maximum
performance.
3. The motor and drive for the belt driven fans shall be isolated
from the air stream. Motors shall be of the heavy duty type
with permanently lubricated, sealed ball bearings. The wheel
shaft shall be mounted in heavy duty permanently sealed pillow
block bearings. Drives shall be sized for a minimum of 165
percent of driven horsepower. The motor pulleys shall be
adjustable for final system balancing.
4. Flexible wiring leads shall be provided from the fan motor to
an external mounted junction box and disconnect switch
permitting access for service without disconnecting the field
wiring.
2.12 FIRE DAMPERS
A. Provide horizontal and vertical UL labelled fire dampers as
manufactured by Ruskin, Air Balance or Prefco, equal to Ruskin Type
IBD2, Style C, CR or Co. Assembly shall be of the fully enclosed
type with duct collars and fire dampers that consists of formed
15501 - 15
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
not meeting with the approval of the Designer shall be removed and
reinstalled or sealed to the satisfaction of the Designer.
H. Slips shall be at least two (2) gauges heavier than the duct and
all joints must be made in a neat and workmanlike manner and in all
cases joints must be tight. All ducts shall have all joints sealed
with EC-800 as manufactured by 3-M.
I. Reinforcing angles shall be galvanized and shall be attached to
ducts with sheet metal screws or rivets 6 inches on center.
J. If companion angles are used, a neoprene gasket shall be used
between angles. Companion angles shall be used to join ducts of
different material.
K. Furnish and install Ventlock No. 699 Instrument Test Hole in ducts
adjacent to all temperature control instruments and at all points
required to balance the system.
L. During construction, all openings in ductwork shall be covered to
prevent entrance of foreign material.
2.10 DAMPERS AND SPLITTERS
A. Provide manual volume dampers in all low pressure supply, return
and exhaust ducts as shown and required with indicating and locking
quadrants to properly balance the air supply, return and exhaust
systems. Dampers shall be two (2) gauges heavier than the ducts in
which they are installed. Damper blades shall be riveted to the
supporting rods. Cast or malleable brackets riveted to the sides
of the duct shall be used to support the damper positioner rod.
B. Provide a manual opposed blade volume damper in each supply, return
and exhaust branch duct from the associated main duct and in each
runout to each supply and return diffuser and register for primary
air balance. (Provide a single blade butterfly type damper in the
runout duct at the takeoff from the main or branch for each round
neck diffuser. ) All volume dampers shall have position indicators
and locking quadrants.
C. Provide splitter dampers at all split duct fittings in all low
pressure supply duct. Splitter dampers shall be sufficiently long
to extend full width of the branch duct to which they are attached.
Where necessary, they shall be curved to get the air out of the
main duct air stream. These dampers do not obviate volume dampers
in the resulting branch ducts.
2.11 EXHAUST FANS
A. Provide centrifugal utility type exhaust fans of the type, size and
capacities shown. Fans shall be manufactured by Greenheck, Barry
Blower, Loren Cook or approved equal.
15501 - 14
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
G. Provide vibration eliminators for all units which shall conform to
the requirements of the "VIBRATION ELIMINATOR" paragraph of this
Specification.
2.09 LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK
A. Furnish all low pressure sheet metal ductwork required for the
various supply, return and exhaust air systems. All low pressure
ductwork and sheet metal plenums shall be constructed of galvanized
steel of U.S. Standard Gauge unless otherwise specified.
B. Carbon Monoxide exhaust ductwork shall be 18 gauge galvanized steel
with all connections and joints sealed accordance with SMACNA Seal
Classification "A".
C. Ductwork, except were specified. otherwise herein, shall be
fabricated in accordance with the "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards" published by the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning
Contractors National Association, Incorporated. Submit shop
standard booklet showing the types of joints and construction, the
various items and sheet metal appurtenances to be employed for this
project, as well as Fabrication Drawings for all of the systems.
D. Ducts shall be true to the dimensions indicated on the Drawings.
Ducts shall be straight and smooth on the inside with neatly
finished joints.
E. All elbows and offsets shall be fabricated with inside radius equal
to the dimension of the duct in the plane of the elbow or offset.
Where elbows may be required to have shorter radius, they shall be
constructed with full curvature turning vanes spaced to divide the
elbow into air passages that have equal CURVE RATIOS. Short radius
elbows: with outside radius of less than 20 inches shall have one
(1) inner splitter; with outside radius of less than 36 inches and
more than 20 inches shall have two (2) inner splitters; and with
outside radius of more than 36 inches shall have three (3) inner
splitters. Inside radius shall not be less than 4 inches. Where
square heeled vaned elbows are shown, the vanes shall have a
spacing of 2-1/4 inches and shall be fabricated as shown in SMACNA
Manual.
F. Transitions in duct mains and branches shall be made with sides
sloping at not more than 1 inch in 7 inches on the side of the
transformation for diverging transitions and 1 inch in 4 inches for
converging transitions. Transitions in ductwork to pieces of
equipment (coils, filter boxes, air handling unit intakes, etc.)
shall be made with a 20 degree maximum angle projected from the
duct side on a diverging transition and a 30 degree maximum angle
projected from the straight duct side on a converging transition.
Any conditions requiring deviations from the above shall be brought
to the attention of the Designer for approval.
"* G. All notches for connecting sections of duct, including longitudinal
seam notches, shall not be cut any deeper than 1-7/8 inch to ensure
tight corners in a 2 inch deep slip joints. Any notched corners
15501 - 13
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.07 AUTOMATIC AIR VENTS
A. Provide automatic air vents at all high points of the hot water
mains as shown and/or required for complete venting of the systems.
All automatic air vents shall be similar and equal to Bell and
Gossett No. 87 rated for 150 psig working pressure at a maximum
temperature of 240 degrees F.
2.08 HEATING AND VENTILATING UNITS
A. Provide McQuay, Trane, Dunham Bush or approved equal central
station type units of the sizes and capacities shown on the
drawings. Unit shall be complete with fan section with motor,
slide base, adjustable V-belt drive and belt guard, a coil section
with heating coils, face and bypass dampers, filter boxes and
mixing boxes.
B. The interior of the fan section and the coil section shall be
covered with an acoustical and thermal insulation 1 inch thick and
coated to prevent erosion. Fans and motors shall have grease
lubrication ball bearings with lubrication fittings located on the
motor side of the unit. Belt guards shall be provided for the unit
drive and shall have circular openings opposite end of fan shaft.
C. Steam heating coils shall be ARI certified of extended surface,
staggered tube, rippled corrugated aluminum plate fin type. Coils
shall have 1 inch O.D. copper tubes and designed to have an inner
steam distributing tube. Tubes shall be pitched in the casing at
1/8 inch per foot to assure positive condensate drainage. Coils
shall have threaded connections located on the same end. Coil
headers shall be extra heavy seamless copper with supply header
inside the return header and with orificed baffle plate installed
in the supply header opposite the supply connection to ensure
proper diffusion of the entering steam. Coil headers shall be
completely enclosed in the coil casing. Casing shall be galvanized
steel. Coils shall be tested at 315 pounds air pressure under warm
water and be guaranteed for 150 psig working pressure.
D. Filter section shall be medium capacity type complete with filters.
The filter area shall be not less than that specified in the unit
schedule. Filter sections have hinged access doors on both sides.
Filters shall be throwaway type and shall be Farr 30/30, two (2)
inch thick or approved equal.
E. Filter section shall consist of a prefilter section and an after
filter section complete with filters. The filter area shall be not
less than that specified in the unit schedule. Filter sections
have hinged access doors on both sides. Prefilters shall be
throwaway type and shall be Farr 30/30, four (4) inch thick.
F. Filter section shall have a Dwyer Model No. 2002 AF magnehelic
filter gauge with static pressure sensor tips installed on each
side of each set of filter media to indicate filter pressure.
Provide Dwyer A-365 Selector Valve to select sensing points for
pressure drop reading.
15501 - 12
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Owl- Northampton Superior Courthouse
a differential pressure flow meter to measure the flow through the
valve. The flow measuring system shall have an accuracy of + 3
percent. A direct reading flow meter with flow chart shall be
provided. Valves shall have memory stops to allow valve to be
closed and then returned to original setting without rebalancing of
system.
B. All balancing valves for piping 2-1/2 inch and larger shall be
W-K-M ACF, Rockwell, Walworth or approved equal, lubricated plug
type equal to W-K-M ACF Figure D-151 Wrench Operated for sizes
2-1/2 inch to 6 inch. These valves shall be installed in
combination with "Flow Measuring Stations" as specified
hereinafter. Provide proper lubricant as recommended by the
manufacturer for service involved for all lubricated plug cocks.
C. All balancing valves shall provide bubble tight shut off at 150
psig and shall have a maximum temperature limit to 250 degrees F.
2.05 STRAINERS
A. Provide Mueller, Sarco, Barnes & Jones, Warren Webster or approved
equal strainers before all automatically operated valves, traps and
pumps. Strainer baskets shall be stainless steel for all water and
all steam service. Wye type 125 prig strainers shall be used on
all applications.
O"k B. Strainer shall have baskets for water service and steam service for
sizes 2 inch and under with twenty (20) mesh screens; for steam
strainers sizes 2-1/2 inch and larger and water strainers 2-1/2
inch and 3 inch size shall have screens with 0.045 inch
perforations; and for water strainers sizes 4 inch and larger shall
have screens with 0.125 inch perforations. Gate valves shall be
installed on all strainer cleanouts.
2.06 STEAM TRAPS
A. Provide Sarco, Barnes & Jones, Warren Webster, or approved equal
low pressure steam traps rated for 25 psig working pressure. All
traps shall have stainless steel plugs and seats.
1. Thermostatic traps shall be of the balanced-pressure type with
heavy cast brass body of 125 psig construction with male union
inlet. Operating element shall be welded stainless steel
bellows and all internals replaceable without disturbing the
piping connections.
2. Float and thermostatic traps shall have SHEMA ratings for
pressures to 15 psig. Traps shall have stainless steel floats
and cast iron bodies of 125 psig steam construction.
Thermostatic air vent shall be of welded stainless steel
bellows construction. All internals shall- be accessible
without disturbing the piping connections.
Ow
15501 - 11
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.03 VALVES
A. All valves shall be Stockham, Crane, Hammond or approved equal.
All stop valves for hot water systems shall be either ball or full
lug butterfly. Stop valves for steam and condensate shall be gate
type. Check valves for all pump discharge lines shall be globe
type "silent" check valves and for all other applications shall be
as listed in the table herein. Drawoff cocks shall be provided on
low points of the systems. Unless otherwise shown or specified,
all other valves shall be for 125 psig steam service. Valves 2-1/2
inch and larger shall be iron body with bronze trim and shall be
flanged. Valves 2 inch and smaller shall be bronze and for steel
pipe shall be screwed.
B. Valves for steel piping other than above and for copper tubing
larger than 2 inch shall be similar and equal to the following
manufacturers' figure numbers:
Stockham Crane Hammond
2" and Smaller:
Ball Valves: S-216-BR-RT 9302S 8201
Gate Valves: B-105 428uB IB-617
Check Valves: B-319 37 IB-940
2-1/2" and Larger:
Butterfly Valves: LG-7X2-BS2-E 23F 6201-X
Gate Valves: G-623 465-1/2 IR-1140
Check Valves: G-931 373 IR-1124
C. Ball valves used in hot water piping that is insulated shall have
stem extensions of at least 1-1/4 inch length to allow for
insulation of valve body to thickness of adjoining insulation.
D. Check valves for vacuum breakers on steam coils shown on the
Drawings as 15 degrees angle check valves, shall be equal to
Stockham Figure No. B-320T "Steep Angle Seat" swing check valve
with Teflon Disc suitable for services to 450 degrees F.
E. Valves for copper tubing 2 inches and smaller shall be similar and
equal to the following manufacturers' figure numbers:
Stockham Crane Hammond
Ball Valves: S-216-BR-RS 9322 BV812-T
Gate Valves: B-108 1334 IB-635
Check valves: B-309 1342 IB-941
2.04 BALANCING VALVES
A. All balancing valves for piping 2 inch and smaller shall be Flow
MOK Set combination ball valve and venturi flow measuring section as
manufactured by Flow Design, or approved equal. Each unit shall
have dual temperature/pressure ports with provisions for connecting
15501 - 10
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
D. All hanger rods shall be hung from inserts in concrete, or from
I-beam clamps on steel beams. Clamps shall have retaining clips
and locknut. If inserts have not been provided, hangers shall be
through bolted or Cinch or Slug-in expansion bolts may be used with
the permission of the Designer.
E. Where support points are required between available inserts or to
avoid the work of another trade, provide a system of spanning
channels and angles between these support points as required. When
pipe or equipment is hung or supported, no part of any equipment
furnished by this Subcontractor or any part of the building shall
be stressed beyond its normal allowable working strength.
F. All steel framework and supports provided under this Section shall
conform to the latest revisions of the Standard Specifications for
Steel for Bridges and Buildings of the American Society for Testing
Materials. All shop fabricated framework shall have a shop coat of
Metal Primer, except steel in concrete shall not be painted.
2.02 PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. All steam piping, all hot water piping, except as noted below shall
be ASTM Designation A-53, Grade B, seamless or electric resistance
welded, black steel pipe of standard weight, Schedule 40, up to and
including 10 inch. All condensate return piping, shall be ASTM
Designation A-53, Grade B, seamless or electric resistance welded,
black steel pipe, Schedule 80.
B. Welded pipe shall have Tube Turns, Walworth, Bonney Forge or
approved equal welding fittings of the same weight and material as
the pipe conforming to ANSI Standard B16.9 and B16.28. All flanges
shall be welded neck type with pressure ratings of or greater than
the valves, stainers and equipment to which they are connected.
C. Where branch connections are made to a main, a welding tee shall be
used when the branch connection is the same size as, or one (1) or
two (2) sizes smaller than the main. When the branch is smaller
than two (2) sizes below the main or is of a size that screwed pipe
will be used, the branch connections to the main shall be made with
a Bonney Forge "Weldolet" or "Threadolet" forged fitting or
approved equal. All reduction in main size shall be made with
eccentric reducers.
D. Cast iron fittings shall be used on non-welded pipe and shall be
Walworth, Crane, Grinnell or approved equal for 125 psig service,
except as noted below. Fittings for condensate return piping,
shall be for 250 psig service.
E. Unions in steel pipe shall be malleable iron heavy pattern with
brass mating seats equal to "Dart". Unions in copper tubing shall
be all bronze or brass.
15501 - 9
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
OW Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.18 VALVE TAGS AND LISTS
A. Provide on each gate valve, on each globe valve, and on all
automatic control valves installed under this Section, a 2 inch
diameter brass tag with stamped numerals and letters painted white.
The tags shall be attached to the valve handle or stem with brass
chains and properly secured. All numbers shall be prefixed by
letters corresponding to those listed for piping identification.
B. These numbers shall correspond with numbers indicated for valves
and controls on the Record Drawings and on a minimum of two (2)
printed valve lists. These printed lists shall state the number
and locations of each valve and the section, fixture or equipment
which it controls, and other necessary information, such as
requiring the opening or closing of another valve where one (1)
valve is to be opened or closed.
C. Printed lists shall be prepared in a form to meet the approval of
the Designer, framed under glass and displayed in rooms designated
by the Designer.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Hangers for hot water, steam and condensate return piping 4 inch
and larger shall have rolls either of the Harvard type or two (2)
rod type to allow the pipe to be close to the slab. Hangers for 3
inch pipe and under shall be of the clevis type. Hangers on piping
under 2 inch may be IA band type instead of the clevis type. Hot
water, steam and condensate return piping 2-1/2 inch and larger
shall be provided with covering protection saddles. Hangers for
condensation drainage piping shall be installed outside the
insulation as specified elsewhere in this Section. Where pipes are
required to be hung by means of a pipe rack, chair rolls shall be
used for pipe 3 inch and above.
B. Hangers for copper piping shall be copper plated steel clevis type
hangers or lA band type hangers. As an alternate to copper plating
of the steel hangers the hangers may be fitted with lead inserts.
C. All hangers for piping associated with equipment mounted on
vibration eliminators that support piping larger than 2 inch shall
be vibration eliminator type. The first two (2) hangers from the
piece of equipment shall be combination rubber-in-shear and springs
with 1/4 inch static deflection in the rubber and 3/4 inch in the
spring. The remaining hangers within 100 pipe diameters of the
equipment shall be double deflection rubber-in-shear with 3/8 inch
static deflection. These eliminators shall be installed in the
hanger rods, shall be of a design that the adjustment is made to
AW put the load on the spring without changing the installed height
and shall be Vibration Eliminator Company, Mason Industries,
Korfund or approved equal.
15501 - 8
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
C. Remove all abandoned piping, ductwork and equipment not built into
building construction. Where ceilings or walls are removed all
abandoned duct, conduit and piping shall be removed and ends of
live services capped. Abandoned elements built into walls or
located above existing ceilings shall remain and ends capped and
marked abandoned.
1.16 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Give detailed instructions, prior to the completion of the work, to
the responsible personnel designated by the Designer in the
operation and maintenance of all work installed under this Section.
A letter with two (2) copies containing the name of the person or
persons to whom the instructions were given and the dates of the
instruction period shall be submitted to the Designer at the
completion of the project.
B. In addition, prepare three (3) sets of manufacturer's catalogs,
other similar data including the necessary photographic equipment
cuts, wiring diagrams covering all mechanical equipment and devices
furnished and installed under this Section. These manuals shall
provide complete instructions for the proper operation and use of
the equipment together with instructions for lubrication and
periodic maintenance and for trouble shooting. Operating
instructions shall be specific for each system and shall include
copies of posted specific instructions. This manual shall contain
only that information which specifically applies to this project
and all unrelated material shall be deleted. During the
instruction period this manual shall be used and explained. The
material shall be bound in note book form and indexed.
C. Provide name, address and telephone number of the manufacturer's
representative and service company for each piece of equipment so
that the source of replacement parts and service for each item of
equipment can be readily obtained.
1.17 TEMPORARY HEAT DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. If temporary heat is needed in the building during construction the
permanent heating system may be used for such only after the piping
system is completed and tested. Cooperate with the General
Contractor to enable him to use the permanent heating system for
temporary heat. The responsibility for the service and repairs to
the heating system during its use for temporary heat shall be a
part of this section of the specifications. The fuel or
electricity used during its operation and the operation of the
system for temporary heat shall not be a part of this section.
B. If the heating system is used for temporary heat during
construction, the boiler, burner, and entire system shall be
cleaned completely and repaired as necessary prior to turning over
the building to the Owner to put system in first class condition.
15501 - 7
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.12 GUARANTEE
A. Manufacturers shall provide their standard replacement warranties
for material and equipment furnished under this Section. Such
warranties shall be in addition to and not in lieu of all
liabilities which the manufacturer and Contractor may have by law
or by provisions of the Contract Documents. All refrigeration
compressors shall have the manufacturer's extended replacement
warranty for a total of five (5) years.
B. All materials, equipment and work furnished under this Section
shall be guaranteed against all defects in materials and
workmanship for a minimum period of one (1) year commencing with
the date of Substantial Completion. Any failure due to defective
material, equipment or workmanship which may develop, shall be
corrected at no expense to the Owner including all damage to areas,
materials and other systems resulting from such failures.
C. Upon receipt of notice from the Owner of failure of any part of the
systems during the guarantee period, the affected parts shall be
replaced. Any equipment requiring excessive service shall be
considered defective and shall be replaced.
1.13 CONTINUITY OF SERVICE AND SCHEDULING OF WORK
A. Continuity of all services shall be maintained in all areas which
will be occupied during the construction period. If an
interruption of service becomes necessary, such shall be made only
upon consent of the Owner and at a time outside normal working
hours as he shall designate.
B. Refer to the overall scheduling of the work of the project.
Schedule work to conform to this schedule and install work to not
delay nor interfere with the progress of the project.
1.14 CERTIFICATES OF APPROVAL
A. upon completion of all work, furnish, in duplicate, certificates of
inspections from the manufacturers stating that authorized factory
Designers have inspected and tested the operation of their
respective equipment and found same to be in satisfactory operating
condition.
1.15 REMOVAL WORK
A. Particular care shall be taken to avoid creating hazards on the
site or causing disruption of service in the adjoining buildings.
B. All existing equipment indicated to be removed shall be done in a
neat and workmanlike manner. All existing equipment indicated to
be turned over to the Owner shall be presented to the Owner in good
condition at a location designated by the Owner. All other
equipment shall be removed from the premises.
15501 - 6
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
D. Each submittal shall be reviewed, stamped and certified prior to
submission to the Designer. Such certification shall be made by a
Corporate Officer of the Contractor, or by a person duly authorized
to sign binding agreements for the Contractor. The certification
shall state that the data and details contained on each shop
drawing, layout drawing, catalog data and brochure has been
reviewed by the Contractor and that it complies with the Contract
Documents in all respects. Shop drawings, layout drawings, catalog
data and brochures will not be reviewed by the Designer and will be
returned to the Contractor unchecked unless they are certified.
E. It is intended that shop drawing data be complete and accurate at
the first submission. If the shop drawing is returned marked
"Resubmit", only one (1) additional submission will be permitted.
F. A minimum period of .two weeks, exclusive of transmittal time, will
be required in the Designer's office each time shop drawings,
layout drawings, and catalog data and brochures are submitted or
resubmitted for review. This time period shall be considered when
scheduling the work.
G. The Shop Drawings and manufacturers data shall be submitted in a
timely manner sufficiently in advance to give ample time for
checking, correcting, resubmitting and rechecking if necessary. No
claim for delay will be granted for failure to comply with this
requirement.
H. Equipment shall be of proper size for its allotted space.
Equipment shall be disassembled as required, without invalidating
the manufacturers' warranty, so that it can be installed through
regular window, door, and/or louver openings.
1.11 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT STANDARDS
A. Where materials or equipment are specified by patent proprietary
name, or name of the manufacturer, such specification shall be
deemed to be used for the purpose of establishing a standard for
that particular item. No equipment or material shall be used
unless previously approved by the Designer.
B. Substitutions may be offered for review provided the material,
equipment or process offered for consideration is equal in every
respect to that indicated or specified and only if the term
"approved equal" appears. The request for each substitution must
be accompanied by complete specifications together with drawings or
samples to properly appraise the materials, equipment or process.
C. If a substitution of materials or equipment in whole or in part is
made, the Contractor shall bear the cost of any changes
necessitated by any other trade as a result of said substitution.
15501 - 5
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
E. The reproducibles may be made from the originals of the Contract
Drawings. Arrange with the Designer to have these reproducibles
made from the originals.
F. Deliver the completed reproducible Record Drawings properly titled
and dated to the Designer. These Record Drawings shall become the
property of the Owner.
1.08 PERMITS, FEES, RULES AND REGULATIONS
A. Give the proper Authorities all requisite notices or information
relating to the work under this Section. Obtain and pay for all
fees, licenses, permits and certificates. Comply with the rules
and regulations of all Local, State and Federal Authorities having
jurisdiction, the rules and regulations of the National Board of
Fire Underwriters and the Public Utilities Companies serving the
building.
1.09 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY
A. Be responsible for the care and protection of all work included
under this Section until it has been tested and accepted.
B. Protect all equipment and materials from damage from all causes
including theft. All materials and equipment damaged or stolen
,w► shall be repaired or replaced with equal material or equipment.
C. Protect all equipment, outlets and openings with temporary plugs,
caps and covers. Protect work and materials of other trades from
damage that might be caused by work or workmen and make good damage
thus caused.
1.10 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Submit for approval, within thirty (30) days after signing the
Contract and prior to the submission of any Shop Drawings, an
itemized list of manufacturers of material and equipment and of
Subcontractors proposed to be used under this Section.
B. After approval of the list, submit for review a minimum of eight
(8) sets of detailed Shop Drawings. All Shop Drawings for
equipment submitted for review shall include complete
Specifications, including type of materials, operating pressures
and temperatures, capacities, fan curves, performance and power
requirements to determine compliance with Contract Documents. All
data submitted including wiring diagrams submitted shall be
complete for all equipment and shall apply only to this specific
project. All extraneous information shall be deleted.
C. Regardless of any information included in the Shop Drawing
submitted for review, the requirements of the Drawings and
Specifications shall not be superseded in any way by the Shop
40W Drawing review.
15501 - 4
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
B. Keep fully informed as to the shape, size and position of all
openings required for all apparatus and give information in advance
to build openings into the work. Furnish and set in place all
sleeves, pockets, supports and incidentals.
C. All distribution systems which require pitch or slope such as
plumbing drains, steam and condensate piping shall have the right
of way over those which do not. Confer with other trades as to the
location of pipes, ducts, lights and apparatus and install work to
avoid interferences.
D. Ductwork Shop Drawings at 3/8" 1' - 0" scale shall be prepared
and sepia transparancies of these Drawings shall be used to work
out the coordination of all work of all Trades as specified in each
applicable Section. Plumbing, Fire Protection and Electrical
systems shall be shown and coordinated on these transparencies in
the order listed by the respective Contractors.
E. Prepare and submit for approval, at that scale or larger, plans and
sections, clearly showing how the work is to be installed in
relation to the work of other trades. Work that is installed
before coordination with other trades, or that causes interference
with the work of other trades shall be changed to correct
condition.
** 1.07 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Purchase and maintain at the job site a complete and separate black
line set of prints of the approved Working Drawings on which
accurately indicate daily progress by coloring materials and
apparatus as installed. Schedules shall be modified to reflect data
consistent with that of the installed equipment. Clearly show all
changes to the work as a result of change orders, instructions
issued by the Designer or conditions encountered in the field.
Accurately indicate the location, size, type and elevation of new
utilities and their relationship to existing utilities.
B. The marked up and colored in prints will be used as a guide for
determining the progress of the work installed. They shall be
inspected weekly and shall be corrected immediately if found
inaccurate or incomplete. Requisitions for payment will not be
approved until the Drawings are accurate and up-to-date.
C. At the completion of the work submit one (1) set of the marked up
prints for review and approval. After approval these marked up
prints shall be used in the preparation of the Record Drawings.
D. obtain and pay for one (1) set of reproducible prints applicable to
this Section. These reproducible prints shall be made on 4 mil
polyester-base "Estar" or approved equal. Make all modifications
to these reproducibles as shown on completed eked up prints. Remove
all superceded data to show the comp
15501 - 3
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2. A pneumatic temperature control system, including control
wiring for all of the HVAC equipment.
3. All other work shown or specified.
B. The work required by this Section is shown on Drawings.
1.03 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS
A. The following work is not included as work in this Section and is
to be performed under other Sections:
1. Cutting and Patching, Section 02050.
2. Excavation and Backfill, Section 02200.
3. Concrete Bases for Equipment, Section 03300.
4. Flashing and Caulking, Section 07900.
5. Exterior Louvers, Section 10200.
6. Plumbing, Section 15401.
7. Power Wiring to all Equipment, Section 16101.
1.04 INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS
A. All work shown on the Drawings is intended to be approximately _
correct to scale, but figures dimensions and detailed Drawings are
to be followed in every case. The Drawings shall be taken in a
sense as diagrammatic. Size of pipes or conduits and methods of
running them are shown but it is not intended to show every offset
and fitting, nor every structural difficulty that may be
encountered.
B. To carry out the true intent and purpose of the Drawings, all
necessary parts to make complete, approved working systems ready
for use shall be furnished without extra charge.
C. Locations shown on the Drawings are approximate and it is intended
that all equipment shall be located in accordance with the general
and detail Drawings of the construction proper. All measurements
shall be taken at the building before fabrication commences.
1.05 OBTAINING INFORMATION
A. Obtain from the manufacturer the proper method of installation and
connection of the equipment that is to be furnished and installed.
Obtain all information that is necessary to facilitate the work and
to complete the project.
1.06 COOPERATION AND COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES
A. The work shall be so performed that the progress of the entire
building construction, including all other trades, shall not be
delayed and not interfered with. Materials and apparatus shall be
installed as fast as conditions of the building will permit and
must be installed promptly when and as directed.
15501 - 2
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
SECTION 15501
HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and
all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which are
hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications.
B. Time, Manner and Requirements for Submitting Sub-Bids:
1. Sub-Bids for work under this Section shall be for the complete
work and shall be filed in a sealed envelope with the Division
of Capital Planning and Operations at a time and place as
stipulated in the "NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS".
The following shall appear on the upper left hand corner of the
envelope:
NAME OF SUB-BIDDER:
MASS. STATE PROJECT: CONTRACT NO.
SUB-BID FOR SECTION:
No. and Title of Section)
2. Each sub-bid submitted for work under this Section shall be on
forms furnished by the Division of Capital Planning and
Operations, as required by Section 44F of Chapter 149 of the
General Laws, as amended. Sub-bid forms may be obtained at the
office of the Division of Capital Planning and Operations, or
may be obtained by written or telephone request (phone
617-727-4003).
3. Sub-bids filed with the Division of Capital Planning and
Operations shall be accompanied by a BID BOND or CASH or
CERTIFIED CHECK or a TREASURER'S or CASHIER'S CHECK issued by a
responsible bank or trust company payable to the Commonwealth
of Massachusetts in the amount of five percent of the bid. A
sub-bid accompanied by any other form of bid deposit than those
specified will be rejected.
C. Sub--Sub Bid Requirements: None required under this Section.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The work under this Section shall include the furnishing of all
material, labor, equipment and supplies and the performance of all
operations to provide a complete working system as required by the
drawings and details and as specified herein, in general, to
include the following items:
1. Heating and exhaust ventilation systems for the holding cells
and adjacent areas.
15501 - 1
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs to Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
SECTION 15501
HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)
3 .10 INSULATION 30
3.11 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL (PNEUMATIC) 32
3 .12 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND PUTTING IN SERVICE 33
PART 4 - REPAIR WORK
4.01 EXAMINATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS 35
4.02 REMOVAL AND PREPARATION OF EXISTING WORK 36
4.03 ALTERATION WORK INCLUDED UNDER THIS SECTION 36
15501 - ii
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs to Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
SECTION 15501
HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
ITEM PAGE
1.01 PROVISIONS 1
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK 1
1.03 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS 2
1.04 INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS 2
1.05 OBTAINING INFORMATION 2
1.06 COOPERATION AND COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES 2
1.07 RECORD DRAWINGS 3
1.08 PERMITS, FEES, RULES AND REGULATIONS 4
1.09 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY 4
1.10 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 4
1.11 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT STANDARDS 5
1.12 GUARANTEE 6
1.13 CONTINUITY OF SERVICE AND SCHEDULING OF WORK 6
1.14 CERTIFICATES OF APPROVAL 6
1.15 REMOVAL WORK 6
1.16 OPERATING INSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 7
1.17 TEMPORARY HEAT DURING CONSTRUCTION 7
1.18 VALVE TAGS AND LISTS 8
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 8
2.02 PIPE AND FITTINGS 9
2.03 VALVES 10
2.04 BALANCING VALVES 11
2 .05 STRAINERS 11
2.06 STEAM TRAPS 11
2.07 AUTOMATIC AIR VENTS 12
2.08 HEATING AND VENTILATING UNITS 12
2.09 LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK 13
2.10 DAMPERS AND SPLITTERS 14
2.11 EXHAUST FANS 15
2 .12 FIRE DAMPERS 16
2 .13 SHEET METAL ACCESS PANELS 17
2.14 FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS 17
2.15 SLEEVES AND OPENINGS 17
2.16 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES 18
2.17 MOTORS, DRIVES AND STARTERS 19
2.18 VIBRATION ELIMINATORS 20
2.19 INSULATION 20
2 .20 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL (PNEUMATIC)
PART 3 - EXEUCTION
3.01 CORE DRILLING 26
3.02 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 26
3 .03 SLEEVES AND INSERTS 26
3 .04 PIPE WELDING AND QUALIFICATION OF WELDERS 27
3 .05 PIPING AND FITTINGS 27
3.06 VALVES 28
* 3 .07 BALANCING VALVES 28
3 .08 STEAM SPECIALTIES 28
3 .09 SHEETMETAL WORK INSTALLATION 28
15501 - i
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
B. These numbers shall correspond with numbers indicated for valves and
controls on the Record Drawings and on a minimum of two (2) printed
valve lists. These printed lists shall state the number and
locations of each valve and control and the section, fixtures or
equipment which it controls and other necessary information, such as
requiring the opening or closing of another valve when one (1) valve
is to be opened or closed.
PART 4 - REPAIR WORK
4.01 EXAMINATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS
C. Prior to ordering and delivery of new products or materials required
for installation or application in the existing building as work
under this Section, examine existing conditions affecting work under
this Section.
D. Examination of existing conditions shall be sufficient to make the
installer of the work under this Section fully aware of existing
structure or finishes of spaces that are to remain and that have
been or shall be removed, altered, repaired, replaced or renovated.
4.02 REMOVAL AND PREPARATION OF EXISTING WORK
A. The existing building structure and existing substrates shall be
properly prepared by the General Contractor to provide suitable
installation conditions for work under this Section, in accordance
with Section 02050 - Demolition and Section 01040 - Commencement and
Conduct of On-Site Operations.
B. Work under this Section includes the responsibility to inspect all
installation conditions and request the General Contractor to
correct any conditions which may affect the work under this Section
adversely.
4.03 ALTERATION WORK INCLUDED UNDER THIS SECTION
A. Work required under this Section, relating to Repair Work, includes
the following:
1. Patch and repair all materials normally installed under this
Section which have been affected by alterations or removal of
existing work. All alteration work shall be similar to new work
as specified under this Section.
PLUMBING
15401-18
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
F. All auxiliary framing required to support plumbing piping between
structural frames or grids where they occur will be a part of this
Section.
3.05 CLEANOUTS
A. All cleanouts shall be set flush with walls or floors. Finish shall
be protected during construction with proper covering.
3.06 VALVES
A. All valves furnished and installed under this Section shall be
located in a manner to allow proper access for service and repair.
B. In no case shall valve stem and handle be installed below the center
line of the pipe it serves.
3.07 FLOOR DRAINS
A. Floor drains shall be furnished and installed by this Contractor; he
shall be responsible for correctly setting these drains at the
proper grade to assure proper drainage from all surrounding areas.
These drains shall be as manufactured by J.R. Smith, turn, Josam or
approved equal. Sizes of drains shall be the same size as the pipe
it serves.
3.08 ACCESS PANELS
A. Furnish and deliver access panels for access to all concealed parts
of the plumbing systems that require accessibility for the proper
operation and maintenance of the system. Access panels shall be
installed by the appropriate trades.
3.09 PLUMBING FIXTURES
A. All plumbing fixtures, except as otherwise noted, shall be furnished
and installed by this Contractor; he shall be responsible for
correctly setting these fixtures as shown on Designer's Plans and
interior elevations.
B. Fixtures designated as handicapped use shall be mounted in
accordance with Local Codes.
3.10 PIPE IDENTIFICATION
A. Exposed piping and piping above removable ceilings, shall be labeled
at 20'-0" intervals, at each change in direction and on either side
of a floor or wall penetration.
B. All labels shall be placed so that they can be easily read from the
floor.
3.11 VALVE TAGS
40+° A. Tags shall be attached to the valve handles or stem necks with brass
hooks or chains and properly secured. All numbers shall be prefixed
by letters corresponding to those listed for pipe identification.
PLUMBING
15401-17
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3.03 INSULATION
A. All pipe covering and insulation shall be carefully applied by
mechanics skilled in the trade. All insulation shall be as
manufactured by Owens Corning or approved equal.
B. Pipe coverings and insulation shall be installed on all piping,
valves and fittings except piping, valves and fittings designated to
be chrome plated.
C. All systems shall be tested and approved prior to installing pipe
covering and insulation.
D. Staples are not to be used.
E. All pipe covering and insulation shall pass through all walls,
ceiling and floor continuously. The only area where the insulation
shall not pass -continuously shall be at riser clamps. Hangers shall
be installed with insulation shields on the outside of the
insulation.
3.04 PIPE SLEEVES, HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Pipe sleeves, hangers and fixture supports for all piping shall be
furnished and set by this Contractor and this Contractor shall be
responsible for their proper and permanent location.
B. Pipe Sleeves: Shall be installed and properly secured at all points
where pipes pass through masonry, concrete or wood. Pipe sleeves
shall be of sufficient diameter to provide approximately 1/4 inch
clearance around pipe. Pipe sleeves through masonry partitions and
floors shall be Schedule 40 galvanized pipe with chromium plated
escutcheons with set screws or clips for firmly holding in place.
Sleeves in floors shall extend 1 inch above floor and after
installation of pipe shall be packed and made water tight. Sleeves
through walls shall end flush with surface of walls.
C. All piping shall be rigidly supported from the building structure by
means of approved hangers and supports. Pipes shall be supported to
maintain required grading and pitching of lines to prevent vibration
and to secure piping in place and shall be arranged so as to provide
for proper expansion and contraction of pipe.
D. All horizontal piping shall be hung with approved adjustable,
malleable iron pipe hangers, unless otherwise specified and spaced
not over the following distances:
Cast Iron 5'-0" at Joint
Copper Tubing and Brass Pipe 6'-0" on Center
Steel Pipe 10'-0" on Center
E. Rod size shall be the same as that approved for use with the hanger
assembly, and the size of the rods shall not be less than given in
the following table:
1/2" to 4" Pipe 3/8" Rod
5" and Larger 1/2" Rod
PLUMBING
15401-16
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
B. Branch lines from service or main lines may be taken off the top or
bottom of main using such crossover fittings as may be required by
structural or installation conditions. All service pipes, fittings
and valves shall be kept at sufficient distance from other work to
permit not less than 1/2 inch from finished coverings and such other
work and not less than 1/2 inch between finished coverings on the
different services.
C. All piping shall be supported from the building structure with pipe
hangers. In general, all lines shall be installed concealed above
ceilings in finished spaces where they may occur.
D. All copper tubing shall be cut true with cutters; the ends shall be
reamed out to the full inside diameter of the pipe. Cap all open
ends to prevent the entrance of debris.
E. Provide shock absorbers as required.
F. Provide valves on every branch, to group of fixtures and wherever
indicated on the Drawings.
G. Pipes shall be run parallel and graded evenly to draining points.
Provide a drain valve with cap and chain at each low point in piping
so that all parts of the systems can be drawn off.
3.02 SANITARY SYSTEMS
A. Soil, waste and vent piping inside the building shall be run as
indicated on the Drawings, properly secured to the building
structure with iron hangers. Extend to roof all lines of soil,
waste and vent piping in stacks with all branches and fittings
required and extension through roofs as required by the Local
Plumbing Code. Where an end circuit vent pipe from any fixture or
line of fixtures is connected to a vent line serving other fixtures,
the connection shall be at least 3 feet or sufficiently above the
floor on which the fixtures are located to prevent the use of the
vent line as a waste.
B. All changes in pipe size and direction on soil and waste lines shall
be made with Y's and cleanouts, reducing fittings or recessed
reducers. Y's and 45o fittings, or 45o combination fittings shall
be used wherever possible. Use long sweep bends at the bottom of
stacks.
C. All fixtures and drains on the sanitary drainage system shall be
separately trapped and each trap shall be vented.
D. Sanitary long sweep bends and Y's shall be used for connections to
branch lines for fixtures and T.Y's on vertical runs of pipe only.
Long turn fittings shall be used wherever conditions permit. Short
radius fittings may be installed where in conformity with the
Plumbing Code. Furnish and install cleanouts at the bottom of all
soil, and waste stacks, at every change in direction on soil, and
waste piping. Plug all temporary open ends to prevent the entrance
of debris.
PLUMING
15401-15
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
B. Identify piping as specified herein. Identification markers for
piping 3/4 inch up to and including 5 inch shall be Setmark Type
SNA. Piping 6 inches and above shall be identified with Setmark Type
STR laminated plastic markers.
C. Exposed piping and piping above removable ceilings shall be
identified at intervals of 20'-0" and at each change of direction
together with an arrow showing the direction of flow.
D. Legend and colors shall conform to the following, with all lettering
and arrow colored black:
Band
Service Color Legend
Cold Water Green CW
Hot Water Supply Yellow HWS
Hot Water Return Yellow HWR
Sanitary Green SAN
.Vent Green V
2.10 STERILIZATION
A. When required all water systems shall be sterilized in accordance
with Local Public Health and Plumbing Code Requirements.
2.11 TESTS AND APPROVALS
A. Pipe lines shall be blown or flushed clean, before piping tests are
applied. All plumbing work shall be tested as herein specified. No
portion shall be covered, concealed, used or made inaccessible to
testing, inspection, repair, correction or replacement until tests
thereof have been satisfactorily completed in the presence of the
Designer's Authorized Representatives. The Plumbing Subcontractor
must accommodate his testing operations to the progress of the
project as a whole. Correct all defects appearing under test and
repeat the tests until all parts of the work have withstood them
successfully.
B. Furnish all labor, material and services for testing, including
testing plugs, pumps and compressors; he shall make and remove all
temporary piping connections required for the tests and shall
dispose of test water and all wastes after tests. Leave all work in
good order, ready for full use.
C. Tests on all plumbing systems shall be made in accordance with the
requirements of the Local Plumbing Code.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS
A. All copper tubing shall be cut accurately to measurements obtained
at the site and shall be installed without springing or forcing.
PLUMBING
15401-14
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
are Acorn and are intended to establish a level of quality and
comparison.
B. P-1 (COMBINATION WATER CLOSET/I.AVATORY - "PENAL")
Acorn Engineering model 1418-CT-2-BP-2-4GX-M-LWI-OS-SD-CKI-PHL-FV-SW-
THSR-E500, or equal.
Options:
1418 (18" toilet/lav combination unit)
CT (center unit)
2 (on-floor, all outlet)
BP (bubbler, Penal)
2 (Penaltrol - H&C)
GX (individual check stop)
M (metering)
LW1 (lav, thru wall extension, P-trap and cleanout)
OS (outlet size - 1= inch)
SD .(slow drain)
CK1 (coupling waste kit with cleanout connectig to no-hub)
PHL (paper holder-left)
FV (flush valve)
Sw (wall sleeve)
THSR (towel hook/single/right)
E-500 (suicide prevention skirt)
C. P-lA (COMBINATION WATER CLOSET/LAVATORY-"PENAL") same as P-1, except
water closet bowl is angled right, and THSR (towel hook/single/
right) shall be THSL (left) .
D. P-1B (COMBINATION WATER CLOSET/LAVATORY-"PENAL") same as P-1, except
water closet bowl is angled left.
E. P-2 (STAINLESS STEEL SINK) "Just" model SL-17519-B-GR single
compartment type 304 18-8 stainless steel, self-rimming. Provide
4th hole on right. Provide "Just" J-35 stainless steel strainer and
1- inch tail piece. Symmons S-93-2 faucet with hose and spray. PR
3/8 inch chrome plated angle supplies with stops and flexible
risers. 1= inch chrome plated cast brass "P" trap with cleanout
plug.
F. P-3 (MOP RECEPTOR) Fiat model TSB-500 Terrazzo mop receptor with
dome strainer and lint basket.
Fiat model 830 AA chrome plated faucet with pail hook and vacuum
breaker.
Fiat model 832-AA hose and hose bracket.
Fiat model 889-CC stainless steel mop hanger.
Trap to suit.
2.09 PIPE IDENTIFICATION
A. Label each piece of mechanical equipment with a 1-1/2 inch by 4 inch
long aluminum nameplate with a black enamel background and with the
designated equipment and area or system served engraved in natural
aluminum letters. Secure with two (2) "Phillips head" brass screws
or machine bolt with locknuts. Nameplates shall be manufactured by
Seton Nameplate Company, Dennison Manufacturing Company, Markem
Company or approved equal.
PLUMBING
15401-13
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
Aw C. Floor drain Type B shall be Josam series 32020-1 cast iron body, and
"P"-trap with double drainage flange, collar, weepholes, removable
sediment bucket and satin Nikoly round strainer.
D. Floor drains located in penal areas shall be contraband type with
vandal proof screws.
2.07 ACCESS PANELS
A. Furnish access panels for access to all concealed parts of the
plumbing systems that require accessibility for the proper operation
and maintenance of the system.
B. Size shall be sufficient for the purpose, but no less than 12 inches
by 18 inches. Particular attention shall be exercised in the
selection of doors for masonry walls in order that frame sizes used
will match the courses of brick or block.
C. Access doors shall be prime coated of rust inhibitive paint,
continuous hinge and manufactured by Inland Steel Products Company
"Milcor", Miami-Carey or Walsh-Hannon-Gladwin, Incorporated "Way
Loctor" or approved equal. Type shall be as follows:
1. Acoustical Tile Ceilings: Style A with 16 gauge frame, 18 gauge
panel and flush screwdriver operated cam locks.
2. Suspended Lath and Plaster Ceilings: Style K with 16 gauge
OW frame, 14 gauge panel and flush screwdriver operated cam locks.
3. Masonry Non-Rated Walls: Style M with 16 gauge frame, 14 gauge
panel and flush screwdriver operated cam locks.
4. Masonry Fire Rated Walls: Fire rated with UL 1-1/2 hour "B"
rating, 16 gauge frame, 20 gauge sandwich type insulated panel,
self-latching lock having interior release mechanism, and key
operated cylinder lock keyed as required to suit requirements of
the Designer.
D. Refer to the Contract Designerural Reflected Ceiling Drawings for
plaster ceiling locations where the above panels are applicable.
E. Point out to the Ceiling Subcontractor exactly which tile units are
to be marked with a colored button to indicate equipment above.
2.08 PLUMBING FIXTURES
A. Standard plumbing fixtures and trimming shall be ,lust Manufacturing
Co. , Elkay, Dayton or approved equal (for stainless steel sink) and
Fiat, Stern Williams, Swan or approved equal (for mop receptor).
The following series numbers are "just" and "Fiat" and are intended
to establish a level of quality and comparison.
Security fixtures and specialities shall be "Penal Ware" as
manufactured by Acorn Engineering Co., Metcraft, Bradley Corp., or
approved equal. Fixtures shall be installed complete with all
fittings, trim, sleeves and fasteners. The following series number
PLUMBING
15401-12
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1/4 inch through bolts provided with nuts and washers or plates
at back, except where chair carriers are used. Bolt heads and
nuts shall be hexagon and exposed bolts, nuts, washers and
screws shall be chromium plated brass. Where secured to
concrete or brick walls, they shall be fastened with brass bolts
or machine screws in lead sleeve type expansion shields and
shall extend at least 2 inches into solid concrete or brick.
2.04 CLEANOUTS
A. Cleanouts shall be as manufactured by Josam Manufacturing Company,
J.R. Smith Manufacturing Company, Zurn Industries, Incorporated or
approved equal. The following series numbers are intended to
establish a level of quality and comparison.
B. Type A: Josam Series 56010-2-22-41 coated cast iron floor cleanout.
C. Type B: Josam Series 58890-21 round stainless steel wall access
cover, center screw and recessed bronze tapped plug.
D. Type C: Josam Series 58540-21 recessed bronze NPT threaded plug for
use in conjunction with standard pipe fittings.
E. Cleanouts shall be in accordance with the following:
1. Sanitary and Waste Systems Buried Type A
2. Sanitary and Waste Systems in Walls Type B
3. Sanitary and Waste Systems at Base of Stacks Type C
F. Cleanout covers installed in penal areas shall be tamper proof.
2.05 VALVES
A. Valves shall be as manufactured by Jenkins Brothers, Watts, Powell
or approved equal. The following series numbers are Jenkins and are
intended to establish a level of quality and comparison.
B. All gate valves for domestic cold and hot water piping within the
building 3 inches and smaller shall be solder end bronze valves with
non-rising spindle, solid wedge, made for 200 lbs. water pressure,
similar to Jenkins Brothers Figure No. 1240.
C. All drain valves for domestic cold and hot water piping within the
building shall be screwed end, bronze, solid wedge, inside screw,
non-rising stem, similar to Jenkins Brothers Figure No. 372 with
Figure No. 658 cap and chain.
2.06 FLOOR DRAINS
A. Floor drains shall be as manufactured by Josam Manufacturing Co.,
Jay R. Smith manufacturing Co., Zurn Industries, Inc., or approved
equal. The following series numbers are Josam and are intended to
establish a level of quality and comparison.
B. Floor drain Type "A" shall be similar to Josam Series 30000-A cast
iron body and "P" trap, flashing collar, satin nikaloy adjustable
round strainer.
PLUMBING
15401-11
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
w, Cold Water 1/2" A
Hot Water 1-1/2" and Smaller 1" A
Hot Water 2" and Larger 1-1/2" A
2.03 PIPE SLEEVES, HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Unless noted otherwise, all hangers and support figure numbers
referred to are Carpenter Patterson, Incorporated. All hangers must
be Underwriters, Laboratories, Incorporated, U.S.A. approved design.
B. Hangers and supports for drainage and venting shall be of the
following types:
1. Steel clevis hangers, Figure No. 100, attached to steel rod with
two (2) nuts for piping 3 inch and larger.
2. For piping 2-1/2 inch and smaller, steel clevis hanger, Figure
No. 100, or steel band adjustable swivel ring hanger, Figure No.
800.
3. Beam clamps shall be Figure No. 196 with Figure No. 22 retaining
clip.
4. Riser clamps shall be Figure No. 126 or Figure No. 89; riser
clamps shall be installed at all risers through floors at each
floor.
OOW C. Hangers for bare copper pipe shall be Figure 800 CT attached to
Figure 94 CT rod.
D. Hangers and supports for water piping shall be of the following
types:
1. Steel clevis hangers Figure No. 100SH attached to steel rod with
two (2) nuts for piping 3 inch and larger.
2. For piping 2-1/2 inch and smaller, steel clevis hanger Figure
No. 100SH or steel band adjustable swivel ring hanger Figure No.
800 with Figure No. 265P shield.
3. Beam clamps shall be Figure No. 196 with Figure No. 22 retaining
clip.
4. Riser clamps shall be Figure No. 126CT. Riser clamps shall be
installed at all risers through floors, at each floor.
5. In lieu of individual hangers, Figure No. 342 gang hangers,
clips and shields may be used.
E. Each hanger shall be oversized so that the hanger will allow the
insulation to pass through undisturbed and uncut.
F. Fixture Supports:
1. All fixtures and equipment shall be supported and fastened in a
satisfactory manner. Where wall hung fixtures are secured to
masonry or tile walls or partitions, they shall be fastened with
PLUMBING
15401-10
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
Dow PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Type A:
Type K hard drawn copper tubing with cast bronze or copper sweat
fittings joined with approved 95/5 solder.
B. Type B:
Type L hard drawn copper tubing with cast bronze or copper sweat
fittings joined with approved 95/5 tin antimony solder.
C. Type C:
Service weight hubless cast iron soil pipe and fittings joined with
. approved stainless steel mechanical couplings with neoprene gaskets.
D. Type D:
Service weight bell and spigot cast iron soil pipe and fittings
joined with neoprene resilient gaskets.
E. Type E:
Type DWV hard drawn seamless copper tubing with wrought copper
00k drainage fittings joined with 50/50 solder.
F. Pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with the following:
1. Cold Water (Inside Buried) � A
2. Cold Water B
3. Hot Water and Return � C
4. Sanitary Waste and Vent
5. Sanitary Waste and Vent (Inside Buried) Type D
6. Sanitary Waste and Vent (Smaller than 2 Inches) Type E
2.02 INSULATION
A. Type A: Fiberglass 25AJ/SSL pipe insulation composed of fiberglass
heavy density sectional pipe insulation jacketed with an embossed
vapor barrier laminate. The jacket shall have a pressure sealing
la adhesive to eliminate the use of staples, adhesives or bands.
Installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations.
B. Valves and fittings shall be insulated with Zeston Hi-Lo Temp
insulation of thickness equal to adjacent piping and covered with
Zeston one (1) piece PVC insulated fitting covers and bound with
Zeston Z-tape of a width recommended by manufacturer.
C. Insulation shall be in accordance with the following schedule:
Aw Insulation
Service Thickness Type
PLUMBING
15401-9
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
OW Designer's compensation for additional services from final payment
to Subcontractor.
1.19 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Give detailed instructions, prior to the completion of the work, to
the responsible personnel designated by the Designer in the
operation and maintenance of all work installed under this Section.
A letter with two (2) copies containing the name of the person or
persons to whom the instructions were given and the dates of the
instruction period shall be submitted to the Designer at the
completion of the project.
B. In addition, prepare three (3) sets of manufacturer's catalogs,
other similar data including the necessary photographic equipment
cuts, wiring diagrams covering all mechanical equipment and devices
furnished and installed under this Section. These manuals shall
provide complete instructions for the proper operation and use of
the equipment together with instructions for lubrication and
periodic maintenance and for trouble shooting. Operating
instructions shall be specific for each system and shall include
copies of posted specific instructions. This manual shall contain
only that information which specifically applies to this project and
all unrelated material shall be deleted. During the instruction
period this manual shall be used and explained. The material shall
be bound in note book form and indexed.
C. Provide name, address and telephone number of the manufacturer's
representative and service company for each piece of equipment so
that the source of replacement parts and service for each item of
equipment can be readily obtained.
1.20 VALVE TAGS AND LISTS
A. This Subcontractor shall provide on each gate valve, on each globe
valve, and on all automatic control valves installed under this
Section, a 2 inch diameter brass tag with stamped numerals and
letters painted white. The tags shall be attached to the valve
handle or stem with brass chains and properly secured. All numbers
shall be prefixed by letters corresponding to those listed for
piping identification.
B. These numbers shall correspond with numbers indicated for valves and
controls on the Record Drawings and on a minimum of two (2) printed
valve lists. These printed lists shall state the number and locations
of each valve and the section, fixture or equipment which it controls,
and other necessary information, such as requiring the opening or
closing of another valve where one (1) valve is to be opened or closed.
C. Printed lists shall be prepared in a form to meet the approval of
the Designer, framed under glass and displayed in rooms designated
by the Designer.
Ok
PLUMBING
15401-8
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
,�/�►, 1.16 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A. When Subcontractor considers Work under this Section (or designated
portion of Work) is substantially complete, submit written notice
through the General Contractor with a list of items remaining to be
completed or corrected.
B. Should the Designer observe and find Work is not substantially
complete, he will promptly notify Subcontractor through the General
Contractor in writing, listing observed deficiencies.
C. Subcontractor shall remedy deficiencies and send a second written
notice of substantial completion.
D. When the Designer finds work is substantially complete he will
prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion in accordance with
provisions of General Conditions.
1.17 FINAL COMPLETION
A. When Subcontractor considers Work under this Section is complete,
submit through the General Contractor written certification that:
1. Contract documents have been reviewed.
2. Work has been inspected for compliance with Contract Documents.
3. Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents
(and deficiencies listed with Certificate of Substantial
Completion have been corrected).
4. Equipment and systems have been tested, adjusted and balanced
and are fully operational.
5. Work is complete and ready for final Designer review.
B. Should the Designer observe and find work incomplete, he will
promptly suspend his review and notify Subcontractor in writing
through the General Contractor.
C. Subcontractor shall complete his work, remedy deficiencies and send
a second certification of final completion.
D. the Designer shall, upon receipt of a second certification of
completion, make a second review and shall notify the Subcontractor
in writing through the General Contractor listing observed
deficiencies.
E. When the Designer finds work complete, he will consider close out
submittals.
1.18 REOBSERVATION
A. Should status of completion of Work require additional services by
* the Designer due to failure of Work to conform with Subcontractor's
claims on initial the Designer's review (for Substantial Completion
or) for Final Completion, owner will deduct the amount of the
PLUMBING
15401-7
Mass. State Project No. CRE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
!*. B. Manufacturers shall provide their standard warranties for material
and equipment furnished under this Section. Such warranties shall
be in addition to and not in lieu of all liabilities which the
manufacturer and Contractor may have by law or by provisions of the
Contract Documents.
C. All materials, equipment and work furnished under this Section shall
be guaranteed against all defects in materials and workmanship for a
period of one (1) year commencing with the date of Substantial
Completion. Any failure due to defective material, equipment or
workmanship which may develop, shall be corrected at no expense to
the Owner including all damage to areas, materials and other systems
resulting from such failures.
D. Upon receipt of notice from the Owner of failure of any part of the
systems during the guarantee period, the affected parts shall be
replaced. Any equipment requiring excessive service shall be
considered defective and shall be replaced.
1.13 CONTINUITY OF SERVICE AND SCHEDULING OF WORK
A. Continuity of all services shall be maintained in all areas which
will be occupied during the construction period. If an interruption
of service becomes necessary, such shall be made only upon consent
of the Owner and at a time outside normal working hours as he shall
designate.
B. Refer to the overall scheduling of the work of the project.
Schedule work to conform to this schedule and install work to not
delay nor interfere with the progress of the project.
1.14 CERTIFICATES OF APPROVAL
A. Upon completion of all work, furnish, in duplicate, certificates of
inspections from the manufacturers stating that authorized factory
Designers have inspected and tested the operation of their
respective equipment and found same to be in satisfactory operating
condition.
1.15 REMOVAL WORK
A. Particular care shall be taken to avoid creating hazards on the site
or causing disruption of service in the adjoining buildings.
B. All existing equipment indicated to be removed shall be done in a
neat and workmanlike manner. All existing equipment indicated to be
turned over to the Owner shall be presented to the Owner in good
condition at a location designated by the Owner. All other
equipment shall be removed from the premises.
C. Remove all abandoned piping and equipment not built into building
construction. Where ceilings or walls are removed all abandoned
duct, conduit and piping shall be removed and ends of live services
capped. Abandoned elements built into walls or located above
existing ceilings shall remain and ends capped and marked abandoned.
PLUMBING
15401-6
Mass. State Project No. CRE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
D. Regardless of any information included in the shop drawing submitted
for review, the requirements of the Drawings and Specifications
shall not be superseded in any way by the shop drawing review.
E. Each submittal shall be reviewed, stamped and certified prior to
submission to the Designer. Such certification shall be made by the
Owner, or Corporate officer of the Contractor, or by a person duly
authorized by the Owner to sign binding agreements for the
Contractor. The certification shall state that the data and details
contained on each shop drawing, layout drawing, catalog data and
brochure has been reviewed by the Contractor and that it complies
with the Contract Documents in all respects. Shop drawings, layout
drawings, catalog data and brochures will not be reviewed and will
be returned to the Contractor unchecked unless they are certified.
F. It is intended that the Contractor submit complete and accurate data
at the first submission. If the shop drawing is returned marked
"Resubmit", or "Not Accepted", only one (1) additional submission
will be permitted.
G. Equipment shall be of proper size for its allotted space. Equipment
shall be disassembled as required, without invalidating the
manufacturers' warranty, so that it can be installed through regular
window, door, and/or louver openings.
H. The shop drawings and manufacturer's data shall be submitted in a
timely manner sufficiently in advance to give ample time for
checking, correcting, resubmitting and rechecking if necessary. No
claim for delay will be granted for failure to comply with this
requirement.
I. A minimum period of two weeks, exclusive of transmittal time, will
be required in the Designer's office each time shop drawings, layout
drawings, and catalog data and brochures are submitted or
resubmitted for review. This time period shall be considered by the
Contractor when scheduling his work.
1.11 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT STANDARDS
A. Refer to General Conditions and Supplementary General Conditions
regarding substitution of materials as it relates to this project.
B. Where materials or equipment are specified by patent proprietary
name, or name of the manufacturer, such Specification shall be
deemed to be used for the purpose of establishing a standard for
that particular item. Substitutions may be offered for review
provided the material, equipment or process offered for
consideration is equal in every respect to that indicated or
specified and only if the term "approved equal" appears.
1.12 GUARANTEE
A. Refer to General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions for
requirements all of which shall be included as part of this
Specification.
PLUMBING
15401-5
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
►, these reproducibles as shown on the marked up prints. Remove all
superseded data to show the completed installation.
E. The reproducibles may be made from the originals of the Contract
Drawings. Arrange with the Designer to have these reproducibles made
from the originals.
F. Deliver the completed reproducible Record Drawings properly titled
and dated to the Designer. These Record Drawings shall become the
property of the Owner.
1.08 PERMITS, FEES, RULES AND REGULATIONS
A. Give the proper Authorities all requisite notices or information
relating to the work under this Section. Obtain and pay for all
fees, licenses, permits and certificates. Comply with the rules and
regulations of all Local, State and Federal Authorities having
jurisdiction, the rules and regulations of the National Board of
Fire Underwriters and the Public Utilities Companies serving the
building.
1.09 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY
A. Be responsible for the care and protection of all work included
under this Section until it has been tested and accepted.
B. Protect all equipment and materials from damage from all causes
including theft. All materials and equipment damaged or stolen
shall be repaired or replaced with equal material or equipment.
C. Protect all equipment, outlets and openings with temporary plugs,
caps and covers. Protect work and materials of other trades from
damage that might be caused by work or workmen and make good damage
thus caused.
1.10 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Refer to General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions for
requirements all of which shall be included as part of this
Specification.
B. Submit for approval, within thirty (30) days after signing the
Contract and prior to the submission of any shop drawings, an
itemized list of manufacturers, material, equipment and of
Subcontractors proposed to be used under this Section.
C. After approval of the list, submit for review a minimum of eight (8)
sets of detailed shop drawings. All shop drawings for equipment
submitted for review shall include complete Specifications,
including type of materials, operating pressures and temperatures,
capacities, performance and power requirements to determine
compliance with Contract Documents. All data submitted shall be
complete for all equipment and shall apply only to this specific
project.
O
PLUMBING
15401-4
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.06 COOPERATION AND COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES
A. The work shall be so performed that the progress of the entire
building construction, including all other trades, shall not be
delayed and not interfered with. Materials and apparatus shall be
installed as fast as conditions of the building will permit and must
be installed promptly when and as directed.
B. Keep fully informed as to the shape, size and position of all
openings required for all apparatus and give information in advance
to build openings into the work. Furnish and set in place all
sleeves, pockets, supports and incidentals.
C. All distribution systems which require pitch or slope such as
plumbing drains, steam and condensate piping shall have the right of
way over those which do not. Confer with other trades as to the
location of pipes, ducts, lights and apparatus and install work to
avoid interferences.
D. Ductwork Shop Drawings at 3/8 inch = 1' - 0" scale shall be prepared
by the HVAC Contractor and sepia transparencies of these Drawings
shall be used to work out the coordination of all work of all trades
as specified in each applicable Section. Plumbing, fire protection
and electrical systems shall be shown and coordinated on these
transparencies in the order listed by the respective Contractors.
E. Prepare and submit for approval, at that scale or larger, plans and
sections, clearly showing how the work is to be installed in
relation to the work of other trades. work that is installed before
coordination with other trades, or that causes interference with the
work of other trades shall be changed to correct condition.
1.07 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Purchase and maintain at the job site a complete and separate black
line set of prints of the approved Working Drawings on which
accurately indicate daily progress by coloring materials and
apparatus as installed. Schedules shall be modified to reflect data
consistent with that of the installed equipment. Clearly show all
changes to the work as a result of change orders, instructions
issued by the Designer or conditions encountered in the field.
Accurately indicate the location, size, type and elevation of new
utilities and their relationship to existing utilities.
B. The marked up and colored in prints will be used as a guide for
determining the progress of the work installed. They shall be
inspected weekly and shall be corrected immediately if found
inaccurate or incomplete. Requisitions for payment will not be
approved until the Drawings are accurate and up-to-date.
C. At the completion of the work submit one (1) set of the marked up
prints for review and approval. After approval these marked up
prints shall be used in the preparation of the Record Drawings.
D. Obtain and pay for one (1) set of reproducible prints applicable to
this Section. These reproducible prints shall be made on 4 mil
polyester base "Estar" or approved equal. Make all modifications to
PLUMBING
15401-3
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
requiring domestic cold water. This system shall extend and
connect to the existing cold water system.
2. A complete domestic hot water and return system throughout the
renovated area connecting to each and every fixture and piece of
equipment requiring domestic hot water. This system shall
extend and connect to the existing hot water system.
3. A complete sanitary waste and vent system throughout the
renovated area connecting to each and every fixture and piece of
equipment requiring sanitary drainage. This system shall extend
and connect to the existing sanitary system.
4. Alterations, additions and/or removal of existing plumbing
systems and fixtures within the renovated area in order to
conform to new space requirements.
1.03 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS
A. The following work is not included as work in this Section and is to
be performed under other Sections:
1. All Cutting and Patching, Section 02050.
2. Temporary Water, Heat and Fire Protection, Section 01510.
3. Temporary Light and Power, Section 01510.
4. Excavation and Backfilling, Section 02200.
5. Foundations and Trenching, Section 02200.
6. Flashing and Caulking, Section 07900.
7. Painting, Section 09900.
8. Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning, Section 15501.
9. Electrical, Section 16101.
1.04 INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS
A. All work shown on the Drawings is intended to be approximately
correct to scale, but figured dimensions and detailed Drawings are
to be followed in every case. The Drawings shall be taken in a
sense as diagrammatic. Size of pipes or conduits and methods of
running them are shown but it is not intended to show every offset
and fitting, nor every structural difficulty that may be
encountered.
B. To carry out the true intent and purpose of the Drawings, all
necessary parts to make complete, approved working systems ready for
use shall be furnished without extra charge.
C. Locations shown on the Drawings are approximate and it is intended
that all equipment shall be located in accordance with the general
and detail Drawings of the construction proper. All measurements
shall be taken at the building before fabrication commences.
1.05 OBTAINING INFORMATION
A. Obtain from the manufacturer the proper method of installation and
connection of the equipment that is to be furnished and installed.
Obtain all information that is necessary to facilitate the work and
to complete the project.
PLUMBING
15401-2
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
A'' SECTION 15401
PLUMBING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all
Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby
made a part of this Section of the Specifications.
B. Time, Manner and Requirements for Submitting Sub-Bids:
1. Sub-Bids for work under this Section shall be for the complete
work and shall be filed in a sealed envelope with the Division
of Capital Planning and Operations at a time and place as
stipulated in the "NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS".
The following shall appear on the upper left hand corner of the
envelope:
NAME OF SUB-BIDDER:
MASS. STATE PROJECT: CONTRACT NO.
SUB-BID FOR SECTION:
No. and Title of Section
2. Each sub-bid submitted for work under this Section shall be on
forms furnished by the Division of Capital Planning and
Operations, as required by Section 44F of Chapter 149 of the
General Laws, as amended. Sub-bid forms may be obtained at the
office of the Division of Capital Planning and Operations, or
may be obtained by written or telephone request (phone
617-727-4003).
3. Sub-bids filed with the Division of Capital Planning and
Operations shall be accompanied by a BID BOND or CASH or
CERTIFIED CHECK or a TREASURER'S or CASHIER'S CHECK issued by a
responsible bank or trust company payable to the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts in the amount of five percent of the bid. A
sub-bid accompanied by any other form of bid deposit than those
specified will be rejected.
C. Sub-Sub Bid Requirements: None required under this Section.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The work under this Section shall include the furnishing of all
material, labor, equipment and supplies and the performance of all
operations to provide a complete working system as required by the
Drawings and details and as specified herein, in general, to include
the following items:
°oft" 1. A complete domestic cold water system throughout the renovated
area connecting to each and every fixture and piece of equipment
PLUMBING
15401-1
Mass. State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs to Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
SECTION 15401
PLUMBING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
ITEM PAGE
1.01 PROVISIONS 1
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK 1
1.03 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS 2
1.04 INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS 2
1.05 OBTAINING INFORMATION 2
1.06 COOPERATION AND COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES 3
1.07 RECORD DRAWINGS 3
1.08 PERMITS, FEES, RULES AND REGULATIONS 4
1.09 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY 4
1.10 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 4
1.11 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT STANDARDS 5
1.12 GUARANTEE 5
1.13 CONTINUITY OF SERVICE AND SCHEDULING OF WORK 6
1.14 CERTIFICATES OF APPROVAL 6
1.15 REMOVAL WORK 6
1.16 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 7
1.17 FINAL COMPLETION 7
1.18 REOBSERVATION 7
1.19 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 8
1.20 VALVE TAGS AND LISTS 8
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS 9
2.02 INSULATION 9
2 .03 PIPE SLEEVES, HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 10
2 .04 CLEANOUTS 11
2.05 VALVES 11
2.06 FLOOR DRAINS 11
2.07 ACCESS PANELS 12
2.08 PLUMBING FIXTURES 12
2 .09 PIPE IDENTIFICATION 13
2.10STERILZATION 14
2 .11 TESTS AND APPROVALS 14
PART 3 - EXEUCTION
3 .01 DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS 14
3.02 SANITARY SYSTEMS 15
3.03 INSULATION 16
3.04 PIPE SLEEVES, HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 16
3 .05 CLEANOUTS 17
3.06 VALVES 17
3 .07 FLOOR DRAINS 17
3 .08 ACCESS PANELS 17
3.09 PLUMBING FIXTURES 17
3.10 PIPE IDENTIFICATION 17
3 .11 VALVE TAGS 17
PART 4 - REPAIR WORK
4 .01 EXAMINATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS 18
4 .02 REMOVAL AND PREPARATION OF EXISTING WORK 18
4 .03 ALTERNATION WORK INCLUDED UNDER THIS SECTION 18
15401 - i
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3.03 MAINTENANCE AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS (continued)
B. After the building is substantially complete and prior to
the final payment, the Detention Equipment Manufacturer will, for
whatever period is necessary as determined by the nature and
scope of the installation, instruct Detention Personnel in the
operation and maintenance of equipment furnished and installed
under the work of this Section.
C. Detention Equipment Manufacturer shall provide to the
building maintenance department two of each type of special tools
required for applying items of hardware furnished under this
Section.
DETENTION WALL & SLIDING DOOR SYSTEM
11191-18
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3.08 PAINTING AND FINISHING
A. All burns, weld spatter, exposed field rivets, bolts, nuts,
welds, and any marring of the shop coat of paint on the detention
equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned and retouched as a part of
this Contract.
B. All steel detention equipment herein specified, except
aluminum, bronze, or stainless steel finish hardware, and part
of the work to be enameled or plated, shall be painted one shop
coat of rust-resistant, red oxide metallic primer, Sherwin
Williams SW-KEM Kromik B50-N2 or equal, before shipment from
factory. All burns, welds, and weld splatter on detention equip-
ment shall be thoroughly cleaned prior to the prime coat by the
Detention Equipment Manufacturer.
C. Finish painting of all detention equipment, after erection
and final adjustment, shall be completed by the Painting Contractor
under the direction of the General Contractor, at no cost to the
Detention Equipment Manufacturer.
D. Mortar, plaster, concrete, water-proofing, dust, and other
foreign matter on the detention equipment shall be thoroughly
cleaned by the General Contractor at no cost to the Detention
Equipment Manufacturer.
E. Detention Equipment Manufacturer shall be fully responsible
for surfaces adjacent to his work, whether finished or not, and
shall be required to clean burns, weld splatters, etc. , from
i
these surfaces and restore them to the condition n which they
were when his work commenced.
3 .03 MAINTENANCE AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
A. The Detention Equipment Manufacturer shall provide two
copies of an operation and maintenance manual for locking and
operating devices, including Detention Equipment Manufacturer's
Standard part numbers for each component included in the
assembly. These instructions shall be presented prior to final
acceptance of the project.
DETENTION WALL & SLIDING DOOR SYSTEM
11191-17
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3.06 FASTENING (continued)
D. Fastenings which must be removed for the service,
maintenance,
or replacement shall have Torx security/panel screws and fasteners
except where other types are noted.
E. Permanent fastenings shall be welds, screws, or rivets
unless noted otherwise. Use secure fastenings in all detention
rooms.
F. Where legs of stiffening angles, or other shapes, are not
exposed to inmates or to public view, they may be bolted together
with 3/8" diameter bolts spaced 6" to 12" on centers. Where
bolted work does not reduce security, special 3/8" diameter rivet-
head bolts may be used where heads are exposed to prisoners. Nuts
of all bolted work shall be drawn tight.
3.07 WELDING
A. Welding shall be executed in accordance with best approved
standard, as established by the American Welding Society. Arc
welding shall be used in fabrication and erection work where
practical, and where called for on detailed drawings, and where
neat workmanship is reasonably possible. All welding shall be
by fully competent workmen and shall exhibit first-class work-
manship for this classification of work.
B. Surfaces to be welded shall be cleaned of all loose scale,
ruse, oil, grease, paint, or other foreign matter. Welds shall
show uniform section and smoothness of weld metal without
overlaps and a minimum of craters, porosity, and klinkers.
C. Projecting burrs, edges, or rough spots shall be removed by
grinding. Plug welds shall be ground smooth where exposed to
view. Where noted, welds shall be full seam and ground smooth
providing this condition does not destroy detention equipment.
D. visual inspection of edges and end fillets and butt joint
welds shall indicate good fusion width and penetration into base
metals. Precautions shall be taken to minimize stresses and
distortions due to heat.
DETENTION WALL & SLIDING DOOR SYSTEM
11191-16
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3.04 ANCHORING (continued)
C. Plate walls shall be set level on supporting anchors,
not more than 3" above rough slab spaced not less than
2'-0" nor more than 3'-0" apart, as the nature of the work
requires.
D. Plate walls shall be set within concrete curbs completely
filling space between finished floor level and bottom of curb
angles. Anchorage shall be in accordance with construction
details as indicated on the Drawings.
E. General Contractor shall secure all plates, bars, frame
anchors, etc. built into concrete block or hollow unit masonry
by filling all voids with concrete. General Contractor shall
provide vertical reinforcing rods through all anchors as spec-
ified on the Drawings.
3.05 CUTTING
A. Detention Equipment Manufacturer shall cut all necessary
holes in steel plate work required for proper installation of
plumbing, heating, electrical, and ventilation work.
B. Holes shall be laid out with center punch marks on the
steel plate by the Contractors requiring these holes during
installation of detention equipment and shall be cut by the
Detention Equipment Manufacturer in strict accordance with
these punch marks. Coordination shall be planned so as not to
hold up the progress of detention equipment installation.
3 .06 FASTENING
A. Detention Equipment Manufacturer shall fasten detention
equipment components to each other and to building construction
as detailed or otherwise required to provide a secure install-
ation.
B. Where spacings or sizes are not shown for fasteners, use
fasteners which shall develop the full strength of the members
being fastened so that failure due to over stress will occur
in the member before occurring in the fastening.
C. Fastenings to concrete or masonry shall be by embedded
anchor bolts or by expansion bolts grouted full. Toggle bolts
shall not be permitted.
DETENTION WALL & SLIDING DOOR SYSTEM
11191-15
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Prior to installation, all frames must be checked and
corrected for rack, twist, and out-of-square. Frames must be
set true and plumb and remain in alignment until permanently
built into the wall.
B. Proper door clearances must be maintained in accordance
with manufacturers requirements for Security Sliding Door/Fixed
Panel and Frame Assemblies, except for special conditions other-
wise noted. Where necessary, metal hinge shims are acceptable
to maintain clearances. Hardware must be applied in accordance
with Hardware Manufacturer's templates and instructions.
C. All Detention Wall and Sliding Door Systems shall be
installed by experienced installation crews and all products
shall be installed in strict conformance to manufacturers
printed installation recommendations and requirements.
D. Leave all units free from damage, dents and marks.
E. All glazing of transparent armor material shall be in
continuous neoprene cushion gaskets with factory molded corners,
and glazing beads locked into frame and secured with spannerhead
countersunk screws.
F. Adjustments
1. Final adjustments of all detention hardware and
equipment shall be made prior to acceptance by
Owner.
3 .04 ANCHORING
A. Anchorage devices required for the work of this Section
shall be furnished and installed by the Detention Equipment
Manufacturer.
B. It is the responsibility of the Detention Equipment
Manufacturer to determine that all work of this Contract has
adequate anchorage and security against abuse common to such
equipment. Where the Detention Equipment Manufacturer deter-
mines that additional anchorage or bracing is required at
initial installation, he shall provide same a no additional
charge to the Contract.
DETENTION WALL & DOOR SLIDING SYSTEM
11191-14
Ask
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.07 FACTORY-SUPPLIED HARDWARE FOR SECURITY DOORS/FRAMES
(continue)-
2. #515 Traveler Car
Traveler Car shall have free rolling load of 3000
lbs. (1362kg) and breaking strength of 7000 lbs.
i
(317g. ) Car s 1.70" (43mm) high: 5.50" (131mm)
long and 3.25" (82mm) wide. Weight without con-
trol blocks is 24 oz. (672g) .
3. Ball Bearings
Recirculating ball bearings ride directly on the
track to insure that bearings are in contact with
the track no matter what torque loads are applied
to the car. Duratron bearings shall be used for
a totally noncorrosive bearing system.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION OF ON-SITE CONDITIONS
A. Before starting work, this Subcontractor shall examine the
detention cells and the existing conditions at the site which
may affect his work. He shall report in writing to the Contractor,
any condition which might adversely affect the Subcontractor's work
and shall not proceed with such work until defects have been
corrected and conditions are satisfactory.
3.02 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. All detention equipment specified under this Section shall
be installed in place and put into operation under the super-
vision of a qualified superintendent furnished and trained by the
Detention Equipment Manufacturer, except for those items required
to be built-in or cast-in to masonry or concrete walls, floors,
decks, ceilings, etc.
B. Detention equipment installation shall not be started until
the detention areas have electrical access and are broom clean,
properly lighted, climate controlled, exterior enclosing walls
in place, exterior windows glazed, and roof completely installed.
DETENTION WALL & SLIDING DOOR SYSTEM
11191-13
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.05 GLAZING FOR SLIDING DOORS AND FIXED PANELS (continued)
total product thickness shall be 7/8" thick and shall be "Riotglass
Detention Strength" Product No. Riotglass 5-360 as manufactured by
Guardian Industries,Inc. , Laminated Glass Corporations "Superguard"
or approved equal as determined by the Designer.
B. The Manufacturer shall factory glaze all doors and vision panels.
Those doors with larger sized vision panels shall be field glazed by
the installing Subcontractor using the glazing specified under 2.05 A.
C. Glazing stops for vision windows shall be positioned on the
protected side of doors (having vision panels larger than 23" x 3111) .
2.06 MATERIALS FINISH
A. After fabrication, all tool marks and surface imperfections
shall be dressed, filled and sanded as required to make all faces
and vertical edges smooth, level and free of all irregularities.
Doors shall then be chemically treated to insure maximum paint
adhesion and shall be spray painted on all exposed surfaces with
a rust-prohibitive primer which is fully cured before shipment.
2.07 FACTORY-SUPPLIED HARDWARE FOR SECURITY DOORS/FRAMES
A. The door/frame manufacturer shall fully prepare and supply
the following hardware items as part of the standard package.
1. Deadlock shall be #W-32D Series manually operated
lock, Keyed on one side with Deadlocking Pin and Snap
Locking as manufactured by Folger Adams, Inc. ,
Joliet, Illinois 60434.
2. Door Pull shall be Detention Type Heavy-Duty flush
puff FP-4 recessed type as manufactured by
Folger Adams, Inc. , Joliet, Illinois 60434.
B. Sliding Door Hardware Specifications
1. #516 Track
Track is 6061-T6 aluminum which is Hardkote anodized with
Teflon impregnation. Track to be supported for its entire
length. Mounting holes are spaced on 4.00" (101.6mm) centers.
Use 5/16" (98mm) flat head stainless bolts to mount. Track is
1.25" (32mm) wide and only 3/4" (19mm) high. Weight is approx-
imately 11.8 oz. per foot. (1.09kg. per meter) .
DETENTION WALL & SLIDING DOOR SYSTEM
11191-12
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.04 SIDELIGHTS (continued)
b. Where so scheduled or specified, adjustable floor
anchors, providing not less than 1/2" height
adjustment, shall be provided.
10. Jamb Anchors
a. Frames to be anchored to previously placed
concrete, masonry or structural steel shall
be prepared for anchors of suitable design
as shown on approved Shop Drawings. Fast-
eners for such anchors shall be provided
by the installer. Jambs of frames shall be
countersunk and reinforced at Factory to accept
anchors located at 24" o.c. Necessary steel
shims required to close offspace between frames
and walls.
11. Dust cover boxes (or mortar guards) of not thinner
than 12 gauge steel shall be provided at all hard-
ware mortises on frames.
12. All frames shall be provided with a removable 1/8"
steel spreader temporarily attached to the feet of
both lambs to serve as a brace during shipping and
handling.
13 . Finish After fabrication, all tool marks and
surface imperfections shall be removed, and exposed
faces of all welded joints shall be dressed smooth.
Frames shall then be chemically treated to insure
maximum paint adhesion and shall be spray painted
on all accessible surfaces with a rust-inhibitive
primer which is fully cured before shipment.
2 .05 GLAZING FOR SLIDING DOORS AND FIXED PANELS
A. Transparent Security Armor: Security transparent armor
for door vision panels, fixed lites and interior windows shall be
7/8" thick clear, and shall be constructed from five (5) layers
of heat strengthened float glass and four (4) Polyvinyl Butyral
Interlayers of not less than 0.060 of an inch. Each layer of heat
double tempered strengthened glass shall be 1/8" thick and the
DETENTION WALL & SLIDING DOOR SYSTEM
11191-11
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
0^ Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.04 SIDELIGHTS (continued)
5. Corner joints shall have all contact edges closed
tight with trim faces mitered and continuously
welded, and stops (mitered) . The use of gussets
will not be permitted.
6. When shipping limitations so dictate, frames for
large openings shall be fabricated in sections
designed for splicing in the field by the
Installation Subcontractor.
7. Frames for multiple or special openings shall have
rail members which are closed tubular shapes
having no visible seams or joints. All joints
between faces of abutting members shall be
securely welded and finished smooth.
8. Hardware Reinforcements
a. Frames shall be mortised, reinforced,
drilled and taped at the factory for fully
P,,,, templated mortised hardware only, in accord
with approved hardware schedule and tem-
plates provided by the manufacturer. Where
surface-mounted hardware is to be applied,
frames shall have reinforcing plates only
as required; all drilling and tapping
shall be done by others.
b. Minimum thickness of hardware reinforcing
plates shall be as follows:
Strike reinforcements 1/8"
Flush bolt reinforcements 1/8"
Closer reinforcements 1/8"
Reinforcements for surface-mounted hardware 1/8"
9. Floor Anchors
a. 1/8" heel plates shall be securely welded inside
each jamb, with two holes provided at each jamb
for floor anchorage.
DETENTION WALL & SLIDING DOOR SYSTEM
11191-10
A
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
OOK Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.03 SECURITY DOOR UNITS (continued)
certifying the following minimum performance
data for a typical security hollow metal door.
Test report shall indicate all gauges of component
parts and shall describe construction methods.
TEST 1 - STATIC LOAD: Under a static load
of 14,000 lbs. , at quarter points, maximum
permitted deflection 0.58" without any
failure of door panel.
TEST 2 - RACK (Twist) : Under a concentrated
load of 7,500 lbs. , on one unsupported
corner, maximum deflection shall not exceed
3.50" with no failure of construction or
welds.
2.04 SIDELIGHTS
A. Materials Sidelight frames shall be made from Shot-Tex
brand steels conforming to UL 752 and other code criteria if
applicable and free of scale, pitting and other surface
defects. Metal thickness shall be no less than 1/811.
B. Design and Construction
1. All security sliding doors and frames shall be
assemblies and shall not be procured se aratel .
All doors shall Fe pre ung,and prefit within t eir
frames using specified clearances.
2. All frames shall be mitered and welded units of the
sizes, swings, and shapes shown on approved Shop
Drawings. Knocked-down frames will not be accepted.
3. All finished work shall be strong and rigid, neat in
appearance, square, true and free of defects, warp or
buckle. Formed members shall be clean out, straight
and of uniform profile throughout their lengths.
4 . Jamb depths, trim, profile and backends shall be
shown on approved Shop Drawings.
DETENTION WALL & SLIDING DOOR SYSTEM
11191-9
AW
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.03 SECURITY DOOR UNITS (continued)
D. Cell Front Model
1. Detention Equipment Manufacturer may be required
to submit for inspection, to the Designer and Owner,
a cell front model of the locking and operating
system specified herein. The model shall be con-
structed of full-size standard components, but may be
reduced in overall height to facilitate handling and
shipment. The model shall reveal the manner in which
the Detention Equipment Manufacturer will satisfy the
minimum requirements of the specification for locking
and operating devices and cell front construction.
2. The model shall be .submitted in accordance with the
following: a working model, having at least one
cell front, complete with cell door. The model
shall be complete in every detail and shall
accurately show construction and complete operation
of the locking and operating device. Each component
of the locking and operating device, shall be painted
with a prime coat in the manner the Detention Equipment
Manufacturer proposes to furnish them.
E. Test Reports
1. Testing laboratory shall be a recognized independent
testing laboratory capable of complying with the
Specifications of the American Society for Testing
and Materials. Testing laboratory shall be selected
by the Detention Equipment Manufacturer and approved
by the Designer. Cost of required testing shall be
borne by the Detention Equipment Manufacturer. Cert-
ification and reports shall be furnished direct to the
manufacturer with a copy for transmittal to the Designer.
2. Doors
a. Prior to bid date, the Detention Equipment
manufacturer shall submit to Designer an
independent testing laboratory report,
DETENTION WALL & SLIDING DOOR SYSTEM
11191-8
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
+* Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.03 SECURITY DOOR UNITS (continued)
3. Face sheets shall be stiffened by continuous
horizontal formed steel sections spanning the full
thickness of the interior space between door faces.
These stiffeners shall be not less than 1/811, spaced
not more than 24" apart and securely attached to
face sheets by fillet welds not more than 8" on
center. Spaces between stiffeners shall be sound-
deadened and insulated (when required) the full
height of the door with an inorganic non-combustible
batt type material.
4. Door faces shall be joined at their latchside edges
by a continuous weld extending the full height of the
door; hingeside edge shall be joined by groove welds
at no more than 8" o.c. All such welds shall be
round, filled and dressed smooth to make them
invisible and provide a smooth flush surface prior to
prime painting.
5. Top and bottom edges of all doors shall be closed
with a continuous recessed steel angle not less than
1/8" thick, extending the full width of the door and
welded in place.
C. Hardware Reinforcements
1. Doors shall be mortised, reinforced, drilled and
tapped at the factory for full templated hardware
only, in accord with the approved hardware schedule
and templates provided by the door manufacturer.
Where surface-mounted hardware is applied, doors
shall have reinforcing plates only as required; all
drilling and tapping shall be by others.
2. Minimum gages for hardware reinforcing plates shall
be as follows:
Reinforcements for lock face, flush bolts, concealed
holders, concealed or surface-mounted closers: 1/811 .
DETENTION WALL & SLIDING DOOR SYSTEM
11191-7
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2 . 02 HARDWARE LOCATIONS
A. The location of hardware on doors and frames shall be as
follows:
1. Deadlocks 60" to centerline of cylinder
2. Door Pulls 42" to center of grip
2.03 SECURITY DOOR UNITS
A. Materials Doors shall be made of UL Listed Shot-Tex #1
brand u e -resisting steels complying with UL 752 and other
code criteria if applicable. Steel shall be free of scale,
pitting or other surface defects. Face sheets for doors
shall be not less than 1/811.
1. All materials required for the work specified
herein shall be new and produced especially for
detention use and shall conform with accepted
standards of the detention equipment industry.
2. Detention type hollow metal doors shall have
face sheets of 11 gauge steel with continuous
inner-reinforcement full width and height of
door. Vertical reinforcement shall be 1/8"
x 2" x 1" channel spaced approximately 7" on
center.
B. Design and Construction
1. All doors shall be of the types, sliding direction
as required for each facility and as shown on
approved Shop Drawings, and shall be of fully welded
construction with no visible seams or joints on their
faces or vertical edges. Door thickness shall be
1 3/4".
2. All doors shall be strong, rigid and neat in
appearance, free from warpage or buckle. Corner
bends shall be true and straight and of minimum
radius for the gauge of metal used.
DETENTION WALL & SLIDING DOOR SYSTEM
11191-6
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1. 10 PROTECTION
A. Provide adequate protection of all products under this
Section from the accumulation of dirt, dust and debris so as
to avoid damage to finished surfaces.
1. 10 GUARANTEE
A. The Product Manufacturer and Subcontractor hereby
guarantee that the specified Detention Wall Systems will be
free from defects and workmanship for a period of one year
after the date of final product deliver and installation.
Upon notification of any such defects within said guarantee
period, the Manufacturer and Subcontractor shall make all
necessary repairs and replacements at no cost or expense to
the OWNER.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURER
A. All Detention Holding Cell Sliding Doors, Fixed Panels _
and Frame assemblies described within this Section and as
indicated on the Contract Drawings, shall be as manufactured
by:
1. Folder-Adam Company
Joliet, Illinois 60434
2. American Detention Services
San Antonio, Texas 78250
3 . Ryan Iron Works, Inc.
Raynham, MA
B. For the purpose of establishing performance criteria, the
specifications have been based on Ryan Iron Works,Inc. as
modified by the Designer.
DETENTION WALL & SLIDING DOOR SYSTEM
11191-5
Aft
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.06 SUBMITTALS (continued)
2. Detention Equipment Manufacturer shall coordinate
with the Owner a key schedule specifying all key
changes and designating which locks are one-way
and two-way and, in the case of one-wax locks,
the schedule shall indicate on which side of
door the key operation is desired. If no key
schedule is specified, the Detention Equipment
Manufacturer shall provide a proposed key
schedule to the Owner.
3. Detention Equipment Manufacturer shall include
a door schedule along with the hardware schedule
specifying the door swing, lock mounting side,
etc. for the following door types: security
hollow metal, plate, and grating.
1.07 FIRE-RESISTIVE RATINGS
A. Comply with fire-resistance classification as required by
governing authorities and codes. Provide materials and
application procedures which have been tested in accordance
with ASTM E-119.
1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Materials shall be delivered to the Project as designated
in their original unopened packages, containers and bundles,
bearing the manufacturer's label, brand name and product
identification number.
B. Materials shall be properly sorted in an enclosed space
providing protection from damage, exposure to the elements
and by thickness and sheet size.
C. Laminated glass sheet material shall be stored flat, under
cover and out of contact with damp surfaces, and in a manner
to prevent warping, twisting and/or chipping until ready for
fabrication.
1.09 COORDINATION
A. Work of this Section shall be coordinated with the
respective trades.
DETENTION WALL & SLIDING DOOR SYSTEM
11191-4
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings of all work under this Section to the
Designer for approval in accordance with Section 01340 -
Submittals.
B. Shop Drawings
1. Shop Drawings shall be prepared in the offices of
the Detention Equipment Manufacturer, and shall
be prepared by engineers regularly employed by
him. Permission to sublet any portion of the
engineering work shall not be permitted by the
Owner or Designer. The drawings shall exhibit
all necessary dimensions, configurations and
connections of required detention equipment
materials.
2 . Shop drawings shall indicate elevations of each
frame type; profiles and gauges of metal; wall
conditions of all anchorages; typical and special
details of construction; methods of assembling
sections; U.L. label requirements; shop finishes;
and all other necessary information.
3. Provide details at 3 in. to 1 ft. scale and
dimensioned elevations at not less than 3/8 in.
to 1 ft. scale.
C. Templates
1. Detention Equipment Manufacturer shall furnish,
when necessary templates for all items of hard-
ware which are applied or installed to any
metal work fabricated according to template.
D. Hardware Schedule
1. Detention Equipment Manufacturer shall provide a
hardware schedule which specifies all hardware
items (i.e. , lock type, hinges, door closers,
etc. ) that each door requires according to the
specifications herein.
DETENTION WALL & SLIDING DOOR SYSTEM
11191-3
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
OW Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.04 CODES (continued)
C. Commonwealth of Massachusetts
Youth Services Chapter 119
Sections 67 and 68
1.05 UQ ALITY ASSURANCE
A. Detention Equipment Manufacturer must show, to the satisfaction
of the Designer and Owner, that they are fully capable of completing
and servicing the detention equipment in strict accordance with
the Drawings and these Specifications. The entire work of this
Section shall be performed by a single Detention Equipment Manufacturer.
B. Manufacturers shall have at least five (5) years active
experience in the design/manufacture of equivalent containment/
attack resisting detention systems.
C. Source Quality Control
1. Allowable Tolerances:
(a) Materials: Solid steel components min. 11 gauge
+/-0.006 in. nom. metal thickness.
(b) Size: +/-1/32 in. with window depth 5.500 in.
(c) All materials furnished and delivered under
this Section, shall comply with the following
reference standards.
D. List of Installations
1. Detention Equipment Manufacturer shall file a
listing of a least five installations of
detention equipment, including locking devices,
equal to the requirements of this ,project, which
have been fabricated entirely in his plant and
which have been installed by him. These in-
stallations shall have been in satisfactory
use for more than five years each. Submitted list
of installations shall include the following information:
name and location of installation, date of occupancy
by Owner, and detention equipment contract value.
DETENTION WALL & SLIDING DOOR SYSTEM
11191-2
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
SECTION 11191
DETENTION WALL & SLIDING DOOR SYSTEM
PART l .- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS
and all Sections within DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,which
are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The work under this Section consists of furnishing and
installation of all Detention Wall Systems, consisting of sliding
door assemblies, fixed panels, 7/8" laminated glass and frame
assemblies including all related hardware and fasteners as
required and as indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein.
B. Detention Equipment Manufacturer shall coordinate work with
all other trades under the direction of the General Contractor,
designer, or coordinator.
C. Detention Equipment Manufacturer shall be as indicated on
Contract Documents and as specified herein.
1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Furnishing and installation of Wood Framing, as specified
under Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry.
B. Finish painting, as specified under Section 09900 -
Painting.
1.04 CODES
A. Commonwealth of Massachusetts State
Building Code, 5th Edition as
Amended, 527 CMR 21.0 LC 148, Sections
10 and 28.
B. Commonwealth of Massachusetts
Department of Health
105 CMR 470.
DETENTION WALL & SLIDING DOOR SYSTEM
11191-1
Aw
Mass State Project No.CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
E. Sides: Side panels at partitions and ends shall be in
widths to correspond to unit depths and be fabricated from 24
gauge cold rolled steel.
F. Bases: Bases shall be 1 7/8" high, and fabricated from
18 gauge cold rolled steel shaped to fit between bottom shelf and
floor for all unit widths.
G. Finish: All component parts and fasteners for all metal
casework and shelving units shall be phosphatized prior to the
application of the high grade baked enamel finish, in special
colors as selected by the Architect.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. All work under this Section shall be installed plumb, level,
in correct alignment and properly anchored in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions. All movable parts shall be left in
proper operating condition.
B. All damaged finish surfaces shall receive touch up painting
., and repair in the field with similar products to those factory
applied.
METAL SHELVING
10670-3
/ * Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
PART 2 ,- PRODUCTS
2 .01 MANUFACTURE
A. All Metal Shelving shall be as manufactured by the Inter
Royal Corp. , Warren, Pa: Medart Metal Products Co. ; Republic
Steel Co. , heavy duty or approved equal.
2 .02 QUALITY STANDARDS
A. To establish the standards of quality and performance
required for the shelving and materials the specifications have been
based on the InterRoyal Corporation. Similar products by other
manufacturers will be considered for approval upon submission of
samples and supporting data specified.
2. 03 STORAGE SHELVING TYPES AND LOCATION
A. Units shall be of the following types as labeled on the
Contract Drawings.
1. Shelving
a. InterRoyal seven shelf unit and 14 gauge
ledge topcoat full back panels and sway braces.
1. 18"D x 24 11W x 87"H adjustable shelving.
2. 18"D x 36"W x 87"H adjustable shelving.
3. 12"D x 36 11W x 87 11H adjustable shelving.
Location: Room #02 Custodian -
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.03 STORAGE SELVING SIZES AND LOCATION (continued)
B. Shelves: Shelves shall be capable of supporting 600 lbs.
each forme cold rolled commercial grade steel, with two rows
of holes on 2" centers. All corners shall be spot welded with
wrap-around design.
C. �CCl--ipPs-• Shall be fabricated from 13 gauge, cadmium plated
cold roiled steel.
D. Back Panels: Back panels shall be fabricated from 24 gauge
cold rollea-s-fe-el in one piece for all unit widths.
METAL SHELVING
10670-2
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
SECTION 10670
METAL SHELVING
PART 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1. 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS
and all Sections within DIVISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,which
are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The work under this Section consists of furnishing and
installing all new Metal Shelving Units as shown on Drawing NPC-
A-1 Room #02 Custodian .
1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit shop drawings indicating material thickness,
construction, anchorages, locations and finishes to the Designer
for approval in accordance with Section 01340 - Submittals.
1.04 GUARANTEE
A. This Subcontractor shall guarantee in writing all work under
this Section for a period of one year from the date of final
payment of the Contractor for the account of the Subcontractor.
Should any defects in materials or workmanship develop within
this period, this Subcontractor agrees promptly satisfaction of
the Designer and without additional cost to the Owner. Said
written guarantee shall further stipulate that this Subcontractor
shall remedy and correct any damages caused in making such
necessary repairs and replacements in accordance with the
requirements of Article 13 .2 of the AIA General Conditions.
B. The above guarantee shall be submitted to the Designer
before said final payment for the account of this Subcontractor
may be made.
METAL SHELVING
10670-1
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .01 INSTALLATION
A. Fire Blanket Cabinet shall be mounted sixty four (64) inches
above finish floor to the bottom and secured to adjoining
construction as recommended by the Manufacturer.
FIRE BLANKETS AND CABINETS
10523-3
Ok
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
OW Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.05 SAMPLES
A. Submit samples of the following to the Designer for approval
in accordance with Section 01340 - Submittals:
1. Fire blanket and cabinets.
1.06 GUARANTEE
A. The Contractor shall guarantee in writing all work under
this Section for a period of one year from the date of Substantial
Completion. Should any defects in materials, workmanship or
installation develop within this period, the Subcontractor agrees
promptly to make all necessary repairs and replacements to the
satisfaction of the Designer and without additional cost to
the Owner. Said written guarantee shall further stipulate that
the Subcontractor shall remedy and correct any damage caused in
making such necessary repairs and replacements and shall be in
accordance with the requirements of Article 13.2 of the AIA General
Conditions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS CABINET
2.01 FIRE BLANKETS AND CABINETS
A. Fire blanket and cabinet shall be as manufactured by
J.L. Industries, Larson Manufacturing Co. , or equal.
B. Fire blanket cabinets shall be equal to J.L. Industries
No. 2FB, surface mounted, with red enameled steel finish both
inside and exterior with white enamel letters "FIRE BLANKET".
C. Fire blanket shall be equal to J.L. Industries standard
red wool blanket treated with a fire-resistant chemical for
protection against flame and excessive heat.
2.02 LOCATIONS OF FIRE BLANKET CABINETS
A. Fire blankets and cabinets shall be locations designated on
the drawings.
FIRE BLANKETS AND CABINETS
10523-2
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
OW Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
SECTION 10523
FIRE BLANKETS AND CABINETS
PART 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS
and all Sections within DIVISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,which
are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The work under this Section consists of furnishing and
installing all FIRE BLANKETS AND CABINETS and related work as
shown on the Drawings and as specified herein.
1.03 MANUFACTURER'S DATA
A. prior to submission of shop drawings, submit to the Designer
two copies of manufacturer's catalog cuts and specifications of
mow, the proposed FIRE BLANKETS AND CABINETS. Include color charts
and information on hardware and fittings to be furnished.
B. Approval of products will be subject to submission of
complete shop drawings and samples.
1.04 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit shop drawings of all work under this Section to the
Designer for approval in accordance with Section 01340-Submittals.
B. Shop drawings shall show plans, elevations, actual job
conditions, construction details, metal thickness, hardware,
fittings, methods of anchoring, finish and all other necessary
information. Printed brochures will not be accepted as shop
drawings.
C. All members of work shall be legibly symbol marked in
accordance with shop drawings for expeditious location of items
on the job.
FIRE BLANKETS AND CABINETS
10523-1
AOW
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.05 SAMPLES (continued)
A. Submit samples of the following to the Designer for
approval in accordance with Section 01340 - Submittals:
1. Full size fire extinguisher and clip for
wall mounting.
1.06 GUARANTEE
A. This Subcontractor shall guarantee in writing all work under
this Section for a period of one year from the Date of Substantial
Completion. Should any defects in materials, workmanship or
installation develop within this period, the Subcontractor agrees
promptly to make all necessary repairs and replacements to the
satisfaction of the Designer and without additional cost to the
Owner. Said written guarantee shall further stipulate that the
Subcontractor shall remedy and correct any damage caused in making
such necessary repairs and replacements and shall be in accordance
with the requirements of Article 13.2 of the AIA General Conditions.
B. The above guarantee shall be submitted to the Contractor for
transmittal to the Designer before final payment.
PART 2 _ PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURE
A. Fire extinguishers shall be manufactured by J.L. Industries,
Pyrene, Seco or approved equal.
2. 02 EXTINGUISHERS WALL MOUNTED)
A. Extinguishers for wall mounting shall be equal to J.L.
Industries No. 10E Cosmic 10 lbs. enamel steel cartridge operated,
chemical type, with Mark 111 wall bracket, or approved equal.
PART 3 - INSTALLATION OF FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
3 .01 MOUNTING
A. All wall-mounted fire extinguishers shall be sixty (60)
inches from finish floor to top of extinguisher unit. Wall
units shall be mounted on manufacturers MB846 wall clip.
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
10521-2
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
SECTION 10521
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
PART 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS
and all Sections within DIVISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,which are
hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The work under this Section consists of furnishing and
installing all surface mounted Fire Extinguishers and related
work as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein.
1.03 MANUFACTURER'S DATA
A. Prior to submission of shop drawings, submit to Designer
two copies of manufacturer's catalog cuts and specifications
of the proposed Fire Extinguishers. Include color charts and
information on hardware and fittings to be furnished.
B. Approval of products will be submission of complete shop
drawings and samples.
1. 04 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit shop drawings of all work under this Section to the
Designer for approval in accordance with Section 01340 -
Submittals.
B. Shop drawings shall show plans, elevations, actual job
conditions, construction details, metal thickness, hardware,
fittings, methods of anchoring, finish and all other
necessary information. Printed brochures will not be
accepted as shop drawings.
C. All members of work shall be legibly symbol marked in
accordance with shop drawings for expeditious location of
items on the job.
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
10521-1
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Am* Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.01 METAL PISTOL LOCKER (Pedestrian Sallyport #10 1NSC)
(continued)
B. The standard printed specification of the locker manufacturer's
specification as modified for the types listed in the preceding
paragraph are hereby by reference made a part of these
specifications.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. All work under this Section shall be installed plumb, level,
in correct alignment and properly anchored in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions. All movable parts shall be left
in proper operating condition.
B. Finished surfaces shall be left clear, without scratches
or other blemishes at time of Substantial Completion.
PISTOL LOCKERS
10501-3
Mass State Project No.CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1. 05 MANUFACTURER (continued)
b. Sentinel Lockers
Tiffen Metal Products
450 Wall Street
Tiffin, Ohio 44883
(Four compartment unit)
2. To establish the standard of quality and design
required under this Contract, the specifications
refer to pistol locker units as manufactured by
the American Locker Security Systems, Inc. whose
standard specification is hereby incorporated.
1.07 GUARANTEE
A. This Subcontractor shall guarantee in writing all work
under this Section for a period of one year from the date of
substantial completion. Should any defects in materials,
workmanship or installation develop within this period, the
Subcontractor agrees promptly to make all necessary repairs
and replacements to the satisfaction of the Designer and
without additional cost to the Owner. Said written guarantee
shall further stipulated that the Subcontractor shall remedy
and correct any damage caused in making such necessary
repairs and replacements and shall be in accordance with the
requirements of Article 13 .2 of the AIA General Conditions.
B. The above guarantee shall be submitted to the Contractor,
for transmittal to the Designer before final payment.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 METAL PISTOL LOCKER (Pedestrian Sallyport #10/NSC)
A. Size: 14 1/4 11W x 14"D x 14 1/2" H. (4 compartment unit)
American Locker Security Systems, Inc. , Dept. S-89, Box 489,
Jamestown, New York, 14702 shall be constructed with 1/4"
thick extruded aluminum sliding doors with security type lock
cylinder and two keys each, padded interior to prevent
scratching of weapon. Case to be fabricated of heavy gauge
steel, phosphate treated and finished in a medium blue baked
enamel color. Doors and tracks to be clear anodized aluminum
extrusions. Unit shall be bolted to masonry wall with masonry
anchors.
PISTOL LOCKER
10501-2
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
SECTION 10501
PISTOL LOCKERS
PART 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS
and all Sections within DIVISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,which
are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The work under this Section consists of furnishing and
installing all pistol lockers as shown on the Drawings and as
specified herein.
1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Furnishing and installation of masonry base, as specified
under Section 04101-Masonry.
1.04 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit shop drawings of all work under this section to
the Designer for approval in accordance with Section 01340 -
Submittals.
B. Shop drawings shall be complete and show plans, sections,
elevations, construction details, and all other necessary
information.
1.05 MANUFACTURER
A. Pistol Locker
1. Pistol locker units shall be the products
of one of the following manufacturers or
approved equal.
a. American Locker Security Systems, Inc.
(Type 3 only)
PISTOL LOCKER
10501-1
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
6.03 ALTERATION WORK INCLUDED UNDER THIS SECTION
A. Work required under this Section, relating to Repair Work,
includes the following:
1. Patch and repair all materials normally installed
under this Section which have been affected by
alterations or removal of existing work. All
alteration work shall be similar to new work as
specified under this Section.
PAINTING
09900-15
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
5.01 SCOPE OF WORK (continued)
F. Apply coating system in accordance with manufacturer's
directions, without use of thinners. Filler shall be applied
to a thickness of 10 to 13 mils; the finish coat to a thickness
of 7 mils minimum.
G. On all veneer plaster construction surfaces, apply only
one (1) finish coat spray applied, with a base coat of that
specified under Article 4.01 for that material.
H. At all existing interior groundface CMU apply one clear
coat of epoxy, unsaturated polyester, or two (2) component
aliphatic polyurethane-sealer coat and matt top coat and
one _(1) clear coat of epoxy resin or polyester resin coating
and one (1) clear top coat of same material with matt finish.
PART 4 - REPAIR WORK
6. 01 EXAMINATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS
A. Prior to ordering and delivery of new products or materials
required for installation or application in the existing building
as work under this Section, examine existing conditions affecting
work under this Section.
B. Examination of existing conditions shall be sufficient to
make the installer of the work under this Section fully aware of
existing structure or finishes of spaces that are to remain and
that have been or shall be removed, altered, repaired, replaced
or renovated.
6.02 REMOVAL AND PREPARATION OF EXISTING WORK
A. The existing building structure and existing substrates
shall be properly prepared by the General Contractor to provide
suitable installation conditions for work under this Section,
in accordance with Section 02050 - Demolition and Section 01040
- Commencement and Conduct of On-Site Operations.
B. Work under this Section includes the responsibility to
inspect all installation conditions and request the General
Contractor to correct any conditions and request the General
Contractor to correct any conditions which may affect the work
under this Section adversely.
PAINTING
09900-14
Mass State Project No. CHE-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
4.02 INTERIOR WORK (continued)
Note: All painted plaster ceilings, soffits or fascias shall
receive one clear coat of epoxy paint over specified system if
special coatings are called for in the room finish schedule, and
shall be as specified in PART 5.
PART 5 - SPECIAL COATINGS
5.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The work under PART 5 consists of furnishing and applying
special coatings to all surfaces where Room Finish Schedules
or Drawings call for "Special Coating" or "Epoxy Coating".
B. Coating shall be one of the following systems or approved
equal:
1. Glid-Guard Glid-Tile Epoxide Enamel by Glidden
2. Vitra-Tile Epoxy by Pratt and Lambert
3. No. 108 Cermalon by Inemec Corp. , Inc.
The above manufacturer's printed technical data
and chemical resistance tests for the products
specified are hereby by reference made a part of
these specifications to establish the standards
of the coating system required.
C. Coating shall meet Federal Specification TT-C-001226 and
shall be certified by an independent testing laboratory as
having a rating not exceeding 25 for flame spread, fuel
contributed and smoke developed based on Tunnel Test Method
(ASTM E-84) .
D. At painted existing masonry walls coating shall consist
of one coat of filler, roller and brush applied, and one
finish coat, spray applied. The filler coat shall contain
epoxy resins or polyester resins or urethane resins or be a
cementitious base. Filler coat to be compatible with top coat.
Latex emulsion block fillers shall not be used.
E. Finish coat shall be gloss, solid color, as selected by
the Designer.
PAINTING
09900-13
WWWWWMMWW-
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
Note: (1) Touch up any damaged spots in factory finished
surfaces prior to final completion of the project.
(2) Paint all exposed work by mechanical and electrical
trades in accent colors in public spaces only.
G. Woodwork for Transparent Finish
1. All architectural woodwork, casework, trim,
doors, countertops and all other woodwork
designated for transparent finish.
1 spray coat Sherwin Williams Sanding Sealer
1 spray coat Sherwin Williams Super Kemvar Sealer
1 spray coat Sherwin Williams Super Kemvar Dull Rub
Note: Semi-exposed portions of case and cabinetwork shall be
fin si hed same as exposed portions. Semi-exposed portions
such as used herein shall include those members behind opaque
door such as shelves, divisions, backs, sides and bottoms.
Inside of drawers shall be given a heavy coat of sanding
sealer.
H. Plaster
1. On exposed walls and fascias
1 coat GD PVA Primer Sealer #5019
2 coats GD Ultra Hide Eggshell Enamel
or
1 coat MS #2646 Quick-Sealer
2 coats MS #2648 Porcelain Eggshell Enamel
or
1 coat P & L Vapex Wall Primer
2 coats P & L Vi.tralite Enamel Eggshell
2. On Ceilings and Soffits
1 coat GD PVA Primer Sealer #5019
1 coat GD Ultra Hide Alkyd Flat
or
1 coat MS #2646 Quick-Sealer
1 coat MS #2648 Quick-Flat Enamel
or
1 coat P & L Vapex Wall Primer
1 coat P & L Lyt-All Flowing Flat Enamel
PAINTING
09900-12
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
4.02 INTERIOR WORK (continued)
D. Iron and Steel - Not Primed: (Accent Colors)
1 coat GD Zinc-Chromate Primer
2 coats GD Ultra Hide Eggshell Enamel
or
1 coat P & L Zinc-Chromate Primer
2 coats P & L Cellutone Satin Eggshell Enamel
or
1 coat MS Zinc Chromate Primer
2 coats MS #2648 Porcelain Eggshell Enamel
E. Iron and Steel - Galvanized: (All exposed to view new
and exi ding un sni ulated ductw orTc, galvanized piping, and all
other galvanized items) (Accent Colors)
1 coat GD Glid Guard Rustmaster Galvanized Primer
2 coats GD Ultra Hide Eggshell Enamel
or
1 coat MS #1631 Galvanized Metal Primer
2 coats MA #2648 Eggshell Enamel
or
1 coat P & L Galvanized Metal Primer
2 coats P & L Cellutone Satin Eggshell Enamel
F. Exposed Work �by Mechanical and Electrical Trades:
1. Iron and Steel - Primed: Paint same as 4.01 C
2. Iron and Steel - Not Primed: Paint same as 4.01 D
3. Cast Iron Phi es: Paint same as 4.01 D
4. Insulation Jackets:
1 coat GD PVA Primer Sealer #5019
1 coat GD Ultra Hide Alkyd Flat Enamel
or
1 coat MS #2646 Quick-Sealer
1 coat MS #2660 Quick-Flat Enamel
or
1 coat P & L Vapex Wall Primer
1 coat P & L Lyt-All Flowing Flat Enamel
5. Factory Primed Equipment and Accessories: Paint
same as 4.01 C.
6. Factory-Finished Surfaces: No paint unless specified
to be painted on Color Schedule.
PAINTING
09900-11
Mass State Project No.CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
4.01 INTERIOR WORK
Note: All interior painting to be in accent colors.
A. Concrete Floors: No paint
B. Concrete Masonry Units (standard CMU)
1. Where Drawings Call for CMU-PTD:
1 coat GD RXM Block Filler
2 coats GD Spread Latex Semigloss
or
1 coat P & L Primafill 100
2 coats P & L Aqual Satin Semigloss Enamel
2. Finish Schedule calls for CMU-Special Coatings or
Epoxy:
See PART 5 of this Section.
Note:
1. All existing groundface CMU shall be finished per
5.01 H.@ the Northampton District/Superior
Courthouse in the desingated work area only.
2 coats G.D. Spread Latex Semigloss
or
2 coats P & L Aqua Satin Semigloss Enamel
Note: All painted interior masonry walls shall
receive one clear coat of epoxy paint over spec-
ified paint system to a full height above finish
floor as specified in PART 5.
C. Iron and Steel - Primed: (Miscellaneous and ornamental
iron, hollow metal wr—o cK, detention doors and windows, and all
other exposed non-galvanized ferrous metal, except as specified
in 4.01 G. for exposed work by mechanical and electrical trades)
(Accent Colors)
3 coats GD Glid Guard Alkyd Industrial Enamel
or
3 coats MS Metalcote
or
3 coats P & L Effecto Enamel
PAINTING
09900-10
Awk
Mass State Project No.CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
G. Paint interior surfaces of ducts, where visible through
registers or grills, with a flat, black paint.
H. Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms and side edges, the
same as the exterior faces.
3.07 APPLICATION (continued)
I. Final coats shall be free from holidays, laps, runs, sags,
brush marks and other surface imperfections. Make edges of
paint adjoining other materials or colors sharp and neat,
without overlapping.
3.08 COMPLETION
A. Cleaning: At completion of the work, remove all paint
spots and stains caused by the work under this Section from
floors, walls, glass, fixtures, hardware, equipment and other
surfaces, leaving their finishes in perfect condition.
B. Final Inspection: The Contractor shall protect all painted
surfaces from damage until the Date of Substantial Completion. The
Designer will conduct a final inspection of all work under this
Section and the Painting Subcontractor shall repaint or retouch,
as directed by the Designer, any surfaces which do not comply with
the requirements of these Specifications and any surfaces which,
for any reason, have been damaged during construction work. All
surfaces finished under this Section shall be left in perfect
condition, free of defects and blemishes, at the time of final
acceptance.
PART 4 - PAINTING SCHEDULE
Note: All items listed on Painting Schedule to receive paint
as specified for same and also as listed on the Room Finish Schedule.
Abbreviations: GD--Glidden-Durkee
MS--Martin Senour
P&L-Pratt & Lambert
PPG-Pittsburgh Paint
DEV-Devoe Paint
PAINTING
09900-9
Mass State Project No.CHE91-3 NO.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2 . Fill all nail holes, cracks, open joints and
other defects after first coat is dry, using
a transparent filler compatible with the finishing
specified and tinted to closely match finish.
3 . 06 BACKPAINTING AND PRIMING OF WOOD
A. The exposed edges of vertical furring shall be backprimed
as directed by the Designer prior to the installation of the
finished materials.
3.06 BACKPAINTING AND PRIMING OF WOOD (continued)
B. Architectural woodwork, shall be primed and/or sealed as
soon as delivered to the job. Surfaces which will be concealed
after installation shall be sealed with one coat of wood sealer
or primer.
3 .07 APPLICATION
A. All paint shall be applied by brush or roller under adequate
illumination, except that spray application will be permitted
where conditions make brush application impractical and except
where otherwise specified or permitted by the Designer.
B. Materials shall be applied in strict accordance with the
manufacturer's directions; no prepared paint shall be thinned
in any way except as directed by manufacturer. All paint shall
be thoroughly mixed before being used. Remove skin, lumps, or
thickened materials.
C. Each coat of paint shall be a slightly different tint from
that of the preceding coat in order to assure complete
coverage. The final coat shall exactly match the sample
approved by the Designer.
D. Minimum drying time shall comply with that recommended by
the paint manufacturer. Each coat shall be thoroughly dry
before the succeeding coat is applied.
E. All transparent finished woodwork, painted woodwork and
painted metal shall be sanded between coats using #500 Grit
AL-OX or S.C. wet or dry sandpaper.
F. Transparent finished woodwork only shall be rubbed with
4/0 fine steel wool after last coat. Rub to desired finish as
per approved sample.
PAINTING
09900-8
Mass State Project No.CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
B. Do not use any of the plumbing fixtures for mixing paint,
or any of the plumbing fixtures or drains for the disposal of
paint materials.
3 .04 REMOVAL OF ACCESSORIES
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the removal and
resetting of finish hardware, switch plates, canopies of
lighting fixtures and similar removable items as necessary
for the satisfactory completion of the work under this
Section. In no case shall painting be done around finish
hardware and other removable items already in place.
3.05 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. Masonry and Concrete: All surfaces to be painted shall be
thoroughly cleaned of all grease, dirt, and loose materials.
B. Plaster Construction:
1. All scratches, cracks and abrasions in plaster
surfaces shall be cut out, then filled with
spackle, flush with adjoining plaster surface,
and when dry shall be sanded smooth and sealed
before application of priming coat.
2. All suction spots of "hot spots" in plaster
after the application of the first coat shall
be touched up before applying the second coat
to produce an even result in the finish coat.
C. Ferrous Metal - Non-Galvanized:Clean non-galvanized
ferrous metal surfaces that have not been shop-coated of all
oil, grease, dirt, rust, loose mill scale and other foreign
matter by means of solvent or mechanical cleaning.
D. Ferrous Metal - Galvanized: Remove oil and grease with a
solvent,using a fine steel wool pad or a coarse cloth.
Follow instructions of primer manufacturer.
E. Wood for Transparent Finish:
1. Sand smooth w/280 grit S.C. or aluminum oxide
abrasive paper coat. Sand w/500 grit S.C. Wet-
or-Dry between coats and free of marks before
applying first coat.
PAINTING
09900-7
Mass State Project No.CHE91-3,No.1
ow Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
C. Oily rags and waste shall be disposed of at the end of
each working day. Containers shall be kept closed when not
in use. NO SMOKING signs shall be posted in storage rooms.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
A. Inspect surfaces to receive work of this Section and the
conditions under which the work has to be performed.
B. Report in writing to the Contractor, with copy to the
Designer, any condition which might adversely affect the
performance of the paint work. Do not proceed with the work
until defects have been corrected and conditions are satisfactory.
3.02 JOB CONDITIONS
A. No work shall be done under conditions which are
unsuitable for the production of best results. All spaces
shall be broom and dust clean before painting or finishing
is started.
B. Without limiting the generality thereof, do not apply
00K paint or finishes:
1. When temperature is below 50 degrees F.
2 . On exterior surfaces in damp or rainy weather.
3. On exterior and interior surfaces which are not clean
and thoroughly dry.
4. On piping and heating equipment while hot. Such
piping and equipment shall be kept cold until after
the final coat has thoroughly dried.
5. In areas where dust is being generated which would
speck the finish.
6. When the conditions are otherwise unsuitable for the
performance of first class work.
3 .03 PROTECTION
A. Furnish and lay drop cloths in all rooms and areas where
painting and finishing is being done to adequately protect
flooring, and site areas, and other work from damage during
the prosecution of the painting work. Clean epoxy, polyester,
or polyurethane spills, overspray or runs immediately and leave
other work areas free of these polymer's & coatings.
PAINTING
09900-6
Mass State Project No.CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.02 DELIVERY
A. Deliver all materials to the job site in original, new and
unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's label.
B. Provide labels with the following information:
1. Manufacturer's name.
2 . Name of title of material.
3. Thinning instructions.
4. Application instructions.
2.03 COLORS AND SAMPLES
A. Color scheme shall be as directed by the Designer, and all
tinting and matching shall be to the satisfaction of the Designer.
The Painting Subcontractor shall provide all facilities for
comparison and adjustment of colors.
2 .03 COLORS AND SAMPLES (continued)
B. For all transparent and stained wood finishes, samples
shall be prepared as directed on pieces of the same kind of
wood at least 12" x 12" until the finish is approved.
C. For painted finishes and special coatings, sample panels
shall be prepared on actual surface to receive paint where
directed by the Designer.
D. After final approval of all colors by the Designer, submit
to the Designer for transmittal to the Owner, color chips of
all paints used, with manufacturer's name and his designation
of the paint and color for the purpose of future reordering of
paint. Color chips shall be at least six square inches.
2.04 STORAGE
A. Store and mix painting materials in clean, well ventilated
spaces assigned for this purpose.
B. All possible precaution shall be taken to prevent the
start or spread of fire in storage spaces. Each space used
for storage of paint materials shall be equipped with one or
more dry chemical fire extinguishers. Comply with applicable
rules and regulations for the prevention of accidents in
construction operations.
PAINTING
09900-5
Mass State Project No.CHE91-3 Nol
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1. Pratt & Lambert
2. Benjamin Moore
3 . Devoe Paints
4. Pittsburgh Paints
5. Sherwin-Williams
6. Other manufacturers as approved by the Designer
B. Before purchasing materials for the work, the Painting Sub-
contractor shall submit to the Designer a complete list showing
(1) the materials specified, and (2) the equivalent materials
proposed for use, including description of product, if the
Subcontractor desires to use materials other than those specified.
All materials shall be approved by the Designer before commitment
for materials is made. Intention of using specified materials
shall not relieve the Subcontractor from submitting the above list.
2.01 MATERIALS (continued)
D. Where any manufacturer of materials proposed as "equal"
makes more than one grade of paint, the highest grade of
paint shall be proposed for approval. The Painting Subcontractor
shall assume full responsibility for the proper performance of
any material submitted as "equal" to a specified material.
E. Provide undercoat paint produced by the same manufacturer
as the finish coats. Use only thinners approved by the paint
manufacturer and use thinners only to recommended limits.
2. 01 MATERIALS
F. Where finish coats are applied to shop applied primers or
to previously painted surfaces, provide finish coats which
are compatible with the shop coat or with the previously
applied finish coats. Notify the Designer in writing of any
anticipated problems which may result from the use of
specified coating systems over the shop coated or previously
painted substrates.
G. Paint materials shall meet the requirements of the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts State Building Code, 4th Edition
as Amended, Interior Finish and Trim.
PAINTING
09900-4
Mass State Project No.CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
Factory finished mechanical and electrical
equipment as specified in respective Sections.
3. Concealed Surfaces: Omit painting of walls in
conceal and inaccessible areas, unless otherwise
specified herein.
4. Bright Mew tal Surfaces and Glass: Omit painting
on aluminum, stainless steel, brass, chromium
plate, and glass unless otherwise specified.
5. Labels: Do not paint over any U.L. labels, F.M.
labels, or over any equipment identification,
performance rating, name of nomenclature plates.
1.03 PAINTING NOT INCLUDED (continued)
6. Operating Parts: Do not paint any moving
parts o ope—r t ng units where the base material
is necessary for proper operation, such as valve
and damper operators, linkages, sensing devices,
motor and fan shafts. Any paint applied to such
surfaces shall be removed.
1.04 GUARANTEE
A. The Painting Subcontractor hereby guarantees that the
painting systems will be free from defective materials and
workmanship for a period of one year after the Date of
Substantial Completion as defined in Article 8. 13 of the AIA
General Conditions. Upon notification of any such defects
within said guarantee period, the Painting Subcontractor
shall make all necessary repairs and replacements at no cost
or expense to the Owner, in accordance with the requirements
of Article 13.2 of the AIA General Conditions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 .01 MATERIALS
A. Reference is made in the Painting Schedule to the products
of three manufacturers to establish the type of materials and
the standard of quality required. Equivalent products of the
following manufacturers may be used:
PAINTING
09900-3
OOW Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
C. Sub-Sub-Bid Requirements;
NONE REQUIRED UNDER THIS SECTION.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The work under this Section consists of all painting work
of the interior of the project as shown on the Drawings, and
as specified herein.
B. The Painting Subcontractor is cautioned to examine the
Specifications of other trades and the complete set of
Drawings with care in order to familiarize himself with the
extent of the painting work, and he shall understand that all
materials which necessitate painting and which are left
unfinished by the requirements of the other Sections of these
Specifications, shall be painted and finished to completion
under this Section unless otherwise specified under this
Section.
C. All coats of paint called for herein shall be in addition
to any shop coats called for under other Sections.
D. All staging and hoisting required for the proper execution
of the work under this Section shall be furnished, installed,
maintained, and removed by this Subcontractor.
1.03 PAINTING NOT INCLUDED
A. The followinv categories of work are not included as part
of the work of this Section.
1. Shop-Primed Items: Omit priming of all ferrous
metal items specified to be shop primed under
other Sections.
2 . Factory Finished Items: Omit painting of all
items specified to be factory-finished or field
-finished under other Section, including, but
not limited to, the following:
a. Finish Hardware - Section 08700
b. Acoustical Ceilings - Section 09510
C. Metal Shelving - Section 10671
d. Casework - cabinet work - Section 06200 Part 3
PAINTING
09900-2
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
0.► Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
SECTION 09900
PAINTING
Filed Sub-Bid Required)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS
and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,which
are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications.
B. Time,Manner and Requirements for Submitting Sub-Bids:
1. Sub - Bids for work under this Section shall be for the
complete work and shall be filed in a sealed envelope with th
Division of Capital Planning and Operations at a time and plac
as stipulated in the "NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS." -
AW The following shall appear on the upper left hand corner
of the envelope:
NAME OF SUB-BIDDER;
MASS.STATE PROJECT;
SUB-BID FOR SECTION;
(NO.and Title of Sec ion
2. Each sub-bid submitted for work under this section shall be on
forms furnished by the Division of Capital Planning and
Operations, as required by Section 44F of Chapter 149 of
the General Laws,as amended. Sub-Bid forms may be obtained
at the Division of Capital Planning and Operations,or may
be obtained by written or telephone request (phone 617-727-4003)
3 . Sub-bids filed with the Division of Capital Planning and
Operations shall be accompanied by a BID BOND or CASH or
CERTIFIED CHECK or a TREASURER'S or CASHIER'S CHECK issued
by a responsible bank or trust company payable to the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts in the amount of five percent
of the bid. A sub-bid accompanied by any other form of bid
deposit than those specified will be rejected.
PAINTING
09900-1
OW
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3.04 PROTECTION
A. After completion of work by this Subcontractor, the
Contractor shall be responsible for the proper protection of
the flooring. Flooring shall be covered with suitable non-
staining protective covering as necessary.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for removal of
protective covering and for final cleaning at the time of
Substantial Completion.
SEAMLESS EPDXY FLOORING
09721-6
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3 .02 JOB CONDITIONS (continued)
3. Slabs shall be sound, hard, cured, non-dusting,
with wood float finish, smooth, clean and
free of grease, oil, liquid curing compounds
and other materials which might impair proper
bond of flooring.
4 . Moisture content of concrete slab shall be
checked and shall not exceed 15%.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Prior to installation, patch any cracks in subfloor
w/epoxy polymer cement patching compound and prepare surfaces in
accordance with flooring manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install all materials in accordance with flooring
manufacturer's instructions.
C. Where called for, apply liquid applied waterproofing
membrane in 3 coats to a minimum thickness of 20 mils. Turn
membrane up behind epoxy base and reinforce corners with woven
,. fiberglas fabric.
D. Mask adjacent surfaces and apply primer.
E. Epoxy flooring shall consist of a base coat, grout coat
and top coat with non-skid additive broadcast so as to pro-
vide a non-skid finished surface. Apply coats by trowel to a
minimum total thickness of 1/8 in.
F. Provide 4" and 8" high matching cove base on walls and
columns at all epoxy flooring areas. Base shall be to a
uniform height of 4 in. and 8" above finish floor with matching
epoxy materials, so as to provide a flush, uniformly smooth
substrate for the base application. Install metal divider
strip at top of base and at abutments to other floor materials.
Omit non-skid additive on base.
G. Completed surfaces shall be left clean and free of
blemishes.
SEAMLESS EPDXY FLOORING
09721-5
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.01 MATERIALS (continued)
Physical Properties Test Results
50% Detergent Soln. , Covered, 5 days
Conc. Orvus, 2% Soap
Soln. , 1% Oakite Soln. ,
10% Household Bleach Soln. ,
Butter, Lard, Olive Oil,
Sour Milk, Beer, 20% Sugar
Soln. , Heavy Duty Auto Engine
Oil, JP-4 Jet Fuel, 20% Sodium
Carbonate, Saturated Sodium Carbonate
Soln. , 10% Formaldehyde, Acetone, 50%
Ethyl Alcohol, Ethyl Acetate, Coffee, Coca-
Cola, Urine, 10% Sulphuric Acid, 20% Sulphuric
Acid, 10% Citric Acid.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
A. Inspect surfaces to receive work of this Section and the
conditions under which the work has to be performed. Report
in writing to the Contractor, with copy to the Designer, any
conditions which might adversely affect the installation. Do
not proceed with the installation until defects have been
corrected and conditions are satisfactory.
B. The starting of work will be construed as acceptance of
the conditions and any defects to the work resulting from
such accepted surface shall be corrected by this Subcontractor
at no cost to the Owner.
3.02 JOB CONDITIONS
A. The following requirements must be met on the job site
prior to the installation of flooring:
1. Electrical work must be completed so that ample
lighting is available during the installation.
2. A temperature of not less than 65 degrees F.
shall be maintained by the Contractor for not
less than 48 hours before commencing application
of work, during work and for 24 hours thereafter.
SEAMLESS EPDXY FLOORING
09721-4
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
" Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2 .01 MATERIALS (continued)
C. Resin binder shall be equal to "Duroquartz" translucent binder.
D. Colored quartz aggregate shall be equal to "Colorquartz" as
produced by 3M Company. Grits shall be angular, translucent quartz
covered with a colored inorganic ceramic coating, graded as required.
Aggregate shall be in standard colors as selected by the Designer.
E. Waterproofing membrane shall be neoprene-polychloroprene liquid
applied membrane, "Duron Neoprane Membrane Waterproofing System"
or equal waterproofing system compatible with the flooring system.
F. Primers and cleaning solvents shall be as recommended by
binder manufacturer.
G. Materials shall be delivered and stored in manufacturer's
original undamaged containers and packages, with labels intact
and seals unbroken. Storage shall be in warm, dry, lockable
space provided by the Contractor.
2.02 LABORATORY TEST REPORTS
Physical Properties Test Results
Abrasion Resistance Taber, 1000 rev. , Maximum 1.0 g.
CS-17, wheels, 1000
g. load
Water Absorption ASTM D-570 Maximum 1%
Residual Indentation CSA A.126.1 Maximum 0.01"
Tensile Strength, psi ASTM D-638 Minimum 1000
Scrubability 10,000 Cycles
Gardner Unaffected
Gloss before and after
10,000 Cycle
ASTM D-523 No visible change
Impact Resistance Gardner Minimum 5000
Chemical Resistance: ASTM D-1308 Unaffected
SEAMLESS EPDXY FLOORING
09721-3
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.05 SAMPLES
A. Submit samples of the following to the Designer for
approval in accordance with Section 01340 - SUBMITTALS.
1. Samples of flooring material and of available
flooring, colors, size 8 in. by 8 in.
B. Samples shall be accompanied by manufacturer's
specifications and maintenance instructions.
1. 06 GUARANTEE
A. This Subcontractor hereby guarantees that the seamless
epoxy flooring systems will be free from defective materials
and workmanship for a period of one year after the date of
Substantial Completion as defined in Article 8.13 of the AIA
General Conditions. Upon notification of any such defects
within said guarantee period, the Epoxy Flooring Subcontractor
shall make all necessary repairs and replacements at no cost
or expense to the Owner, in accordance with the requirements
.r. of Article 13.2 of the AIA General Conditions.
B. The above guarantee shall be submitted to the Contractor
for transmittal to the Designer before final payment.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2. 01 MATERIALS
A. Epoxy flooring shall be one of the following products or
approved equal:
1. "Duroquartz Epoxy Flooring" by Duron Corporation.
2. "Selba-Tweed" by Selby-Battersby and Company.
3 . "Ceramica" by Boiardi Company.
Flooring in all areas shall have non-skid surface.
B. To establish the standards of duality and performance
required, the materials, specifications and test reports are
based on "Duroquartz Epoxy Flooring" system. Similar products
by other manufacturers will be considered for approval upon
submission of samples and supporting data specified in Article
1.05 hereinabove.
SEAMLESS EPDXY FLOORING
09721-2
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
SECTION 09721
SEAMLESS EPDXY FLOORING
PART 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1.01 PROVISIONS INCLUDED
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS
and all Sections within DIVISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,which
are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The work under this Section consists of furnishing and
installing all epoxy seamless flooring and integral base and
related work as shown on the Drawings, Room Finish Schedule,
and as specified herein, and includes the following:
1. Epoxy flooring.
2. Epoxy base in conjunction with epoxy flooring.
3. Waterproofing membrane under epoxy flooring ,
and base in all rooms to receive epoxy flooring.
1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. The following is specified to be performed under Section
03300 - CONCRETE:
1. Concrete slabs to receive epoxy flooring shall
be prepared in accordance with flooring
manufacturer;s requirements. Slabs shall have
no hardener applied and be mechanically troweled
to a level hard, dense surface.
2. Top surface of slab shall be planar within 1/8 in.
in 10 ft. and be left free of dips, ridges and
other irregularities and be sloped to all floor
drains.
1.04 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Epoxy flooring shall be applied by a licensed applicator
of the manufacturer.
SEAMLESS EPDXY FLOORING
09721-1
AW
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
4.02 REMOVAL AND PREPARATION OF EXISTING WORK
A. The existing building structure and existing substrates
shall be properly prepared by the General Contractor to
provide suitable installation conditions for work under this
Section, in accordance with Section 02050 - Demolition and
Section 01040 - Commencement and Conduct of On-Site Operations.
B. Work under this Section includes the responsibility to
inspect all installation conditions and request the General
Contractor to correct any conditions which may affect the
work under this Section adversely.
4.03 ALTERATION WORK INCLUDED UNDER THIS SECTION
A. Work required under this Section, relating to Repair Work,
includes the following:
1. Patch and repair all materials normally installed
under this Section which have been affected by
alterations or removal of existing work. All
alteration work shall be similar to new work
OOW as specified under this Section.
RESILIENT RUBBER FLOORING
09650-8
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
., Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3.05 ADJUSTMENTS (continued)
C. All vinyl bases that have not seated properly shall be
recemented or removed and properly installed.
3 .06 CLEANING AND FINISHING
A. Resilient Rubber Stud Flooring Tile and Vinyl Base
1. The finished resilient floors and bases shall be
cleaned and finished not sooner than five days
following installation. Clean with a neutral
cleaner, rinse, dry thoroughly. Do not apply
wax coating.
2. Cleaning and finishing materials shall be as
recommended by the manufacturer of the resilient
material installed and shall be applied in
accordance with manufacturer's directions.
3.07 PROTECTION
A. After completion of work in each area, the resilient
flooring Contractor shall be responsible for the proper
protection of resilient materials. Floors shall be covered
with undyed, untreated building paper as necessary with no
foot traffic for 6-12 hours after completion of installation.
B. Immediately before final inspection (not less than 48
hours after first finishing) , the General Contractor shall
clean the resilient floors by dry or damp mopping.
PART 4 - REPAIR WORK
4. 01 EXAMINATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS
A. Prior to ordering and delivery of new products or materials
required for installation or application in the existing
building as work under this Section, examine exiting conditions
affecting work under this Section.
B. Examination of existing conditions shall be sufficient to
make the installer of the work under this Section fully aware of
existing structure or finishes of spaces that are to remain
and that have been or shall be removed, altered, repaired,
replaced or renovated.
RESILIENT RUBBER FLOORING
09650-7
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3.03 APPLICATION OF RESILIENT RUBBER FLOORING (continued)
C. Extend tiles into toe spaces, door reveals and into
recesses which open into rooms with resilient floors.
D. Provide edge strips at transition from resilient rubber
floors to existing flooring or seamless epoxy flooring as
detailed on the Drawings.
E. Remove any adhesive from the exposed face of tile or
flooring.
3.04 INSTALLATION OF VINYL BASE
A. Vinyl base shall be neatly installed and firmly cemented
to the backing.
B. Install vinyl base on all recessed base areas occurring in
rooms with vinyl base on walls as shown on drawings.
C. Form external corners of cove base using preformed corner
pieces.
D. Form internal corners on the job using two straight
sections. Butt one piece squarely into the corner; then
scribe the face of the cove base of the other piece and butt
this piece against the first with a tight fit. In no case
shall a mitered cut be used for an internal corner.
E. Provide end stops with finished rounded ends at all
terminals where the end of the coved base does not butt
against another surface.
F. Remove any adhesive from the exposed face of base.
3 .05 ADJUSTMENTS
A. All resilient rubber stud flooring tiles sections that
have not seated in a level place with surrounding material
shall have heat applied locally and shall quickly be rolled
to the surrounding level of the resilient flooring material.
B. All resilient rubber stud flooring tiles showing broken
corners or fractured lines shall be removed and replaced by
new tiles.
RESILIENT RUBBER FLOORING
09650-6
Wk
oil
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
, ** Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3.01 INSPECTION (continued)
B. The starting of work will be construed as acceptance of
surfaces and conditions, and any defects in the work resulting
from such accepted surfaces and conditions shall be corrected
by this Subcontractor at no cost to the Owner.
3 .02 GENERAL
A. All products covered by these specifications shall be
installed in accordance with the manufacturer's current
specifications by a qualified Flooring Subcontractor. Materials
shall be delivered in original containers with labels intact
and seals unbroken.
B. A temperature of not less than 79 degrees F. shall be
maintained by the Contractor for not less than 48 hours
before commencing laying tile, during installation and for 48
hours thereafter.
C. Moisture content of concrete slabs must be within limits
recommended by tile manufacturer.
w D. Prior to start of laying tile units, vacuum clean all
surfaces to be covered and remove all grease, oil and wax.
E. Fill cracks and minor defects less than 1/8" in 10'
planer irregularities or small holes 1/2" in diameter or less
in concrete subfloor with latex floor filler as recommended
by the tile manufacturer.
3.03 APPLICATION OF RESILIENT RUBBER FLOORING
A. Lay tile flooring so as to insure good uniform contact,
with close, even joints, and with all finished surfaces
smooth and free from buckles, waves, or other imperfections.
Flooring shall be rolled with a 100 lb. roller within 30
minutes after the application of the epoxy adhesive, and again
60 minutes after first rolled.
B. Lay tile starting from center lines of rooms, so that
tiles at opposite sides of the room are equal width. 'Direction
of pattern shall be in the Stack Bond Pattern.
RESILIENT RUBBER FLOORING
09650-5
p
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.01 MATERIALS (continued)
h. Bacteriostatic: Controlling the growth of
bacteria:
(1) Staphylococcus Aureus
(2) Escherichia Coli
(3) Coryne Bacterium Diphtheriae
i. Chemical Resistance: No visual change-1 hour
1) Methyl ue 0.1%
(2) Sulfuric Acid 30%
(3) Hydrochloric Acid 17%
(4) Hydroxen Peroxide 3%
j . Impact Acoustics : No less than 8 db.
B. Base
1. Where vinyl base shall be coved, set-on type, 1/8 in.
thick, 4 in. high, with preformed external corners and end
stops.
2. Colors of base shall be manufacturer's standard colors and
as selected by the Designer. Color of preformed pieces shall
exactly match color of adjacent straight pieces.
C. EEd�dg�e Strips for resilient rubber flooring shall be
preformed �Sk moulded rubber for adhesive application, and
be as manufactured by Roppe, Mercer, or equal.
D. Adhesives for resilient rubber flooring tile and for
vinyl base shall be waterproof, stabilized type epoxy two part
cements as recommended by the manufacturer of resilient materials
to be installed. Asphalt emulsions and other non-waterproof
types shall not be used.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
A. Inspect surfaces to receive resilient materials and the
conditions under which the work has to be performed. Report
in writing to the Contractor, with copy to the Designer, any
conditions which might adversely affect the installation. Do
not proceed with installation until defects have been
corrected and conditions are satisfactory.
RESILIENT RUBBER FLOORING
09650-4
4W
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Resilient Rubber Stud Tile Flooring
1. The resilient rubber stud tile flooring shall
be 100% synthetic rubber (styrene butadiene) .
The remainder of the product to represent first
quality organic stabilizer, migrating wax, and
dirt releasing agents. There shall be no reground
rubber, natural rubber, coarse fillers or sand in
the content of the floor.
2. The resilient rubber tile flooring shall be 4.0
millimeters thick, 24 inch die cut square, smooth
surface with sanded underside for good adhesion
and shall be "Norament 925" resilient rubber
flooring as manufactured by Nora Flooring,
4201 Wilson Avenue, Madison, Indiana 47290
(812) 273-1852; Norament 925 shall be 100cm x 100cm,
stud size 254 mm and stud space 38.1mm center to
center to each stud. Profile type #354, stud
height .5mm.
3. Performance Criteria : The resilient rubber
tile f oori.ng s—a1-meet or exceed all of the
following performance criteria:
a. Federal Specifications: SS-T-312B Type II
L-F-475a (2) Type II.
b. Shore Hardness (A) : ASTMD-1760: 93+3
c. Abrasion s se ii tance: H-18 caliber wheel with a
500 gram oad at 1,000 cycles with a gram
weight loss not greater than .89.
d. Coefficient of Friction: ASTMD 2047-82, not
less than .78 dry leather sole (standard .5 or
greater) .
e. Static Load Limit: 400#psi.
f. Fla mmabilit : ASTM E648 (critical radiant flux)
Class 1 and ASTM E84 (tunnel test) not greater
than 75 and unaffected by crushed or burning
cigarettes.
g. Toxicity: Non-toxic as per DIN 4102.
RESILIENT RUBBER FLOORING
09650-3
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
OW* Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.04 SAMPLES
A. Submit samples of the following to the Designer for
approval in accordance with Section 01340 - Submittals:
1. Resilient rubber stud flooring.
2. Vinyl base or rubber base.
3 . Edge strips/reducer strips/thresholds.
B. Samples shall be labeled, stating manufacturer, type and
color, and shall be accomplished by manufacturer's specifications
and maintenance instructions.
1.05 EXTRA STOCK
A. Prior to Substantial Completion, furnish and deliver at
the building, where directed by the Designer , the following
additional material for future use by the Owner:
1. 30 sq. ft. of resilient rubber flooring.
2. 20 lin. ft. of vinyl base.
B. Additional material shall be same as material installed
under the Contract and shall be delivered packed in cartons.
1.06 GUARANTEE
A. The Resilient Rubber Flooring Subcontractor hereby
guarantees that the resilient rubber flooring systems will be
free from defective materials and workmanship for a period of
one year after the Date of Substantial Completion as defined
in Article 8. 13 of the AIA General Conditions. Upon
notification of any such defects within said guarantee
period, the Resilient Rubber Flooring Subcontractor shall
make all necessary repairs and replacements at no cost or
expense to the Owner, in accordance with the requirements of
Article 13.2 of the AIA General Conditions.
B. The above guarantee shall be submitted to the Designer
before said final payment for the account of the Subcontractor
may be made.
RESILIENT RUBBER FLOORING
09650-2
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
SECTION 09650
RESILIENT RUBBER FLOORING
PART l .- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS
and all Sections within DIVISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which
are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The work under this Section consists of furnishing and
installing all resilient rubber flooring and base as shown on
the Drawings, Room Finish Schedules, and as specified herein,
and includes, but is not limited to, the following:
1. Resilient rubber stud tile flooring. -
2. Vinyl base on walls.
B. The work to be done under this Section is shown on the
Drawings.
1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. The following shall be performed by the Contractor:
1. Leave existing floor substrates to receive new
resilient rubber flooring broom clean and free
from any soiling, paint, including epoxy & other
polymers, lacquers or other clear coatings,
adhesives, sealants, oils, grease, cement or
plaster droppings, wallboard compounds, and
similar construction materials which may
prevent proper adhesion of tile Consult
Section 01510 - Temporary Facilities.
2. Do all leveling of depressed areas and grinding
of high spots in slabs in excess of 1/8" in 10'
to receive new resilient rubber flooring. Level
material shall be approved by this Subcontractor.
RESILIENT RUBBER FLOORING
09650-1
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No. l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3.04 INSTALLATION OF METAL PAN PANELS
A. Do not install Metal Pan Panels until installation areas
meet the following requirements.
1. Exterior openings have been closed.
2. Mechanical, electrical and other work
above ceilings has been completed.
3. Wet work has been installed.
4. Temperature and relative humidity have
reached levels which comply with material
manufacturer's recommendations for the
units to be used in the work.
B. Install panels to rest on flanges or runners with border
units supported by moldings. Scribe and cut panels for
accurate fit at borders and around work which penetrates
ceilings.
CORRECTIONAL METAL PAN CEILING SYSTEM
09513-7
Aolk
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3.02 COORDINATION
A. Work of this Section shall be coordinated with that of
other trades. In no case shall work requiring inspection be
concealed by acoustical work until it has been inspected.
3. 03 INSTALLATION OF SUSPENDED METAL PAN ASSEMBLIES
A. Installation of the suspension systems shall be in
accordance with the recommended practice of the Correctional
Metal Pan Ceiling System manufacturer.
B. Suspension system shall be accurately laid out to fit
metal panel pattern and lighting plans shown on Drawings and
shall be level and true to line.
C. Hangers, runners, wall angles, mouldings and cross tees
shall be installed so as to prevent a deflection in excess of
1/360 of the span of any member. All members of the suspension
system shall be aligned and accurately leveled.
D. Support main runners directly from hangers with #8 wire
hangers @ 2'-0" o/c.
E. Where ducts, pipes, or other elements above suspended
ceilings interfere with attaching hangers to structure or deck,
provide additional framing to meet such conditions. Penetration
of ducts will not be permitted, nor shall hangers be attached
to pipes, conduits, or similar items.
F. Install perimeter molding at perimeter of each field
and at all vertical intersections with Metal Pan Ceilings to
support and conceal all cut edges of panels. Molding shall
be secured with concealed fastening at proper intervals.
G. Level carrying members after installation to a tolerance
of not more than 1/8" in 12 ft. in all directions, with
hangers taut, to prevent subsequent downward movement under
ceiling loads. Do not kink or bend hangers as a means of
leveling.
CORRECTIONAL METAL PAN CEILING SYSTEM
09513-6
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.02 FINISH
A. Ceiling Panels: The Metal Pan Ceiling Panels shall have
a factory appl ie epoxy primed finish. Prior to painting,
galvanized steel or aluminum surfaces shall be cleaned, rinsed
and properly treated to receive the paint finish.
B. Suspension System: The main runners, cross tees and wall
moldings shall have a factory applied epoxy primed finish to
match the ceiling panels.
2.03 PERFORMANCE
A. Accessibility: The Metal Pan Ceiling System shall be
designe an installed to resist access to the plenum area above
except through predesignated access panels which shall be secured
to the suspension system with TORX Head 1/4-20 tamper proof
screws.
B. Acoustical Requirements: The ceiling systems shall provide
a noise reduction coefficient (NRC) of no less than .80 when
tested in accordance with ASTM C423-84a in an E-400 mounting as
defined in ASTM E795-83. The mineral fiber ceiling system shall
have an NRC range of .50 to .60.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .01 INSPECTION
A. Before beginning work, this Subcontractor shall examine the
building and all conditions at the site affecting the proper
installation of the work under this Section.
B. This Subcontractor shall notify the Contractor in writing,
with copy to the Designer of any conditions which would be
detrimental to the proper installation of the work.
C. The start of any work shall imply acceptance by this
Subcontractor of the existing conditions and any defects in the
work resulting from such accepted conditions shall be corrected
by this Subcontractor at no cost to the Owner.
CORRECTIONAL METAL PAN CEILING SYSTEM
09513-5
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.02 CONSTRUCTION COMPONENTS
A. Metal Pan Ceiling Planks:
1. The ceiling planks are to be fabricated and
installed in accordance with approved Shop
Drawings. Ceiling planks shall be factory
formed from 14 gauge unperforated electro-
galvanized steel. Planks shall be formed
twelve (12) inches in width, in lengths as
shown on the Drawings. Vertical legs of
ceiling planks are to be factory formed,
so that panels overlap tightly to provide
positive self-alignment with adjacent
panels.
B. Metal Pan Suspension: Perimeter angles and main tee
runners shallbe factory abricated from unperforated electro-
galvanized steel of the same gauge and finish as the adjacent
planks. Angles and tees shall be factory prepunched to receive
hangers. Angles shall be fastened to all abutting vertical
surfaces through the use of drilled in anchors or other approved
., fasteners at a minimum of 24" o.c. Tee sections shall be
suspended by #8 wire at 2'-0" o.c. hung from structural members
or drilled in anchors. Compression members shall be installed
at 4'-0" o.c. of tee sections with stainless steel rivets of
appropriate dimension, minimum 4 per panel.
C. Compression Struts at Metal Pan: Ceilings shall be
composed of telescoping 1/2" iameter and 3/4" diameter steel
conduit tubing. The 1/2" diameter conduit shall be notched on
one end to fit over the bulb of the main runner. At the other
end, a shorter length of 3/4" diameter conduit is to be tele-
scoped over the top portion of the 1/2" diameter conduit and
screw fastened to it with two (2) 3/8" long TEK screws so
that the tope of the 3/4" diameter conduit bears on the struct-
ure above and the bottom of the 1/2" diameter conduit fits
snugly over the bulb of the main runner.
D. The Metal Pan Ceiling System manufacturer, shall provide
all additional steel reinforcing members for the support of
all ceiling diffusers, light fixtures, and access panels as
required to properly support each.
CORRECTIONAL METAL PAN CEILING SYSTEM
09513-4
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repair and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1. 08 COMPLETION AND PROTECTION (continued)
B. After this installation in each area has been properly
completed, the Contractor shall be responsible for its pro-
tection and for repairing, replacing or cleaning as directed
by the Designer any work which has been damaged by other
trades or by any other cause, so that all work under this
Section is in perfect condition at the time of Substantial
Completion.
1.09 GUARANTEE
A. The Correctional Metal Pan Ceiling System Subcontractor
hereby guarantees that the Metal Pan Ceili.nq System will be
free from defective materials and workmanship for a period of
one year after the Date of Substantial Completion as defined
in Article 8.13 of the AIA General Conditions. Upon notifi-
cation of any such defects within said guarantee period, this
Subcontractor shall make all necessary repairs and replace-
ments at no cost or expense to the Owner, in accordance with
the requirements of Article 13.2 of the AIA General Conditions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURE
A. The Correctional Metal Pan Ceiling System shall be
"Celline" System as manufactured by Environmental Interiors, Inc. ,
13 River Road, Hudson, New Hampshire 03051 (603) 889-9290;
"Noise Lock" as manufactured by Industrial Acoustics Corporation,
1164 Commerce Avenue, Bronx, New York 10462 or "Epic Security
Ceiling Systems" (2 layers 18 gauge) by Epic Metals Corporation,
11 Talbot Avenue, Rankin, Penn. 15104 or approved equal.
B. For the purpose of establishing the quality of the product
to be supplied, the Specifications of "Celline" as manufactured
by Environmental Interiors, Inc. is hereby and herein
incorporated into these Specifications.
CORRECTIONAL METAL PAN CEILING SYSTEM
09513-3
Ask
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
C. Furnishing and installation of HVAC ceiling diffusers and
grilles as specified under Section 15501 - Heating, Ventilation
and Air Conditioning.
1.04 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit Shop Drawings for all work under this Section to the
Designer for approval in accordance with Section 01340 -
Submittals.
B. Shop Drawings shall show layout of grid systems, details of
construction and correlation between Metal Pan Ceiling Systems
and mechanical and electrical elements within the ceilings.
1.05 SAMPLES
A. Submit samples of the following to the Designer for approval
in accordance with Section 01340 - Submittals:
A 2 ft. x 2 ft. assembled sample of each ceiling
panel and its suspension system including main
runner, cross tees, hanger wire and compression
struts shall be submitted for approval.
1. 06 QUALIFICATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR
A. All work under this Section shall be installed by a
recognized applicator of the Correctional Metal Pan Ceiling System.
1. 07 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A. Deliver all materials in manufacturer's original packages
with seals unbroken and with manufacturer's name and contents
legibly marked thereon.
B. Store all materials packaged as delivered in dry, clean,
warm location until ready for installation.
1. 08 COMPLETION AND PROTECTION
A. This Subcontractor shall leave the entire installation
clean, free from defective units and of any other defects in
installation.
CORRECTIONAL METAL PAN CEILING SYSTEM
09513-2
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
SECTION 09513
CORRECTIONAL METAL PAN CEILING SYSTEM
PART 1 _ GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1.01 PROVISIONS INCLUDED
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS
and all Section within DIVISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which
are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The work under this Section consists of furnishinci .and
installing all new suspended Correctional Metal Pan Ceiling
Systems and related ceiling plank, suspension systems, hangers
and all related work and appurtenances as shown on the Drawings,
Room Finish Schedules and as specified herein, and includes,
but is not limited to, the following:
1. 14 gauge x 12" wide x length required
unperforated electro-galvanized steel
planks.
2. 14 gauge x 1 1/2" x 2" perimeter
angle supports.
3. 14 gauge main-tee runners.
4 . TEK screw fasteners
5. #8 wire hangers @ 2'-0" o/c.
B. All staging and hoisting required for the proper execution
of the work under this Section shall be furnished, installed,
maintained, and removed by this Subcontractor.
1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Furnishing and installation of plaster construction as
specified under Section 09201 - Veneer Plaster Construction.
B. Furnishing and installation of lighting fixtures, detectors
including hangers and accessories, as specified under Section
16101 - Electrical.
CORRECTIONAL METAL PAN CEILING SYSTEM
09513-1
Mass State Project No.CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovation to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
PART 4 - REPAIR WORK
4.01 EXAMINATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS
A. Prior to ordering and delivery of new products or materials
required for installation or application in the existing building
as work under this Section, examine existing conditions affecting
work under this Section.
B. Examination of existing conditions shall be sufficient to
make the installer of the work under this Section fully aware of
existing structure or finishes of spaces that are to remain and
that have been or shall be removed, altered, repaired, replaced
or renovated.
4.02 REMOVAL AND PREPARATION OF EXISTING WORK
A. The existing building structure and existing substrates
shall be properly prepared by the General Contractor to
provide suitable installation conditions for work under this
Section, in accordance with Section 02050 - Demolition and
Section 01040 - Commencement and Conduct of On-Site Operations.
B. Work under this Section includes the responsibility to
inspect all installation conditions and request the General
Contractor to correct any conditions which may affect the
work under this Section adversely.
4.03 ALTERATION WORK INCLUDED UNDER THIS SECTION
A. Work required under this Section, relating to Repair Work,
includes the following:
1. Patch and repair all materials normally installed
under this Section which have been affected by
alterations or removal of existing work. All
alteration work shall be similar to new work as
specified under this Section.
ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM
09510-7
Mass State Project No.CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovation to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
E. Where ducts, pipes, or other elements above suspended
ceilings interfere with attaching hangers to structure or
deck, provide additional framing to meet such conditions.
Penetration of ducts will not be permitted, nor shall hangers
be attached to pipes, conduits, or similar items.
F. Install perimeter shadow molding at perimeter of each
field and at all vertical intersections with acoustical
ceilings to support and conceal all cut edges of panels.
Molding shall be secured with concealed fastening at proper
intervals. Slip on corners shall be installed at all corners.
G. Level carrying members after installation to a tolerance
of not more than 1/8" in 12 ft. in all directions, with
hangers taut, to prevent subsequent downward movement under
ceiling loads. Do not kink or bend hangers as a means of
leveling.
3.04 INSTALLATION OF ACOUSTICAL PANELS
w A. Do not install acoustical panels until installation areas
meet the following requirements:
1. Exterior openings have been closed.
2 . Mechanical, electrical and other work
above ceilings has been completed.
3 . Wet work has been installed.
4 . Temperature and relative humidity have
reached levels which comply with acoustical
material manufacturer's recommendations for
the units to be used in the work.
B. Install panels to rest on flanges or runners with border
units supported by moldings. Scribe and cut panels for accurate
fit at borders and around work which penetrates ceilings. Install
hold down clips at all ceiling tiles.
ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM
09510-6
Mass State Project No.CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
6. All exposed surfaces shall be finished in White
baked on over metal primer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
A. Before beginning work, this Subcontractor shall examine
the building and all conditions at the site affecting the
proper installation of the work under this Section. The job
conditions outlined in the current bulletin of the Acoustical
Materials Association shall apply.
B. This Subcontractor shall notify the Contractor in writing,
with copy to the Designer of any conditions which would be
detrimental to the proper installation of the work.
C. The start of any work shall imply acceptance by this
Subcontractor of the existing conditions and any defects in
the work resulting from such accepted conditions shall be
corrected by this Subcontractor at no cost to the Owner.
3 .02 COORDINATION
A. Work of this Section shall be coordinated with that of
other trades. In no case shall work requiring inspection be
concealed by acoustical work until it has been inspected,
tested and approved.
3.03 INSTALLATION OF SUSPENDED CEILING ASSEMBLIES
A. Installation of the suspension systems shall be in
accordance with the recommended practice of ASTM C-36 and the
current AIMA bulletin.
B. Suspension system shall be accurately laid out to fit
acoustical panel pattern and lighting plans shown on drawings
and shall be level and true to line.
C. Hangers, runners and cross tees shall be installed so as
to prevent a deflection in excess of 1/360 of the span of any
member. All members of the suspension system shall be
aligned and accurately leveled.
D. Support main runners directly from hangers, do no bear on
walls or partitions.
ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM
09510-5
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
*. Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.01 ACOUSTICAL MATERIALS (continued)
SS-S-118a, Class 25, non-combustible, and
qualifying for Class 1 Flame Spread
Classification based on Tunnel Test Method
(ASTM E-84) . , Panels shall have an NRC
specification ranee of 55 to .65 and a
white factory finish with a light reflect-
ance of Class "A".
2.02. SUSPENSION SYSTEMS
A. MANUFACTURER: Suspension systems shall be the products of
one o t e fo owing manufacturers or approved equal:
1. Chicago Metallic Corp.
2. Eastern Products Corp.
3. National Rolling Mills
B. Suspension System for Fire - Resistive Assemblies
1. Suspension system shall be direct hung, exposed
grid system, complying with ASTM C-635, and
fabricated of cold-rolled, electro-galvanized
steel, with a factory applied paint finish, in
the "White" color.
2. The structural classification of the system as
per ASTM C-635 shall be "Intermediate Duty".
3. Wire hangers shall be not less than 12 gauge,
galvanized, soft annealed, mild steel wire.
4. Assembly devices and accessories shall be as
recommended by manufacturer and as required
to comply with ceiling performance requirements.
5. Perimeter molding shall be shadow type with
exposed leg of same width and finish as exposed
runner flanges. Exposed edge shall be hemmed.
Shadow molding shall be 1/2" x 1/2" x 1 1/2"
color: White.
ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM
09510-4
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1. 08 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A. Deliver all materials in manufacturer's original packages
with seals unbroken and with manufacturer's name and contents
legibly marked thereon.
B. Store all materials packaged as delivered in dry, clean,
warm location until ready for installation.
1.09 COMPLETION AND PROTECTION
A. This Subcontractor shall leave the entire installation
clean, free from defective units and of any other defects in
installation.
B. After this installation in each area has been properly
completed, the Contractor shall be responsible for its protection
and for repairing, replacing or cleaning as directed by the
Designer any work which has been damaged by other trades or by
any other cause, so that all work under this Section is in
perfect condition at the time of Substantial Completion.
+• 1.10 GUARANTEE
A. The Acoustical Tile Subcontractor hereby guarantees that
the Acoustical Ceiling System will be free from defective
materials and workmanship for a period of one year after the
Date of Substantial Completion as defined in Article 8.13 of
the AIA General Conditions. Upon notification of any such
defects within said guarantee period, the Acoustical Tile
Subcontractor shall make all necessary repairs and replacements
at no cost or expense to the Owner, in accordance with the
requirements of Article 13.2 of the AIA General Conditions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2. 01 ACOUSTICAL MATERIALS
A. ACOUSTICAL PANELS WITH AN NRC .50 - .60 Rated
1. Northampton District Court
a. Acoustical panels shall be lightly textured,
square edge, mineral lay-in panels 24" x 24111
5/8" thick, meeting Federal Specification
ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM
09510-3
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE (continued)
C. Furnishing and installation of HVAC ceiling diffusers and
and grilles as specified under Section 15501 - Heating,
Ventilation and Air Conditioning.
1.04 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit shop drawings of all work under this Section to the
Designer for approval in accordance with Section 01340 -
submittals.
B. Shop drawings shall show layout of grid systems, details
of construction and correlation between acoustical ceiling
systems and mechanical and electrical elements within the
ceilings.
1.05 SAMPLES
A. Submit samples of the following to the Designer for approval
in accordance with Section 01340 - Submittals:
1. Required type of acoustical lay-in acoustical
the panels.
2. All components of specified suspension system,
at least 12" long, including accessories.
1.06 EXTRA STOCK
A. Prior to Substantial Completion, furnish and deliver at
the building, where directed by the Designer, the following
extra stock for future use by the Owner:
1. 10 acoustical panels, size 24" x 24"
of the specified type and color.
B. Extra stock materials shall be the same as materials used
in the building and shall be delivered in manufacturer's
sealed cartons.
1.07 QUALIFICATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR
A. All work under this Section shall be installed by a
recognized acoustical applicator.
ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM
09510-2
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
SECTION 09510
ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM
PART 1 = GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1. 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS
and all Sections within DIVISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,which
are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The work under this Section consists of furnishing and
installing all New Suspended Acoustical Ceilings Systems and
related work as shown on the Drawings, Room Finish Schedules,
and as specified herein, and includes, but is not limited to,
the following:
1. New factory finished suspension system, color
coordinated with acoustical panels.
2. 24" x 24" lay-in mineral fused - .50 -.60 NRC
with fire resistive assemblies, with factory
finish @ Northampton Superior/District
Courthouse.
B. All staging and hoisting required for the proper execution
of the work under this Section shall be furnished, installed,
maintained, and removed by this Subcontractor.
1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Furnishing and installation of plaster construction as
specified under Section 09201 - Veneer Plaster Construction.
B. Furnishing and installation of lighting fixtures, detectors
including hangers and accessories, as specified under Section
16101 - Electrical.
ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM
09510-1
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
Alm
4.02 REMOVAL AND PREPARATION OF EXISTING WORK (continued)
B. Work under this Section includes the responsibility to
inspect all installation conditions and request the General
Contractor to correct any conditions which may affect the
work under this Section adversely.
4.03 ALTERATION WORK INCLUDED UNDER THIS SECTION
A. Work required under this Section, relating to Repair Work,
includes the following:
1. Patch and repair all materials normally installed
under this Section which have been affected by
alterations or removal of existing work. All
alteration work shall be similar to new work as
specified under this Section.
VENEER PLASTER CONSTRUCTION
09201-11
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3.04 APPLICATION (continued)
G. Install all accessories for wallboard as follows:
1. Install corner bead at all horizontal and
vertical external corners using staples.
2. Install casing bead where board abuts dissimilar
materials and the joint is exposed.
3 . Install control joints in continuous runs of
ceilings not over 30 ft. o.c. and where indicated
on Drawings. Provide double studs, back to back,
separated approximately 1" and fill space between
studs with batt insulation material, compressed.
In large ceiling areas, control joints shall be
located a maximum of 50 ft. apart with maximum
panel areas of 2500 sq. ft. Interrupt all ceiling
framing at control joints and provide double main
runners and double furrings as required.
PART 4 - REPAIR WORK
4.01 EXAMINATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS
A. Prior to ordering and delivery of new products or materials
required for installation or application in the existing
building as work under this Section, examine existing conditions
affecting work under this Section.
B. Examination of existing conditions shall be sufficient to
make the installer of the work under this Section fully aware of
existing structure or finishes of spaces that are to remain and
that have been or shall be removed, altered, repaired, replaced
or renovated.
4 . 02 REMOVAL AND PREPARATION OF EXISTING WORK
A. The existing building structure and existing substrates
shall be properly prepared by the General Contractor to provide
suitable installation conditions for work under this Section,
in accordance with Section 02050 - Demolition and Section
01040 - Commencement and Conduct of On-Site Operations.
VENEER PLASTER CONSTRUCTION
09201-10
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3 .03 VENEER PLASTER MIXING AND PROPORTIONING (continued)
E. Correct mixinv-rapid with high shear action is essential
for proper dispersion of plaster ingredients.
F. Proportioning - for Imperial finish is 11-13 quarts/801b bag.
3.04 APPLICATION
A. Maintain temperature in all work areas at a minimum of
55 to 60 F (13 to 16 C) . Keep air circulation at minimum
level during and after application until finish is dry.
B. Embed Imperial tape and fill beads with a tight, thin coat
of Imperial plaster, allow to set, then plaster.
C. Best results are obtained by planning the plastering to
permit continuous application from angle to angle. Where
joining is unavoidable, use trowel to terminate unset plaster
in sharp clean edge - do not feather out. Bring adjacent plaster
up to terminated edge and leave level. Do not overlap. During
finish troweling, use excess material to fill and bridge joining.
D. Scratch in a tight, thin coat of Imperial finish over
entire area, immediately doubling back with plaster from same
batch to full thickness of 1/16" to 3/32". Fill all voids and
imperfections. Final - trowel after surface has become firm,
hiding trowel flat and using water sparingly. Do not over-trowel.
E. Finish exposed plaster surfaces with joints, corners and
exposed edges reinforced or trimmed as specified, and with
all joints, fastener heads, trim accessory flanges and surface
defects filled with joint compound in accordance with manu-
facturer's recommendations for a smooth, flush surface. Finishing
work will not be considered acceptable if corners or edges do not
form true, level or plumb lines, or if joints, fastener heads,
flanges of trim accessories or other defects are visible after
application of field applied decoration.
F. Apply joint tape to reinforce all joints and internal
corners of finish surfaces of wallboard. Where open spaces
of more than 1/16" width occur between abutting board units
(except at control joints) .
VENEER PLASTER CONSTRUCTION
09201-9
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3.02 APPLICATION OF IMPERIAL GYPSUM BASE SHEET (continued)
2 . Where jamb studs occur, fasten gypsum board to
the flanges of both jamb studs, spacing screws
no more than 12" o.c. along stud flanges.
C. Except where control joints are called for, lay out work
so that no joints occur at corners of doors, glazed frames
and other openings in walls.
D. Ceiling Applications:
1. Double layer Imperial gypsum wallboard ceilings
are required as shown on Drawings, exposed to
view in finished spaces.
2. Apply Imperial gypsum wallboard with long
dimension of the board at right angles to
furring members and with butt end points
occurring on center line of furrings.
Stagger end joints in successive courses.
E. Fasten all Imperial gypsum board with Type "S" Bugle Head
drywall screws. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for
fastening, but do not exceed 12" o.c. spacing.
F. Do all cutting and patching in the work of this Section
as required by the work of other trades. Provide cut-outs
for piping, electrical conduits and outlets, and the like.
3.03 VENEER PLASTER MIXING AND PROPORTIONING
A. All veneer finishes require the use of clean, fresh, potable
water to be used in mixing.
B. Mix no more material than can be applied before set begins.
C. Use a cage type mixer paddle driven by heavy-duty 1/2"
electric drill with a no load rating of 900 to 1,000 rpm. Do
not use propeller type paddle or conventional mortar mixer.
D. Mix plaster in a 16 or 30 gallon smooth-sided container
strong enough to withstand impacts that could cause gouging.
VENEER PLASTER CONSTRUCTION
09201-8
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3.01 INSTALLATION OF METAL FRAMING (continued)
H. Where double studs at end of wall occur at the intersection
and connection to adjacent construction, provide masonry wall
brackets or track struts spaced not more than 2'-0" o.c. along
the vertical height of stud wall.
I. Fascias: At vertical fascias, securely anchor ceiling
track to structure. Install studs not over 12" o.c. and
screw-fasten both flanges into top and foot tracks. Brace
stud diaphragm with diagonal track members attached to every
other stud and anchored to structure.
J. Suspended Ceilings:
1. Attach No. 8 and No. 12 wire to structural
beams/joists and/or steel bar joists per
manufacturer's recommendations.
2. Hangers shall be spaced not more than 4'-0" o.c.
in general, and where roof trusses occur 5 feet
apart where spacing shall be 3'-0" o.c.
AOW
3. Main runners shall be spaced 4'-0" o.c.
4. Attach all furrings to main runners with 16
gauge tie wire.
3.02 APPLICATION OF IMPERIAL GYPSUM BASE SHEET
A. Comply with the requirements of ANSI A97. 1 "Standard
Specification for the Application and Finishing of Wallboard"
unless otherwise specified or recommended by the manufacturer.
The term "manufacturer" defines the Gypsum Wallboard Manufacturer
unless otherwise noted.
B. Wall Applications:
1. At all wall applications apply Imperial board
either horizontally or vertically using board
length which will minimize the frequency of butt
end joints, and stagger joints between first and
second layers.
VENEER PLASTER CONSTRUCTION
09201-7
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
00W Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
PART 3 - INSTALLATION
3.01 INSTALLATION OF METAL FRAMING
A. Unless otherwise shown or specified, install metal framing
and accessories in accordance with manufacturer's printed
instructions.
B. Align unpunched tracks to the wall layout at both top and
bottom. Secure tracks to adjacent construction not over 24"
O.C. Provide fasteners at all corners and ends of unpunched
tracks.
C. Use full length studs between tracks wherever possible.
If necessary, splice studs by nesting with a minimum lap of
8" and fasten laps with 2 screws through each flange. Friction
fit studs to runner tracks for studs located at corners and
intersections, and adjacent to openings, using 3/8" self-drilling
screws. Except where otherwise shown, space studs at maximum 16" o.c.
D. Provide additional studs to support partition at inter-
section of steel columns and at terminations of partitions and
both sides of control joints. Provide any additional bracing
,. and reinforcing member as recommended by the system manufacturer
to assure complete rigidity at partitions.
E. Carry framing of all partitions up to structure overhead,
except where indicated otherwise.
F. Allow a minimum clearance of 5/8" between top of wallboard
and steel deck or structural framing member. Do not screw-
fasten top of studs or top edge of wallboard. Last screw in
wallboard shall occur on studs and be at least 3/4" below track flange.
G. Compressible Filler:
1. Provide compressible filler at all locations
where end conditions abut adjacent construction.
2. Compressible filler shall be glass fiberboard, 6
pounds per cubic foot density, of 3/8" thickness
to be under compression, and shall be full thickness
of partition.
VENEER PLASTER CONSTRUCTION
09201-6
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
VENEER PLASTER IMPERIAL GYPSUM BASE SHEET SYSTEMS
AND MATERIALS(continued)
t need)
3. Soffits and fascias
a. Two (2) layers 5/8" thick Imperial gypsum base
sheets.
B. Fasteners: Provide the type and size recommended by the
Drywall Manufacturer for the application shown.
C. Metal Trim Accessories:
1. Corner Beads: Standard Corner Bead #800 with
1-1/8" by 1-1/8" mesh flanges galvanized, for
single and for double layer clinch-on applications.
2. Casing Beads: No. 200 Angle Type in general,
galvanized, of size corresponding with the
wallboard thickness, for finishing with joint
compound. Provide No. 100 galvanized casing bead
where indicated as detailed. Provide No. 500
casing bead (with vinyl) where indicated and as
OOW directed.
3. "Z" Metal Closure: Provide "Z" shaped metal
closure trim, fabricated of 20 gauge galvanized
steel in lengths as required for continuous
closure at edge of Imperial board ceiling con-
struction meeting steel lintels in exterior walls.
D. Joint Treatment Materials:
1. Joint Tapes: Plain paper, perforated, or
flberg al s tapes complying with ASTM C-475, in
accordance with the recommendations of the
wallboard manufacturer.
2.04 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Compressible Tape: Closed cell foam tape with pressure
sensi ive adhesive, 3/8" thick. Poly-Tite by Sandell Mfg. Company
or Hilo Foam Tape by Porter Engineering Company.
B. Control Joints: Gold Bond "E-Z Strip" expansion joint,
extruded nyl.
VENEER PLASTER CONSTRUCTION
09201-5
AW
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS - GENERAL
A. Throughout the project, all wallboard, accessories, fasteners,
joint treatment and light gauge steel framing materials shall be
produced by one single manufacturer, National Gypsum Co. , U.S.
Gypsum Co. , or approved equal.
2.02 STEEL FRAMING MATERIALS
A. Interior Studs: All metal studs in conjunction with
interio construction for walls, and ceilings, shall be 20
gauge, metal screw type studs as manufactured by United
States Gypsum Co. , or National Gypsum Co. , in locations and
lengths as shown on the Drawings, and shall conform with ASTM
C-645.
B. Top and Bottom Track: Track shall be 20 gauge unpunched
metal track-to accommooffate 3 5/8" deep metal studs, or 25 gauge
unpunched metal track to accommodate 3 5/8" metal studs, depending
on stud system, and shall be as manufactured by United States
Gypsum Co. , or equal.
C. Main Runners: 1-1/2" cold rolled channels, weight .475
lbs. per lines eal foot painted.
D. Hangers: #8 gauge wire for general ceiling work.
E. Standard Furring Channels:For all locations as required
(7/8") .
2.03 VENEER PLASTER IMPERIAL GYPSUM BASE SHEET SYSTEMS
AND MATERIALS
A. Provide imperial gypsum base sheet 48" wide, complying with
ASTM C-36, with blue paper face suitable to receive veneer
plaster finish and with edges to receive standard joint treat-
ment in the thicknesses and layers for all walls and suspended
ceilings.
1. Walls
a. Two (2) layers 5/8" Imperial gypsum base sheet.
2 . Ceilings
a. Two (2) layers 5/8" Imperial gypsum base sheets
(2 hour fire rating) .
VENEER PLASTER CONSTRUCTION
09201-4
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.08 TEMPERATURE AND VENTILATION
A. A uniform temperature of not less than 55 degrees F. shall
be continuously maintained by the Contractor during installation
and until work is completely dry. Proper ventilation shall be
maintained in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Installation of blueboard and plaster shall not be started
until windows are glazed and exterior doors are installed,
unless openings are temporarily closed.
1.09 INSPECTION
A. Inspect all parts of the supporting structure to which
veneer plaster systems are to be applied and the conditions
under which the work has to be performed. Report in writing
to the Contractor, with copy to the Designer, any conditions
which might adversely affect the installation. Do not proceed
with the installation until defects have been corrected and
conditions are satisfactory.
1.10 PROTECTION
A. Provide adequate protection for all finish work by other
trades in place at time of plaster construction. The
accumulation of dirt, dust and debris shall be kept to a
minimum to avoid damage to finish surfaces.
1.11 GUARANTEE
A. The veneer plaster construction Subcontractor hereby
guarantees that the veneer plaster system will be free from
defective materials and workmanship for a period of one year
after the Date of Substantial Completion as defined in Article
8. 13 of the AIA General Conditions. Upon notification of any
such defects within said guarantee period, the Subcontractor
shall make all necessary repairs and replacements at no cost or
expense to the Owner, in accordance with the requirements of
Article 13 .2 of the AIA General Conditions.
VENEER PLASTER CONSTRUCTION
09201-3
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE (continued)
C. Painter's finish where scheduled on plaster finish, as
specified under Section 09900 - Painting.
D. Furnishing and Installation of Sealants - Section 07900
1.04 SAMPLES
A. Submit samples of the following in accordance with
Section 01340 - Submittals:
1. All components of plaster assemblies.
2. Sealants.
3 . Each type of plaster products.
1.05 FIRE-RESISTIVE RATINGS
A. Comply with fire-resistance ratings as shown and as
required by governing authorities and codes. Provide
materials, accessories and application procedures which have
been listed by U.L. or tested according to ASTM E-119 for the
type of construction shown.
w 1.06 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A. Materials shall be delivered to the job site in their
original unopened packages, containers and bundles, bearing
the manufacturer's label and the brand name.
B. Materials shall be properly sorted in an enclosed space
providing protection from damage and exposure to the
elements. Blueboard shall be kept flat, under cover and
out of contact with damp surfaces until ready for use.
1.07 COORDINATION
A. Work of this Section shall be coordinated with the work of
other trades. In no case shall work requiring inspection be
concealed by plastering construction until it has been
inspected, tested and approved.
VENEER PLASTER CONSTRUCTION
09201-2
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No. l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
SECTION 09201
VENEER PLASTER CONSTRUCTION
PART 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS
and all Sections within DIVISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,which
are hereby made a part of this Section of the Soecifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The work under this Section consists of furnishing and
installing all veneer plaster work as shown on the Drawings
and as specified herein, and includes, but is not limited to,
the following:
1. Metal framing for fascias and soffits.
2. Veneer plaster and blueboard applied to suspended
,/ok metal framing.
3. Veneer plaster and blueboard applied to existing
wood framing.
4. Veneer plaster and blueboard fasteners, accessories
and joint finishing.
5. Patching and repairing of existing plaster surfaces
and finishes.
1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. The following is specified under Section 06100 - Carpentry
Work:
1. Furnishing and installation of all wood blocking,
furring, sheathing, and wood framing.
2. Installation of hollow metal work.
B. Furnishing and installation of acoustical tile work, as
specified under Section 09510 - Acoustical Treatment.
VENEER PLASTER CONSTRUCTION
09201-1
A^
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
00W Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
PART 4 - REPAIR WORK
4 .01 EXAMINATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS
A. Prior to ordering and delivery of new products or materials
required for installation or application in the existing
building as work under this Section, examine existing conditions
affecting work under this Section.
B. Examination of existing conditions shall be sufficient to
make the installer of the work under this Section fully aware of
existing structure or finishes of spaces that are to remain
and that have been or shall be removed, altered, repaired,
replaced or renovated.
4. 02 REMOVAL AND PREPARATION OF EXISTING WORK
A. The existing building structure and existing substrates
shall be properly prepared by the General Contractor to
provide suitable installation conditions for work under this
Section, in accordance with Section 02050-Demolition and
Section 01040 - Commencement and Conduct of On-Site Operations.
B. Work under this Section includes the responsibility to
inspect all installation conditions and request the General
Contractor to correct any conditions which may affect the
work under this Section adversely.
4 . 03 ALTERATION WORK INCLUDED UNDER THIS SECTION
A. Work required under this Section, relating to repair Work,
includes the following:
1. Patch and repair all materials normally installed
under this Section which have been affected by
alterations or removal of existing work. All
alteration work shall be similar to new work as
specified under this Section.
GLASS AND GLAZING
08801-6
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No. l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3.03 INTERIOR GLAZING (continued)
B. Place setting blocks. Press glass firmly against tape,
taking care to center with equal clearance at all edges
between glass and frame.
C. Lay a continuous heel bead of sealant along perimeter of
glass and frame solid with sealant along the sill and around
bottom corners, and up 12 inches at each jamb. Apply
sufficient sealant so that when stops are put in place, the
sealant will be forced around the outside perimeter edges of
the glass.
D. For the remainder of jambs and along the head, lay a
continuous heel of sealant.
E. Apply sufficient sealant so that when stops are put into
place, the sealant will be forced around the outside perimeter
of glass edges.
F. Install removable stops and spacers.
G. Install spacers between outside face of glass and stops.
Completely fill the remaining space between outside face of
glass and stop with a finish bead of sealant.
3.04 DEFECTS AND BREAKAGE
A. The Glazing Subcontractor shall replace all glass which
does not comply with these Specifications or having defects
not permitted by the Federal Specification Grading Rules.
B. The Glazing Subcontractor shall replace all glass which is
broken, cracked or chipped by his own men or due to faulty
installation.
C. The Contractor shall replace all glass broken, cracked, or
chipped by any other cause, so that all glass is in perfect
condition at the time of acceptance of the building.
3 .05 PROTECTION AND CLEANING
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of
glass after installation and for the final cleaning.
GLASS AND GLAZING
08801-5
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3. 02 GLAZING _ GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (continued)
C. Glass shall be set without springing and with proper
clearance at all edges. Glass with nipped or damaged edges
shall not be installed.
D. All glazing materials shall arrive at the job in unopened,
labeled containers and shall be used in strict accordance with
the manufacturer's directions, under recommended weather and
temperature conditions. It shall be compatible with each
other and also compatible with the material used for setting
blocks and spacer shims where necessary.
E. All glass over 5 sq. ft. shall have two setting blocks
placed one quarter way in from each end of glass.
F. Except on glass side where pre-shimmed tape occurs,
provide spacers between each face of glass and stops, with
spacing not to exceed 24 in. o.c. At least two spacers
required per edge. Spacers shall provide a minimum face
clearance of 1/8 in. ; spacers on the tape side of the glass
may be omitted when glass dimensions are less than 150 united
inches. Where dimensions are 150 united inches or more,
spacers shall be provided on the tape side of glass.
G. Care shall be taken in removing and resetting stops and
screws not to damage the wood finish.
H. Remove excess sealant or compound from both sides of glass
at slight angle over sight line.
I. Adjacent glass and other surfaces which have been soiled
shall be cleaned immediately before the sealant or compound
hardens or stains these surfaces.
3. 03 INTERIOR GLAZING
A. Apply tape to all fixed stops. In setting tape, the
horizontal strips at head and sill shall be set first, using
full length pieces that will reach the entire width of the
opening Jamb pieces shall then be set in between using full
length pieces. Butt tapes together at corners, remove paper
backing and daub corners with a small amount of sealant to
insure a positive seal. Do not lap tape at corners.
GLASS AND GLAZING
08801-4
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2 .02 GLAZING MATERIALS
A. Sealant: Shall be one-part acrylic, terpolymer base
sealant, meeting Federal Specifications TT-S-230a. Tremco
Mono-Lasto-Meric, Uniroyal Acryflex, DAP Acrylic or approved
equal. Color as selected by the Designer.
B. Tape : Shall be pre-shimmed polyisobutylene-butyl tape,
Tremco 440 Tape, PPG 1072 Tape or PT 1606 Tape, with built-in
continuous spaces of synthetic rubber, or approved equal.
Color selected by the Designer.
C. Channel Glazing Compound : Shall be oleo-resinous, non-
oxidizi.ng non-hardening soft consistency and meet Federal
Specification TT-G-0041c.
D. Setting Blocks and Spacers: Shall be made of neoprene,
with 70-90 durometer for setting blocks and 40-50 durometer
for spacers.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .01 INSPECTION OF SITE CONDITIONS
A. Before starting work, this Subcontractor shall examine the
frames to be glazed and the existing conditions at the site
which may affect his work. He shall report in writing to the
Contractor, with copy to the Designer, any condition which
might adversely affect the Subcontractor's work and shall not
proceed with such work until defects have been corrected and
conditions are satisfactory.
3.02 GLAZING - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. All glazing work shall be performed in accordance with the
applicable standards of the F.G.J.A. "Glazing Manual" and
with the following Specifications.
B. Joints and spaces to be sealed shall be thoroughly dry
and free from dust or other foreign materials before glazing.
Clean all sealing surfaces with xylol or other solution
recommended by sealant manufacturer before glazing.
GLASS AND GLAZING
08801-3
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.05 GUARANTEE
A. This Subcontractor shall guarantee in writing all work
under this Section for a period of one year from the date of
final payment to the Contractor for the account of the
Subcontractor. Should any leaks or other defects in
materials or workmanship develop within the period specified,
this Subcontractor agrees promptly to make all necessary
repairs and replacements to the satisfaction of the Designer
and without additional cost to the Owner. Said written
guarantee shall further stipulate that this Subcontractor
shall remedy and correct any damages caused in making such
necessary repairs and replacements in accordance with the
requirements of Article 13.2 of the AIA General Conditions.
B. The above guarantee shall be submitted to the Designer
before said final payment for the account of the Subcontractor
may be made.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 .01 GLASS
A. Glass shall be of domestic manufacturer and conform with
the requirements of Federal Specification DD-G-451c. Consult
Drawings for locations of various types of glass specified
hereinbelow.
B. Each installed piece of glass shall bear label indicating
the name of manufacturer, thickness and quality of glass.
Labels shall remain on glass until final cleaning.
1. Laminated Armor Glass: 7/8" thick, clear,
shall a constructed from 5 layers of heat
strengthened float glass and 4 Polyvinyl
Butyral Interlayers of not less than 0.060 of
an inch. Each layer of heat double tempered
strengthened glass shall be 1/8" thick and
the total product thickness shall be 7/8"
thick and shall be "Riotglas Detention
Strength" Product No. Riotglas 5-360 as
manufactured by Guardian Industries or
approved equal as determined by the Designer.
GLASS AND GLAZING
08801-2
,AOW
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
006► Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
SECTION 08801
GLASS AND GLAZING
PART 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS
and all Section within DIVISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,which
are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The work under this Section consists of furnishing and
installing all new interior glazing, including laminated
armour security glazing.
B. All staging and hoisting required for the proper execution
of the work under this Section shall be furnished, installed,
maintained, and removed by this Subcontractor.
1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Furnishing and installation of all detention sliding door
and wall system Assemblies and associated Glazing as specified
under Section 11191.
B. Furnishing and installation of wood doors as specified
under Section 08200.
1.04 SAMPLES
1. One sample of each type of glazing, size 12 in.
by 12 in. , bearing the name of the manufacturer,
thickness and quality of glass.
2 . Samples of glazing materials, along with manufacturer's
written description and directions for installation.
GLASS AND GLAZING
08801-1
Awk
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
OW Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
4.02 REMOVAL AND PREPARATION OF EXISTING WORK
A. The existing building structure and existing substrates
shall be properly prepared by the General Contractor to
provide suitable installation conditions for work under this
Section, in accordance with Section 02050 - Demolition and
Section 01040 - Commencement and Conduct of On-Site Operations.
B. Work under this Section includes the responsibility to
inspect all installation conditions and request the General
Contractor to correct any conditions which may affect the
work under this Section adversely.
4.03 ALTERATION WORK INCLUDED UNDER THIS SECTION
A. Work required under this Section, relating to Repair Work,
includes the following:
1. Patch and Repair all materials normally installed
under this Section which have been affected by
alterations or removal of existing work. All
alteration work shall be similar to new work as
specified under this Section.
FINISH HARDWARE
08710-12
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3.01 GENERAL COMMENTS (continued)
Section 08710 to supply the following:
1 closer 4041 x US10
1 stop 407 x US10
3 silencers GJ64
2 kick plates 8" x 1 1/2" L.W.O.D. x US10
1 electric
deadbolt 1316S x 24 VAC x US10
HW-4 DOOR #113 (Northampton Superior Court) .
1 1/2 pr hinges BB1199 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 US10
1 exit 9947EO x US10
1 cylinder 20-001 x 1 1/4" x US10
1 closer 4420 BF x BL
1 kickplate 8 x 34 1/2 x US 10
3 silencers 6J64
1 pull 112 x US 10
HW-5 DOOR 3105, 107, 108 and 110 (Northampton Superior Court
*Hardware furnished with access panels by manufacturer
as supplied under Section 05101 Miscellaneous and
Ornamental Iron.
PART 4 - REPAIR WORK
4.01 EXAMINATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS
A. Prior to ordering and delivery of new products or materials
required for installation or application in the existing building
as work under this Section, examine existing conditions affecting
work under this Section.
B. Examination of existing conditions shall be sufficient to
make the installer of the work under this Section fully aware of
existing structure or finishes of spaces that are to remain and
that have been or shall be removed, altered, repaired, replaced
or renovated.
FINISH HARDWARE
08710-11
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2. 15 MISCELLANEOUS HARDWARE (continued)
to such products, the Designer shall judge such proposals
utilizing whatever information as he deems necessary.
Consideration in such cases shall include but not be limited
to general quality, function, durability, serviceability, and
prior performance.
PART 3 - HARDWARE SETS
3.01 GENERAL COMMENTS
A. The hardware sets listed herein are a list of the types,
sizes, materials and functions required. In the event a door
or doors appear on the Drawings, but not listed in the Door
Schedule or Hardware Specifications, a hardware set shall be
used which is similar to the other doors of the same type
and area of use.
HW-1 DOORS #101, 102, 103, 104, 106, 111 and 201
(Northampton Superior Court
*Hardware supplied by manufacture of Detention
Wall and Sliding Door Systems as specified
under Section 11190
DOOR #109 (Northampton Superior Court
each door to have:
1 1/2 pr. butts BB1279 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 US10
1 lock L9050 x 03B x US10 (knurled handle @ #109)
1 closer 4041 x US10
1 stop 407 x US10
3 silencers GJ64
1 kick plate 8" x 1 1/2" L.W.O.D. x US10
HW-3 DOORS #112 (Northampton Superior Court
*Hardware supplied by manufacturer of
Detention Wall and Sliding Door Systems
as specified under Section 11190.
FINISH HARDWARE
08710-10
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.10 EXIT DEVICES AND MULLIONS (continued)
C. Exit devices and mullions shall be the product of one
manufacturer.
2. 11 STOPS
A. Stops shall be wall mounted. Where wall stops will not be
suitable to stop the door, floor stops shall be used.
2.12 KICK PLATES AND MOP PLATES
A. Kick and mop plates shall be Satin Bronze and kick plates
shall be punched and countersunk for screws.
B. Kick and mop plates shall be 1-1/2" less than the full
width of the door on the stop side of a single door. They
shall be 1" less than the full width of the door on the stop
side of pairs of doors and swing side of all doors. An
additional 2" shall be deducted on the width of the plates
for doors equipped with surface mounted vertical rod exit
devices.
op'' 2.13 WEATHERSTRIP
A. Weatherstrip provided shall be equal to the type specified
herein. It shall be applied to the head, hinge and lock
jambs of the frame forming a continuous seal.
2. 14 THRESHOLDS
A. Thresholds listed herein are those specified for certain
openings, where Drawings indicate a threshold other than
listed herein, provide a threshold as shown on the Drawings.
B. Thresholds for exterior openings shall not exceed 1/2" in
height.
2. 15 MISCELLANEOUS HARDWARE
A. Hardware listed herein, but not outlined above shall be as
specified. Should this Contractor desire to propose equals
FINISH HARDWARE
08710-9
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.07 BUTT HINGES
A. Butt hinges shall be the type listed herein. Provide 3
hinges for each leaf up to 7'-2" in height. Provide 4 hinges
for each leaf over 7'-2" in height.
2.08 LOCK SETS
A. All lock sets shall be unit lock sets type equal to Schlage
L9000 Series.
B. All locks, levers, knobs, roses, turn knobs, collars,
escutcheons, and strikes shall be the product of one
manufacturer.
C. All strikes shall be provided with curved lips and wrought
boxes.
D. Design(s) shall be equal to Schlage 03B.
2.09 CLOSERS
A. All closers shall have covers with no exposed attachments
on the closer body.
B. Closers shall have adjustable spring tension by means of a
wrench provided with the closer.
C. Parallel arm closers used in conjunction with overhead
door holders or stops shall have a special foot to provide
for application with holder or stop.
D. This specification notwithstanding, closers shall be
provided according to manufacturers table of sizes. No
closer shall be provided less than size 3.
E. Closers shall meet all Handicapped Standards or
Architectural Barriers Regulations for maximum force required
to open doors.
2 . 10 EXIT DEVICES AND MULLIONS
A. Exit devices shall be the type as listed herein.
B. Mullions shall be the type as listed herein.
FINISH HARDWARE
08710-8
4OW
!^ Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2 .03 FINISHES (continued)
D. Finish for steel butt hinges shall be US10 Satin Bronze.
E. Kick plates and mop plates shall be Satin Bronze unless
otherwise specified.
2 .04 FASTENERS
A. All exposed screws, machine screw, sheet metal screw or
bolts shall have Phillips Heads.
B. All screws for use with non-ferrous materials shall be of
non-ferrous material and matched to the finish of the item
for which it is to be used.
C. Provide the proper attachment for wall stops to the type
of wall material the stop is to be applied.
D. Provide proper fasteners for all thresholds. Fasteners
shall insure a good tight fit to floor surface.
E. Provide for all kick and mop plates full threaded undercut
sheet metal screws of Bronze.
F. Self-tapping screws shall not be used without express
consent of the Designer and written approval of the
manufacturers on whose product these are to be used.
2 . 05 SPECIAL CONDITIONS
A. On any door with access to an area considered a hazard
regardless whether or not it is noted herein, the lever,
thumb piece, knob, pull, push plate, cross bar or handle
shall have a knurled surface readily identified by the touch.
Such areas shall include but not be limited to Janitor Closets.
2 .06 U.L. CONDITIONS
A. All Finish Hardware provided shall meet the Code of Label
to the requirements of the Door Schedule on the Drawings.
FINISH HARDWARE
08710-7
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.01 PROPOSED PRODUCT LISTING (continued)
A B C D
SPECIFIED ACCEPTABLE ACCEPTABLE OTHER
Threshold
Pemco Zero Reese
1. 200A 665 5247A
2 .02 KEYS AND KEYING
A. All lock sets and cylinders shall be Master Keyed to
match the existing keying system.
B. All lock sets and cylinders shall be Construction Master
Keyed.
C. Provide 3 keys with each lock set or cylinder.
D. Cylinders for use with exit devices shall be proper type.
These cylinders shall be keyed to the Key System.
E. This Contractor shall meet with the Designer and/or Owner
to formulate a Master Key System. A written Master Key
System shall be submitted to the Designer within ten (10)
days after such meeting for approval.
F. At such time as requested by the Owner, this Contractor
shall deliver all change keys and Master Keys and assist the
Owner in changing all lock sets and cylinders from
construction keying.
G. Provide (10) CMK and (3) each MK each set.
2 .03 FINISHES
A. The basic finish is to be US10 Satin Bronze.
B. Finish for items of ferrous material shall be sprayed
aluminum lacquer.
C. Finish for items made of Aluminum shall have anodized
finish of natural color as required.
FINISH HARDWARE
08710-6
AW
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.01 PROPOSED PRODUCT LISTING
A B C D
SPECIFIED ACCEPTABLE ACCEPTABLE OTHER
Closers
LCN Norton
1. 4041 7500
2. 4040 CUSH 6300
Stops
H. B. Ives Glynn Johnson
1. 50w 407
2. GJFB14 438
Flush Bolts, Dust Proof Strikes, Automatic Flush Bolts
Corbin Russwin
1. 458 (Ives) 2846 199
Kick and Pulls
Ives Brookline Quality
1. 8 11x Width as specified in HW Sets
2. 112 x 12"
Coordinators
Not used
Automatic Door Bottoms, Weatherstrip
Pemco Zero National Guard
1. 305AR 50 120NS
2. 18A-062 C607A
FINISH HARDWARE
08710-5
A
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Oak Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.01 PROPOSED PRODUCT LISTING (continued)
B. Column A lists the manufacturers and product numbers of
series used in this specification. If product being proposed
us as specified, submit Column A list only.
C. If product being proposed is in Column B or C, fill in the
specified product in Column A and the Proposed product in
either B or C. Do not list a product in both B and C.
D. If product being used is not listed in Columns A, B, or C,
list specified product in Column A and use Column D. Under
Column D, insert manufacturer's name and product numbers.
A B C D
SPECIFIED ACCEPTABLE ACCEPTABLE OTHER
Butt Hinges
Hager Stanley Lawrence
1. FBB222 BB859 TPU 2-1/2
2. FBB179 BB1279 BB4101
3. FBB168 BB1168 BB5151
Pivots
Not used
Lock sets (Unit Type)
Corbin Schlage
1. L9000 Series
2 . 038
Exit Devices - Mullions
Von Duprin Corbin Sargent
1. 99 Series 39 Series 60 Series
(Single Leaf)
2. 9947/9947-F
(Double Leaf)
FINISH HARDWARE
08710-4
OOK
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1. 10 GUARANTEES
A. All lock sets, passage sets, exit devices, hinges, pivots,
stops, kickplates, mop plates, coordinators, thresholds, and
any other item not included in B and C are to be guaranteed
free of defects of material and/or workmanship for a period
of one (1) year.
B. All door closers shall be guaranteed free of defects of
material and/or workmanship for a period of five (5) years.
C. The guarantee periods given above shall commence from the
date of acceptance of the building by the Owner. This
Contractor shall be responsible for the guarantee periods by
insuring that current materials within the guarantee periods
given above are delivered to the job.
1. 11 INSPECTION
A. The products provided by the Finish Hardware Contractor
shall be subject to inspection by the Designer or his
representative. Inspection shall include but not be limited
to type, size, material, function and compliance to this
specification and manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.
opk The inspector shall use as a guide the B.H.M.A. and A.N.S.I. Standards.
1. 12 CONFORMANCE TO CODES
A. This Contractor shall provide all products to comply with
Underwriters' Laboratories, National Fire Protection Association,
State Building and Handicapped Codes and Regulations. This
specification notwithstanding the Drawings, local, state, or
jurisdictional authority shall take precedence. Any changes
required to meet such codes or authority shall be made by this
Contractor and shall be a part of his proposal.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2. 01 PROPOSED PRODUCT LISTING
A. Product Listing shall be as outlined herein.
FINISH HARDWARE
08710-3
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.06 TEMPLATES
A. This Contractor, after approval of the Finish Hardware
Schedule, shall submit to the Metal Door and Frame
Manufacturer all template drawings to properly fabricate the
doors and frames. All such templates shall be forwarded to
the General Contractor for coordination.
1.07 QUALIFICATIONS
A. This Contractor shall be a qualified contract hardware
firm with no less than five (5) years previous experience in
the sales and supplying of Architectural Builders Hardware.
If requested, evidence of qualification shall be given to
include work of similar size, scope and service.
1.08 SAMPLES
A. The Designer reserves the right to request physical
samples of any product being proposed for use on this
project. The samples are to be submitted to the Designer at
no expense.
1.09 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
' A. This Contractor shall not deliver any Finish Hardware
direct from the manufacturer to the job site. Hardware shall
be received at this Contractor's place of business. All
items shall be properly marked and identified with the Finish
Hardware Schedule.
B. All Finish Hardware shall be stored in a clean, dry room
off the floor on temporary shelving provided by the General
Contractor. This Contractor shall assist the General
Contractor in setting up the Finish Hardware Room if
requested to do so.
C. All exposed items of Finish Hardware installed during
construction shall have a protective material covering kit.
All push plates, pulls, kick plates, shall not be installed
until all doors are hung and finished or painted.
FINISH HARDWARE
08710-2
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
00 Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
SECTION 08710
FINISH HARDWARE
PART 1 _ GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS
and all Sections within DIVISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,which
are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The work under this Section consists of furnishing all
Finish Hardware necessary to complete the work in accordance
with the Plans and Specifications. This Contractor shall
verify all quantities, types and sizes of material specified
herein. No additional costs to the Owner shall be accepted
after the contract is awarded based on the plans and specifications
at the time of the General Contract Bid.
1.03 WORK INCLUDED
A. Hardware for all swinging doors as shown on the drawings.
B. Cylinders keyed to the system for locking devices not listed.
1.04 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Installation of Finish Hardware specified under Section
06100 - Carpentry.
1.05 SCHEDULES
A. This Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Designer
for approval six (6) copies of a Finish Hardware Schedule.
B. The Finish Hardware Schedule shall list all details and
information required to approve fabricated doors and frames,
and to install hardware for each door.
FINISH HARDWARE
08710-1
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
PART 4 - REPAIR WORK
4.01 EXAMINATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS
A. Prior to ordering and delivery of new products or materials
required for installation or application in the existing building
as work under this Section, examine existing conditions affecting
work under this Section.
B. Examination of existing conditions shall be sufficient to
make the installer of the work under this Section fully aware of
existing structure or finishes of spaces that are to remain and
that have been or shall be removed, altered, repaired, replaced
or renovated.
4. 02 REMOVAL AND PREPARATION OF EXISTING WORK
A. The existing building structure and existing substrates
shall be properly prepared by the General Contractor to
provide suitable installation conditions for work under this
Section, in accordance with Section 02050 - Demolition and
Section 01040 - Commencement and Conduct of On-Site Operations.
w. B. Work under this Section includes the responsibility to
inspect all installation conditions and request the General
Contractor to correct any conditions which may affect the
work under this Section adversely.
4.03 ALTERATION WORK INCLUDED UNDER THIS SECTION
A. Work required under this Section, relating to Repair Work,
includes the following:
1. Patch and repair all materials normally
installed under this Section which have been
affected by alterations or removal of existing
work. All alteration work shall be similar
to new work as specified under this Section.
HOLLOW METAL WORK
08100-7
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
"* Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.02 HOLLOW METAL DOORS (CONTINUED)
2. Reinforcing plates for stops and checks
shall be at least as thick as the diameter
of the screws used for securing these parts
to the doors.
3 . Reinforcement for locks and escutcheons shall
be box type of 14 gauge steel, with springleaf
contacts for lock cases.
F. Glazed openings shall be provided with removable 14 gauge
glazing beads, fastened with Phillips Flat Head self-tapping
machine screws, spaced approximately 9 in. o.c. Screws for
exterior beads shall be cadmium-plated. Beads shall be
carefully fitted and be delivered attached to the door.
G. Door panels shall be free from buckles, twists, or other
imperfections. Panels having a buckle exceeding 1/16 inch,
as determined by a straightedge.
2.03 SHOP FINISH
A. Fill door edges with mineral filler to conceal seam.
B. Chemically treat non-galvanized, non-bonderized metal sur-
faces with phosphate compound to assure maximum paint
adherence.
C. Thoroughly clean all metal surfaces of all rust, scale,
grease, rough spots and other matter which may prevent proper
paint adhesion.
D. Apply dip or spray of rust-inhibitive metallic oxide, zinc
chromate, or synthetic resin primer on all surfaces of frames
and on all exposed surfaces of doors. Primer shall be baked-
on in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for
developing maximum hardness and resistance to abrasion. In
addition, labeled doors shall be primed on interior surfaces
as per U.L. requirements.
E. Primed surfaces shall be smooth and suitable to receive
the finish coat.
HOLLOW METAL WORK
08100-6
OW
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2. 01 PRESSED METAL FRAMES (continued)
N. Three-sided frames shall be provided with removable
spreaders, tack-welded to bottom of jambs to insure correct
alignment during shipment and installation.
O. Frames shall be legibly symbol-marked or labeled with metal
or plastic tags for expeditious location in the building.
2. 02 HOLLOW METAL DOORS
A. Interior hollow metal doors shall be fabricated of 18 gauge
cold-rolled stretcher-leveled steel, free from rust, scale, pits
and surface defects.
B. Doors shall have continuous internal reinforcing channels
or Z-shaped members of 16 gauge steel, full height of door,
spaced not more than 6" o.c. and spot welded to face sheets
3" o.c. Doors with continuous truss inner core, full height
and width, spot welded to face sheets 3" o.c. both vertically
and horizontally will also be accepted. Provide 14 gauge
stile channels and 14 gauge horizontal stiffener channels at
top and bottom of doors welded to face sheets. All hollow
portions of doors shall be completely filled with mineral
rock wool or approved equal. Exposed joints shall be fully
welded and ground smooth. Interlocking joints and seams
will not be permitted on door faces or edges.
C. Construction and core material of labeled doors shall meet
N.F.P.A. requirements.
D. Full glazed doors shall be tubular stile and rail
construction. Material shall be same as for full flush
doors, except that 16 gauge steel shall be used both for
exterior and interior full glazed doors. Corners shall be
mitered, reinforced, continuously welded and ground smooth.
Interior shall be completely filled with mineral rock wool
or approved equal.
E. Reinforcements shall meet the following minimum
requirements:
1. Reinforcement for butts shall be 3/16 inch
thick, 10 in. long.
HOLLOW METAL WORK
08100-5
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.01 PRESSED METAL FRAMES (continued)
1. Frames shall be anchored to steel by means of
self-tapping screws. Bolts and screw heads shall
be recessed in.pressed dimple in frame. Drill and
dimple frames in the shop. Weld stiffeners with
matching holes at each dimple. All screw heads
shall receive a coat of scotch patch ground smooth
and be prepared to receive finish paint after
frame installation.
2. Locate anchors at jambs, sills and heads as shown,
with spacing not to exceed 24 in. o.c.
G. Intermediate jambs and transoms shall be as detailed and
secured to head and jambs with butt-welder joints. Reinforce
frames as shown and/or as required for stiffness.
H. Sills, edge strips for attachment of sills,
expansion joint covers and other pressed metal items in
connection with window frames shall be formed as shown and be
of same material as specified for exterior frames. Except
where otherwise called for on Drawings, steel shall be 14
gauge.
I. Provide 12 gauge steel reinforcement within interior frames
as shown on the Drawings and/or as required.
J. Provide two-piece heads at exterior frames to allow for
deflection of lintels.
K. Each door frame shall be supplied with 2 adjustable floor
anchors drilled in the horizontal leg for two 3/8 inch anchor
bolts.
L. All single-door frames shall be furnished with 3 rubber
silencers and all double-door frames shall be furnished with
2 rubber silencers installed at the factory.
M. Glazed openings shall be provided with removable 18 gauge
glazing beads, fastened with Phillips oval head self-tapping
machine screw, spaced approximately 9" o.c. Beads shall be
fitted at the factory and delivered attached to the frame.
HOLLOW METAL WORK
08100-4
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.07 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. It shall be the sole responsibility of the manufacturer to
properly design and reinforce the window and door frames and
provide fasteners and splices therefore so that the fully
glazed frames will not deflect more than 1/175 of the clear
span or 3/411, whichever is less.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PRESSED METAL FRAMES
A. Interior pressed metal frames shall be fabricated of 16
gauge prime quality cold-rolled steel, free from rust, scale,
pits and surface defects.
B. Frames shall be as detailed, shop assembled and all joints
mitered, fully welded and ground smooth. Frames shall be strong
and rigid and free from warp or buckle.
C. Frames too large to be shipped fully assembled shall be
shipped in sections as large as practicable for field assembly
with concealed splice channels.
D. Hardware reinforcement shall be at least as thick as the
diameter of the screws used for securing the hardware, and
not less than the following:
1. 3/16 in. thick by 10 in. long for butts,
offset so that faces of butts are flush
with face of rebate.
2. 12 gauge for lock strive.
3. 10 gauge for surface applied hardware.
E. Provide 22-gauge steel plate guards or mortar boxes,
welded to the frames at the back of all finish hardware
cutouts where mortar or other materials might obstruct
hardware operation.
F. Provide suitable anchors for jambs, sills and heads, as
required by adjoining construction.
HOLLOW METAL WORK
08100-3
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE (continued)
E. Finish painting, as specified under Section 09900-
Painting.
1.04 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit shop drawings of all work under this Section to the
Designer for approval in accordance with Section 01340 -
Submittals.
B. Shop drawings shall indicate elevations of each door and
frame type; profiles and gauges of metal; wall conditions of
all anchorages; typical and special details of construction;
methods of assembling sections; U.L. label requirements; shop
finish; and all other necessary information.
C. Provide details at 3 in. to 1 ft. scale and dimensioned
elevations at not less than 3/8 in. to 1 ft. scale.
1.05 FIRE - RATED UNITS
A. Where specified on Drawings, Door and Frame Schedule,
provide fire-rated hollow metal doors, and frames, bearing
the appropriate label of the Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc.
B. All "B" label doors shall be manufactured by a firm which
has been certified in the National Board of Fire Underwriters
to manufacture such doors with a standard lock (3/4 inch bolt) .
1.06 FINISH HARDWARE PREPARATION
A. Hollow metal doors and frames shall be prepared at the
manufacturer's plant for all hardware in accordance with
templates furnished by Hardware Supplier.
B. Mortise, reinforce, drill and tap for all mortised and
concealed finish hardware. Drilling and tapping for surface
applied hardware be done in the field under Section 06100 -
Carpentry Work.
C. Hardware location shall conform to the standards
established by the National Builders' Hardware Association.
HOLLOW METAL WORK
08100-2
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Oft Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
SECTION 08100
HOLLOW METAL WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS
and all Sections within DIVISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,which are
hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The work under this Section consists of furnishing and
delivering to the job site all hollow metal work and related
work as shown on the Drawings, Door and Frame Schedules and
as specified herein, and includes, but is not limited to, the
following:
1. All pressed metal frames for interior doors,
fixed lights, frames with sidelights and
including accessory items s shown or specified. -
2. All hollow metal doors.
3 . All hollow metal interior window and
sidelights.
4. Special doors and frames.
1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Installation of all work under this Section as specified
under Section 06100 - Carpentry Work.
B. Furnishing and installation of all miscellaneous supports
and framing for work under this Section, as specified under
Section 05101 - Miscellaneous and Ornamental Iron.
C. Furnishing of finish hardware as specified under Section
08700 - Finish Hardware.
D. Furnishing and installation of glass as specified under
Section 08801 - Glass and Glazing.
HOLLOW METAL WORK
08100-1
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3.01 INSTALLATION (continued)
F. Install sealants to depths as recommended by the sealant
manufacturer but within the following general limitations:
1. For normal moving joints sealed with elastomeric
and acrylic sealants, fill joints to a depth equal
to 50 percent of joint width, but not more than
1/2" deep or less than 1/4" deep.
G. Remove excess spillage of sealant promptly as the work
progresses. Clean the adjoining surfaces by whatever means
may be necessary to eliminate evidence of spillage. Do not
damage the adjoining surfaces or finishes.
SEALANTS
07900-7
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.05 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (continued)
B. Colors: Exposed sealants shall be of colors selected by
the De is gner from the manufacturer's standard colors.
2 .06 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. Wherever joint width is affected by ambient temperature
variations, install elastomeric sealants only when temperatures
are in the lower third of manufacturer's recommended installation
temperature range, so that sealant will not be subjected to
excessive elongation and bond stress at extremely low temperatures.
Coordinate time schedule with Contractor to avoid delays of project.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .01 INSTALLATION
A. All surfaces to receive backer rods and sealants shall be
dry and thoroughly cleaned of all loose particles, dirt, dust,
oil and other substances which would interfere with bond of
sealant, and shall not be installed until masonry chemical
cleaning is complete.
B. All sealing materials shall be used in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions.
C. Prime or seal the joint surfaces wherever recommended by the
sealant manufacturer. Do not allow primer sealer to spill or
migrate onto adjoining surfaces.
D. Install backer rod in all joints which exceed in depth the
maximum depths specified in Paragraph 3.01 F. hereinbelow for
installation of sealants.
E. Employ only proven installation techniques, which will
ensure that sealants will be deposited in uniform, continuous
ribbons without gaps or air pockets, with complete "wetting"
of the joint bond surfaces equally on opposite sides. Except
as otherwise indicated, fill sealant rabbet to a slightly
concave surface, slightly below adjoining surfaces. Where
horizontal joints are between a horizontal surface and a
vertical surface, fill joint to form a slight cove, so that
joint will not trap moisture and dirt. Joints shall be tooled to
provide a neat bead free from ridges, wrinkles, and tool marks.
SEALANTS
07900-6
A
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.03 SEALING MATERIALS (continued)
C. Acrylic-Latex Sealant: Shall be latex-rubber modified,
acrylic-emulsion-polymer sealant compound, permanently
flexible, non-staining and non-bleeding. Sealant shall be
one of the following products or equal:
1. Acrylic Latex by Gibson-Hormans.
2 . Ac-20 Acrylic Latex by Pecora Chemical.
3. Sonolac by Sonneborn
2.04 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Joint Cleaner: Provide the type of joint cleaning
compote recommended by the sealant manufacturer for the joint
surfaces to be primed or sealed.
B. Joint Primer-Sealer: Provide the type of joint primer-
seale_r_recommended by the sealant manufacturer for the joint
surfaces to be primed or sealed.
C. Bond Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape
as recommended by the sealant manufacturer to be applied to
sealant of contact surfaces where bond to the substrate of joint
filler must be avoided for proper performance of sealant. Provide
self-adhesive tape wherever applicable.
D. Sealant Backer Rod: Compressible rod stock of polyethylene
foam, eo y tFiy—fe—ne cTcceted polyurethane foam, butyl rubber
foam, neoprene foam or other flexible, permanent, durable
non-absorptive material as recommended for compatibility with
sealant by the sealant manufacturer. Sealant backer rod
shall be as required to control the joint depth for sealant
placement, to break bond of sealant at bottom of joint, to
form optimum shape of sealant bead on back side, and to
provide a highly compressible backer which will minimize the
possibility of sealant extrusion when joint is compressed.
2.05 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Compatibility: Before purchase of sealant, investigate its
compatibility with the joint surfaces, joint fillers and other
materials behind or below the joint in the construction. Provide
only sealing materials which are known to be fully compatible
with each other and with the actual installation condition, as
shown by the manufacturer's published data or certification.
SEALANTS
07900-5
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.02 SCHEDULE OF WORK (continued)
C. Acrylic-Latex Sealant: Shall be used for sealing of the
following:
1. Interior perimeter control joints at Veneer
Plaster construction and adjoining construction.
2. Interior joints between all hollow metal frames
and adjoining construction.
3. Interior joints between unit masonry and adjoining
construction.
4. Interior joints between Veneer Plaster construction
and adjoining construction.
5. Interior joints at perimeter of all metal ducts
and piping and adjoining construction.
6. All other interior joints, where Drawings call
for "sealant" or "caulking" except joints
specified in preceding paragraph 2.02 b.
2.03 SEALING MATERIALS
A. Two-Component Polysulfide Sealant: Shall be elastomeric
sealant complying with Federal Spe�i ation TT-S-00227,
Class A, Type 2 (Non-Sag) , bearing the Thiokol Chemical Corp.
seal of approval. Sealant shall be one of the following
products or approved equal.
1. SYNTHACALK GC-5 by Pecora Chemical
2. Lasto-Meric by TREMCO
3. Horn Felx Two-Component by W.R. Grace
4. CM-60-W. R. Meadows, Inc.
B. One-Component Acrylic Sealant: Shall be acrylic terpolymer,
solvent-based, t ermoplastic ealant compound with not less than
95% of solids made up acrylics, meeting Federal Specification
TT-S-230a. Sealant shall be one of the following products or equal.
1. Daraseal-A by W.R. Grace
2. 60 Unicrylic by Pecora Chemical
3. Mono-Lasto-Meric by TREMCO
SEALANTS
07900-4
ow
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
PART 2 - SEALING
2.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The work under PART 2 shall include the furnishing and
installation of all sealing materials as shown on the
Drawings and as specified herein, and includes but is not
limited to, the items of work listed in the following
schedule.
2.02 SCHEDULE OF WORK
A. Two-Component Polyurethane Sealant: Shall be used for
sealing of the following:
1. Exterior joints between hollow metal door or
detention door frames, and adjoining construction.
2. Exterior joints between metal louvers and
existing conditions.
3 . Exterior joints between thresholds and adjoining
construction.
4. "Sealant" or "Caulking" at all other exterior
joints except joints specified in preceding
paragraph 2.02A.
B. One-Component Acrylic Sealant:Shall be used for sealing
of t e fo lowing:
1. Interior vertical and horizontal joints at
new concrete masonry unit work and adjoining
new or existing construction.
2. All other interior joints where Drawings call for
"sealant" or "caulking" between the perimeter of
construction in exterior walls and adjoining
construction.
3 . Interior joints of Veneer plaster construction and
adjoining construction.
SEALANTS
07900-3
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.05 DAMAGES
A. This Subcontractor shall be responsible and make good any
damage to the building caused by his work. Finish surfaces
which have been soiled by the work of this Section shall be
cleaned immediately.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Before use of any sealant, investigate its compatibility
with the joint surfaces, joint fillers and any other material
which the sealant may come in contact with. Furnish only
sealing materials known to be compatible with each other and
with contact surfaces. Verify by submitting manufacturer's
published data or certification that all materials are
compatible.
B. Exposed sealants shall be of colors selected from the
manufacturer's standard color line.
1.07 GUARANTEE
A. This Subcontractor shall guarantee in writing all work
specified under PARTS 2 and 3 of this Section for a period of
one (1) year from the date of final payment to the General
Contractor for the account of the Subcontractor. Should any
leaks or other defects in materials or installation develop
within the period specified, this Subcontractor agrees
promptly to make all necessary repairs and replacements to
the satisfaction of the Designer and without additional cost
to the Owner. Said written guarantee shall further stipulate
that this Subcontractor shall remedy and correct any damage
caused in making such necessary repairs and replacements in
accordance with Article 13.2 of the AIA General Conditions.
B. The above guarantee shall be submitted to the Designer
before said final payment for the account of the Subcontractor
may be made.
SEALANTS
07900-2
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
00K Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
SECTION 07900
SEALANTS
PART 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1. 01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS
and all Sections within DIVISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which
are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The work under this Section consists of furnishing and
installing all sealing and caulking as shown on the Drawings
and as specified herein, and includes the following:
1. Sealing as specified in PART 2.
mow, 2. Installation as specified in PART 3.
B. All staging and hoisting required for the proper execution
of the work under this Section shall be furnished, installed,
maintained, and removed by this Subcontractor.
1.03 SAMPLES
A. Submit samples of the following to the Designer for
approval in accordance with Section 01340 - Submittals.
1. Samples of sealing materials, together with
manufacturer's specifications, color charts,
recommendations and instructions for application.
1.04 INSPECTION OF SURFACES AND CONDITIONS
A. Inspect surfaces to receive work of this Section and the
conditions under which the work has to be performed. Report
in writing to the Contractor, with copy to the Designer, any
conditions which might adversely affect the installation. Do
not proceed with the installation until defects have been
corrected and conditions are satisfactory.
SEALANTS
07900-1
0004 Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3.05 PLASTIC LAMINATE (continued)
C. Plastic Laminate:
For ho rizri ontal counter top) application high pressure
Phenolic or Melamine (1/1611) minimum .050" thick shall be used,
vertical application, .028" (1/3211) minimum thickness shall be used.
All core stock shall be laminate covered, both sides and all edges
in all cases. MCP Kortron, Fibersheen, resin core or approved
equal may be used for underside of tops and interiors of casework
where not exposed to normal view with casework in closed position
and as approved by the Designer. If Melamine thermally fused
surface panels are used, it shall be of Phenolic impregnated
bonding, and meet NEMA Performance Grade GP28, all horizontal
counter tops shall meet NEMA Performance Grade GP50. All colors
shall be as selected by the Designer.
D. Provide cut-outs as required by other trades and in accordance
with shop drawings and templates.
E. Plastic laminate shall be pressure applied in the Shop in
accordance with AWI Standards, Section 400-4, Premium Grade.
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
06200-6
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No. l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3.03 QUALITY GRADE(continued)
B. All work shall be shop fabricated and conform to design
and details shown.
C. All visible edges of plywood shall be edge-banded with
solid Red Oak, glued solidly in place.
3.04 HARDWARE
A. This Subcontractor shall furnish and install in the Shop
all hardware required for casework and cabinetwork under PART 3.
B. Hardware shall be of type specified hereinbelow or
approved equal. Consult the Drawings for quantities.
1. Door and Drawer Pulls - Stanley No. 4484 x US26D
2. Upper and Lower Cabinet Door Hinges - Stanley
No. 331 pivot hinges x US26D
3. All Upper and Lower Cabinet Doors shall have
magnetic catches - Stanley No. 45 x US26D
4. Metal Standards - KV No. 255
5. Metal Supports - KV No. 256
6. Shelf Fasteners - KV No. 154
7. Drawer Slides - Full Extension - KV No. 1700
8. Door Slide Bolts - Ives 40PA US28, 211, 2 per door
3.05 PLASTIC LAMINATE
A. Furnish and install plastic laminate where shown.
B. All flake or particle board core stock shall be 3 ply fine
textured surface with minimum average density of 45 PCF, and
shall be phenolic bonded.
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
06200-5
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No. l
,,k Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3.01 SCOPE (continued)
1. Northampton Superior Court
a) Control #08 - Counter unit w/dividers and
backsplash
3.02 WOOD SPECIES AND FINISH
A. Plywood for exposed and semi-exposed portions of work
shall have face veneer of Custom Grade Red Oak for transparent
finish.
B. Solid stock for exposed and semi-exposed portions of work
shall be clear defect free Red Oak for transparent finish.
C. Plywood and solid stock of exposed and semi-exposed portions
of casework and cabinets shall be finished in the architectural
mill shop with a clear transparent finish:
1 coat of sanding sealer
1 coat of Nitro-Cellulose hot lacquer
or catalyzed lacquer gloss
1 topcoat Nitro-Cellular hot lacquer
e1OK or catalyzed lacquer-satin finish
Lightl sanded between coats with 500 grit S.C. wet or dry
abrasi a paper.
Submit finish system to Designer for approval.
D. Semi-exposed portions as used herein shall include those
members behind opaque doors such as shelves, divisions,
backs, sides and bottoms.
E. Hardboard shall be 1/4" thick tempered, smooth two sides,
brown, Masonite Duolux, or approved equal.
3.03 QUALITY GRADE
A. Materials and workmanship of all casework under PART 3
shall conform to the Custom Grade requirements of the AWI
Standards, Section 400.
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
06200-4
* Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No. l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
PART 2 ` STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM
2 .01 SCOPE
A. The work under PART 2 shall include the furnishing and
delivery to the site of all cut-to-length and lineal type Red
Oak Wood trim and shall include, but, not limited to the
following:
1. All Red Oak wall caps at low masonry walls.
2. All other wood trim shown on Drawings and required to
complete the work of this Section.
2.02 WOOD SPECIES AND FINISH
A. Solid Red Oak shall be of uniform cut for all adjoining
and/or continuous runs; i.e. , vertical/rift grain or flat/
mixed grain shall not be used inter-changeably or mixed in runs.
B. Wall caps and window sills shall be vertical grain on
the flat, wide surface or flat grain arranged "bark side" up.
2.03 QUALITY GRADE
A. Materials and workmanship of all wood trim shall conform
to the Custom Grade requirements of the AWI Standards, Section
300, Standing and Running Trim.
B. All work shall conform to design and details shown.
PART 3 - CASEWORK AND CABINETWORK
3. 01 SCOPE
A. The work under PART 3 shall include the furnishing and
delivery to the site of all Architectural Casework and
Cabinetwork shown on the Drawings, and including but not limited
to the following:
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
06200-3
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
APW Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS (continued)
B. Shop Drawings shall be complete and show kind, grade, quality
and finish of all materials; overall and detail dimensions; large
scale sections; joinery; anchorages; adjoining construction;
provisions for work of other trades and all other necessary information.
1.06 SAMPLES
A. Submit samples of the following to the Designer for
approval in accordance with Section 01340 - Submittals:
1. Hardwood veneer plywood w/clear satin finish
2. Hardwood solid stock w/clear satin finish
3 . Hardboard
4. Plastic laminate and core stock
1.07 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
A. Prior to starting of fabrication or work under this Section,
take all necessary field measurements of adjoining work by other
trades.
1.08 MOISTURE CONTENT
A. All lumber shall be kiln-dried to a moisture content of 7
percent.
1.09 DELIVERY
A. This Subcontractor and the Contractor shall jointly be
responsible that items of Architectural Woodwork are not
delivered to the building until the building is completely
enclosed, dry and until heat can be maintained by the Contractor
at a temperature of not less than 60 F. and humidity controlled.
B. All work shall be delivered to the Project free of defects
and with all operable parts in perfect operating condition.
1. 10 COOPERATION
A. This Subcontractor shall cooperate with all other trades
and shall coordinate his work to meet the requirements of
other trades and of the general progress of the work.
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
06200-2
pow
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
OW Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
SECTION 06200
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
PART 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS
and all Sections within DIVISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,which
are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The work under this Section consists of furnishing and
delivering to the job site all Architectural Woodwork, Trim, and
Cabinetry shown on the Drawings and as specified herein, and
includes, but is not limited to, the following:
1. Wood Trim, as specified in PART 2
2. Casework, as specified in PART 3
1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. The following is specified under Section 06100 -
Carpentry Work:
1. Installation of all work under this Section.
B. Painting, of wood trim, where not attached to casework
as specified under Section 09900 - Painting.
1. 04 QUALITY STANDARDS
A. The Quality Standards of the Architectural Woodwork
Industry 1984 Edition (hereinafter referred to as AWI
Standards) , shall apply to all Architectural Woodwork under
this Section as called for and are hereby by reference made a
part of this Section.
1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit Shop Drawings of all work under this Section to the
Designer for approval in accordance with Section 01340 -
Submittals.
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
06200-1
AOW
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
0'" Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3 .05 COMPLETION
A. Just prior to Substantial Completion, the contractor shall
with the Designer, inspect all portions of the work and shall
make any required adjustments or corrections to the work,
leaving all operable portions in perfect operating condition, all
jointing to adjacent materials tight, and all surfaces without
blemishes. Any defects and damaged work shall be corrected
PART 4 - REPAIR WORK
4.01 EXAMINATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS
A. Prior to ordering and delivery of new products or materials
required for installation or application in the construction as
work under this Section, examine existing conditions affecting
work under this Section.
B. Examination of existing conditions shall be sufficient to
make the installer of the work, under this Section, fully aware
of existing structure or finishes that are to remain and that have
been or shall be removed, altered, repaired or replaced.
4.02 REMOVAL AND PREPARATION OF EXISTING WORK
A. The existing building structure and existing substrates
shall be properly prepared by the General Contractor to provide
suitable installation conditions for work under this Section, in
accordance with Section 02050- Demolition and Section 01040 -
Commencement and Conduct of On-Site Operations.
B. Work under this Section incudes the responsibility to
inspect all installation conditions and request the General
Contractor to correct any conditions which may affect the work
under this Section adversely.
4. 03 ALTERATION WORK INCLUDED UNDER THIS SECTION
A. Work as required under this Section, relating to Repair
Work, includes the following:
1. Patch and repair all material normally installed
under this Section which have been affected by
repair or removal of existing work. All repair
work shall be similar to new work as specified
under this Section.
CARPENTRY WORK
06100-8
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3.01 SCOPE OF WORK (continued)
2. All items of work furnished under Section 08100 -
Hollow Metal Work.
3. All items of work furnished under Section 08700 -
Finish Hardware.
3.02 INSTALLATION OF ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
A. All nails in finished work shall be blind nailed whenever
possible and surface nails shall be set. Corners shall be mitered.
B. Wood trim shall have a minimum of splices or joints and
where such slices or joints occur, they shall be fastened securely
so that all exposed surfaces result in smooth, continuous planes.
C. All work shall be installed true , level, closed jointed
and scribed neatly to adjoining surfaces.
D. All work shall be accurately jointed, planed, filed and
i
sanded at field joints and where else required by nstallation
and shall be left in perfect condition for finishing by
Painting Subcontractor.
3.03 INSTALLATION OF HOLLOW METAL WORK
A. Frames shall be set level, plumb and square and properly
anchored to adjoining construction.
B. Doors shall be hung and door hardware applied so that
opening and closing movement of doors is smooth and free,
without binding or excessive spacing.
3 .04 FINISH HARDWARE
A. All hardware and accessories to be installed under this
Section shall be installed, fitted and adjusted carefully by
skilled mechanics as directed by the Designer.
B. Before final acceptance of the Contract, or before the
building is occupied, the Contractor shall go over the entire
building and see that each piece of finish hardware installed
under this Section is undamaged and in perfect order, and
that the proper key for each lock is identified.
CARPENTRY WORK
06100-7
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.07 FASTENING DEVICES (continued)
(d) Toggle bolts shall conform to Federal
Specification FF-S-588b.
2 . Screws:
(a) Wood screws shall conform to Federal
Specification FF-S-111b.
3 . Nails:
(a) Nails shall conform to Federal Specification FF-
N-105a.
(b) Tacks shall conform to Federal Specification FF-
N-103c.
4. Ground Anchorage: Wood plugs or nailing blocks are
not acceptable for fastening grounds, furring, etc.
to concrete or masonry. Hardened steel nails,
expansion screws, toggle bolts, metal plugs, or
metal inserts, as most appropriate for each type of
masonry or concrete construction shall be used.
5. Explosive-Driven Fastenings: Explosive or powder-
driven fastenings may be used only when approved by
the Designer.
6. Form anchor straps of mild steel, hot dipped
galvanized after fabrication.
7. Steel plate and angles shall be of size shown on the
Drawings and steel shall conform to ASTM A-36.
PART 3 - INSTALLATION WORK
3 .01 - SCOPE OF WORK
A. The work under PART 3 shall include the installation of
the following:
1. All items of work furnished under Section 06200 -
Architectural Woodwork.
CARPENTRY WORK
06100-6
AM-
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.06 PLYWOOD
A. Plywood shall be of the same species, not intermixed and
identified with the appropriate DFPA or APA grade-trademark and
shall be as follows:
1. Exterior Plywood - Exposed: Exterior type Medium
Density Overlay with smooth, opaque, resin fiber
overlay heat-fused to one panel face - Grade MDO,
C-C EXT4.
B. Nail plywood using ring shank nails 6" o.c. along panels
edges and 12" o.c. at intermediate supports, using 10d nails for
panels 3/4" thick and less, and 8d nails for greater thickness.
Panel end joints must occur over framing or blocking.
C. Plywood backings shall be primed on backside facing the
wall prior to their installation and finish painted prior to
equipment mounting.
2.07 FASTENING DEVICES
A. Anchors and fasteners for securing wood items, unless
AW„ noted otherwise, shall be hot-dip galvanized cadmium or zinc
plated and suitable for the application, as approved by the
Designer, and as follows:
1. Bolts:
(a) Bolts, nuts, studs and rivets shall conform to
Federal Specification FF-B-571a and FF-B-575, as
applicable.
(b) Expansion shields shall conform to Federal
Specification FF-S-325. Shields shall be
accurately recessed and, unless otherwise
indicated, shall not be less than 2 1/2 inches
into concrete or masonry. Devices of groups IV,
V, VI, and VII shall not be used in sizes
greater than 3/8 inches unless otherwise
indicated.
(c) Lag screws or lag bolts shall conform to Federal
Specification FF-B-561b.
CARPENTRY WORK
06100-5
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.03 LUMBER MATERIALS (continued)
F. Lumber shall be furnished in maximum lengths for intended
use to reduce joints to practical minimum.
G. Store all lumber off the ground, properly supported to
provide drainage and ventilation, and well protected from the
elements. Do not store treated lumber outdoors.
H. Screws, bolts and all other rough hardware used for
roofing work and for any other exterior work shall be hot dip
galvanized.
2 .04 FIRE-RETARDANT TREATMENT
A. All interior lumber shall be fire-retardant treated.
B. Treatment shall consist of pressure-impregnation with
Koppers Non-Com fire protective chemicals, or approved equal,
to provide a flame spread, fuel contributed and smoke developed
classification of 25 or less when tested by Underwriters'
Laboratories in accordance with their Fire Hazard Classification
Test Procedure.
C. After treatment, all 1" and 2" lumber and all thicknesses
of plywood shall be dried to a maximum moisture content of 15%,
except that lumber and plywood to be painted shall be kiln-
dried to a maximum moisture content of 12%.
D. The treating plant shall furnish a certificate that all
applicable requirements of these specifications have been met.
2 .05 INTERIOR FRAMING, BLOCKINGS, NAILERS
A. All framing shall be plumb, true, well braced, secured,
with sufficient nails, bolts, anchors as shown and/or required
to insure rigidity. Where required for leveling on concrete
slabs, slate shims with full bearing shall be used.
B. Set all blockings, nailers, and other wood members plumb
and level as shown and as required by other trades.
C. Counter bore wood for bolt ends and nuts where required to
avoid interference with other work.
CARPENTRY WORK
06100-4
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.01 SCOPE OF WORK (continued)
2. All fastening devices.
3. All rough hardware required by the work of this
Section and all other items of carpentry shown on the
Drawings or specified herein.
2 .02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Furnishing only of Hollow Metal Work, as specified
under Section 08100.
B. Furnishing only of Finish Hardware, as specified under
Section 08700.
C. All finish painting of all items, as specified under
Section 09900.
D. Furnishing only of Architectural Millwork, Section 06200.
2.03 LUMBER MATERIALS
A. Where wood framing from 2" x 4" in nominal thickness and
2" or more in nominal thickness is shown, provide lumber
complying with grading rules which conform to the
requirements of the "National Grading Rules for Dimension
Lumber" of the American Lumber Standards Committee
established under PS-20.
B. Provide dressed lumber, S4S.
C. Provide seasoned lumber with 19% maximum moisture content
at time of dressing and complying with dry size requirements
of PS-20. Lumber shall be marked S-DRY.
D. Lumber shall be as follows:
1. Structural framing - 2" to 4" thick, 6" and
HEM-FIR wider
E. Each piece of lumber shall be mill-marked to identify the
type, grade, agency providing the inspection service, the
producing mill and other qualities specified herein.
CARPENTRY WORK
06100-3
OOW
* Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.05 GRADING RULES AND WOOD SPECIES
A. Latest editions and supplements of following grading rules
associations shall apply to materials furnished under this
Section:
Association Symbol Rules Species
Northeastern Lumber Spruce, Red
Manufacturers & White
Association, Inc. NELMA Own (Eastern Spruce)
Pine, Eastern
White (Northern
Northern Hardwood and White Pine)
Pine Manufacturers
Association, Green Bay
Wisconsin NHPMA Own Hemlock, Eastern
Pine, Red
(Norway)
Southern Pine Inspection
Bureau, New Orleans, LA SPIB Own Pine, Southern
Yellow
1.06 PLYWOOD GRADING RULES
A. Latest editions and supplements of the following standards
shall apply:
1. Softwood Plywood: U.S. Product Standard PS-1
2. Hardwood Plywood: U.S. Commercial Standard CS-35
PART 2 - ROUGH CARPENTRY WORK
2 .01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The work under PART 2 shall include the furnishing and
installation of the following:
1. All wood framing, furring, blocking, curbs,
nailers, sheathing, as shown and/or required for
the proper installation and support of work under
this Section and of work by other trades, except
as specified in Article 2.02 hereinbelow.
CARPENTRY WORK
06100-2
,r►
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
SECTION 06100
CARPENTRY WORK
PART 1 .- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS
and all Sections within DIVISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which
are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The work under this Section consists of the following
carpentry work as shown on the Drawings, and as specified
herein:
1. Rough carpentry work as specified in PART 2.
2. Installation work as specified in PART 3.
1.03 SAMPLES
A. Submit samples of the following to the Designer for
approval in accordance with Section 01340 - Submittals:
1. Fire retardant treatment certificate.
2 . Fastening devices.
1.04 PAINTING
A. All painting is specified under Section 09900 - Painting,
but it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to see to
it that all architectural woodwork be primed or back-painted
before installation. Primer shall be dry before items are
placed in position.
CARPENTRY WORK
06100-1
** Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
4.02 REMOVAL AND PREPARATION OF EXISTING WORK
A. The existing building structure and existing substrates
shall be properly prepared by the General Contractor to
provide suitable installation condtions for work under this
Section, in accordance with Section 02050 - Demoltion and
Section 01040 - Commencement and Conduct of On-Site Operations.
B. Work under this Section includes the responsibility to
inspect all installation conditions and request the General
Contractor to correct any conditions which may affect the
work under this Section adversely.
4.03 ALTERATION WORK INCLUDED UNDER THIS SECTION
A. Work required under this Section, relating to Repair Work,
includes the following:
1. Patch and repair all materials normally installed
under this Section which have been affected by
alterations or removal of existing work. All
alteration work shall be similar to new work
as specified under this Section.
AW
MISCELLANEOUS AND ORNAMENTAL IRON
05101-8
AW
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
4.01 SCHEDULE OF ITEMS (continued)
5. Clip Angles as required for attachment for
carpentry work and architectural woodwork
to masonry walls and concrete work.
15/A?4 x51) 1/211 x 10 gauge. (See Detail
6. Access Panels,as required for access to all
plumbing, HVAC and electrical, valves, filters,
pull boxes, junction boxes and related appurtenances
in plaster ceilings and masonry walls (check all
plumbing, fire protection, HVAC, and electrical Drawings) .
Access panels shall be as manufactured by Inland Steel
Products, Co. , Milcor Division, and be of the following
types:
a. Plaster Style "M" size as required
b. Masonry: Style "M" size as required
c. Detention area: 24 1fx48" "M" style #3211-135
w/detention lock
Northampton Superior Court
Door 107, 108, 105
and 110
7. All other loose and miscellaneous steel angles,
channels, relieving masonry angles as shown and
called for on both the Architectural and Structural
Drawings.
8. All miscellaneous steel items as required for the
support of all equipment.
PART 4 - REPAIR WORK
4.01 EXAMINATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS
A. Prior to ordering and delivery of new products or materials
required for installation or application in the existing building
as work under this Section, examine conditions affecting work
under this Section.
B. Examination of existing conditions shall be sufficient to
make the installer of the work under this Section fully aware of
existing structure or finishes of spaces that are to remain and
that have been or shall be removed, altered, repaired, replaced
or renovated.
MISCELLANEOUS AND ORNAMENTAL IRON
05101-7
Awk
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.04 SHOP PAINTING (Continued)
I. Field cuts abraded and welded areas in galvanized work shall
be touched up with Z.R.C. cold applied zinc coating as
manufactured by ZRC Chemical Products Co. , 21 Newport Street,
Quincy, Mass. , or approved equal zinc-rich coating.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 ERECTION
A. All materials shall be carefully handled and stacked to
prevent deformation and damage. Care shall be taken to
prevent damage to the shop coat of paint and to prevent the
accumulation of mud, dirt, or other foreign matter on the
metal work. All such dirt shall be removed prior to
erection.
B. Work shall be erected square, plumb and true, accurately
fitted, and with tight joints and intersections. Unless
otherwise shown, all connections which will be exposed shall
be welded and ground smooth.
PART 4 - SCHEDULE OF ITEMS
4.01 SCHEDULE OF ITEMS
A. Subject to the provisions of Article 1.02 of this Section,
following is a list of items to be furnished under this Section.
Items built into the work of other trades shall be furnished to
the Contractor for installation by the respective trades. All
other items which are applied or which require ironworkers for
their installation shall be installed under this Section.
1. Stainless steel pipe booking rail at Secure
Corridor #07: Including all brackets, plates
and bolts for wall attachment, see detail 7/A-4.
2 . Loose Steel Lintels for all openings and at tops
of masonry wa l construction, shall be of the sizes
shown on the Drawings and as shown and called for in
the General Notes and Lintel Schedule on the Structural
Drawings (hot dipped galvanized at all exterior
locations) . See Detail 10/A-1 NSC and Lintel Schedule
S-1/NSC.
3. Miscellaneous Steel Items in conjunction with
hollow metal work as shown on the Drawings (hot dipped
galvanized at exterior locations)
MISCELLANEOUS AND ORNAMENTAL IRON
05101-6
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No. l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.03 GALVANIZING (Continued)
H. All hot dipped galvanized material shall be stamped to
indicated ASTM designations and ounces per square foot of zinc
coating required by the Specification. Stamp shall be similar
to the Duncan stamp as per the Duncan Galvanizing Corp. or equal.
I. All steel and hardware shall be hot dipped galvanized.
2.04 SHOP PAINTING
A. All non-galvanized ferrous metal work under this Section
shall be painted in the shop and touched up in the field by
this Subcontractor.
B. Before painting, all rust, loose mill scale, dirt, weld
flux, weld spatter and other foreign material shall be
removed with wire brushes or steel scrapers. All grease and
oil shall be removed by solvent recommended by paint manufacturer.
Surfaces shall be dry when paint is applied.
C. Clean steel will conform the the following:
1. Painted surfaces : SSPC SP3
2. Galvanized surfaces: SSPG SP6
D. Shop paint for non-galvanized ferrous metal shall be Rust-
Oleum 678 Quick-Drying Red Primer; Tnemec 99 Red Metal Primer;
or approved equal. Apply paint in accordance with manufacturer's
directions, so as to provide a dry film of 2.5 mils per coat
minimum.
E. Dissimilar metals shall be insulated from each other with
one heavy coat of asphaltum paint on contact surfaces in
addition to the shop coat specified above.
F. Paint shall be thoroughly and evenly applied and shall be
well worked into corners and joints taking care to avoid sags
and runs. Non-galvanized bolts which are to remain
permanently in the work shall be dipped in paint to cover the
entire bolt.
G. Omit paint from surfaces to be embedded in concrete. Also
omit paint from within 3" of surfaces to be welded in the field.
H. After erection, retouch all portions of the shop coat
chipped or damaged during erection and all field welds and
connections with the same paint used for the shop coat.
MISCELLANEOUS AND ORNAMENTAL IRON
05101-5
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.02 WORKMANSHIP
A. Metal work shall beet the applicable building code and
shall support any live loads which may normally be imposed
unless specific live loads are specified.
B. Metal work shall be true to details, straight, with sharp
lines and angles. Curved work shall be true to radii, and
with smooth finished surfaces.
C. Do all cutting, punching, drilling, and tapping required
for attachment of hardware and of work by other trades where
so indicated or where directions for same are given prior to
or with approval of shop drawings.
D. Unless otherwise shown, rivet, bolt, and screw heads shall
be flat and countersunk in exposed faces of work of a finish
character.
E. Grind exposed welds smooth and flush to blend with
adjoining surfaces.
2.03 GALVANIZING
A. All metal work shall be hot-dipped galvanized after all
welding and fabrication are completed.
B. Products fabricated from rolled, pressed and forged steel
shapes, plates, bars and strips shall be hot-dipped galvanized
in accordance with ASTM A-123, latest edition.
C. Iron and steel hardware shall be hot dipped galvanized in
accordance with ASTM A-153, latest edition.
D. Assembled steel products shall be hot dipped galvanized in
accordance with ASTM A-386, latest edition.
E. The weight of coating shall be as designated in Table 1
"Comparison of Coating Weight Requirements for Hot Dip
Galvanized Products" (ASTM Specifications) in accordance with
the class and thickness of material.
F. All hot-dip galvanizing shall be done after fabrication.
G. Hot dip galvanizing shall be done by a member of the
American Hot-Dip Galvanizing Association, Inc.
MISCELLANEOUS AND ORNAMENTAL IRON
05101-4
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
a Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE (Continued)
a. Hangers, guards an other steel items called for on
the Drawings or in the Specifications and required
exclusively for the support or protection of work by
mechanical and electrical trades shall be provided by
the respective trades except where otherwise shown or
specified.
1.04 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit shop drawings of all work under this Section to the
Designer for approval in accordance with Section 01340 - Submittals.
B. Shop drawings shall show sizes, thickness of material,
methods of assembly, anchorage, galvanizing, shop paint, and
all other necessary information.
1.05 COORDINATION
A. The work under this Section shall be coordinated with the
work of other trades. Take all necessary field measurements
before starting fabrication.
B. Furnish to the Contractor all items included under this
Section that are to be built into the work of other trades,
and furnish all necessary templates and information required
by those trades to properly locate such items. Items to be
built-in shall be furnished in time so as to avoid later
cutting and patching.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. All materials shall be new stock, free from defects
impairing strength, durability and appearance, and of best
commercial quality for purpose specified.
B. Structural steel shapes shall be fabricated of steel
conforming to ASTM Designation A-36.
C. All anchors, bolts, sockets, and other parts required for
securing each item of work to the construction shall be
included in the work of this Section.
D. All exposed fastenings shall be of the same material and
finish as the metal to which applied, unless otherwise shown.
MISCELLANEOUS AND ORNAMENTAL IRON
05101-3
AW
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The work under this Section consists of furnishing and
installing all Miscellaneous and Ornamental Iron as shown on
the Drawings, and as specified herein, and includes but is
not limited to, the items listed under Article 4.01, Schedule
of Items.
B. The Schedule of Items is not intended to list each and
every item of miscellaneous and ornamental iron occurring in
this project. This Subcontractor is cautioned to examine the
Specifications of the other trades and the complete set of
Drawings with care, and he shall understand that all items of
miscellaneous and ornamental iron not specifically required to
be provided under other Sections, but shown on the Drawings
or reasonably inferred, shall be provided under this Section.
C. All staging and hoisting required for the proper execution
of the work under this Section shall be furnished, installed,
maintained, and removed by this Subcontractor.
1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. The following items are specified to be furnished and
installed under the Sections listed herein below:
1. Steel reinforcements and accessories for concrete,
as specified under Section 03300 - Concrete.
2 . Joint reinforcements, and wall ties, as specified
under Section 04101 - Masonry.
3 . Rough hardware for carpentry work, as specified under
Section 06100 - Carpentry Work.
4. Metal doors and frames, as specified under Section
08100 - Hollow Metal Work.
5. Correctional Metal Pan Ceiling System as specified
under Section 09513.
6. Finish painting as specified under Section 09900 -
Exterior Painting.
7. Detention Wall/Sliding Door Systems, as specified
under Section 11190.
MISCELLANEOUS AND ORNAMENTAL IRON
05101-2
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
0"k Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
SECTION 05101
MISCELLANEOUS AND ORNAMENTAL IRON
(Filed Sub-Bid Required)
PART 1- GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDISITONS
and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which are
hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications.
B. Time, Manner and Requirements for Submitting Sub-Bids:
1. Sub iB ds for work under this isSection shall be for the
complete work and shall be filed in a sealed envelope
with the Division of Capital Planning and Operations
at a time and place as stipulated in the "NOTICE TO
CONTRACTORS. "
The following shall appear on the upper left hand
corner of the envelope:
NAME OF SUB-BIDDER:
MASS.STATE PROJECT CONTRACT NO.
SUB-BID FOR SECTION:
(No. and Title of Section)
2. Each sub-bid submitted for work under this Section shall be
on forms furnished by the Division of Capital Planning and
Operations, as required by Section 44F of Chapter 149 of
the General Laws, as amended. Sub-bid forms may be obtained
at the office of the Division of Capital Planning and
Operations, or may be obtained by written or telephone
request [Phone (617)727-4003] .
3. Sub-bids filed with the Division of Capital Planning and
Operations shall be accompanied by a BID BOND or CASH or
CERTIFIED CHECK or a TREASURER'S or CASHIER'S CHECK issued
by a responsible bank or trust company payable to the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts in the amount of five
percent of the bid. A sub-bid accompanied by any other
form of bid deposit than those specified will be
rejected.
C. SUB-SUB BID REQUIREMENTS: NONE REQUIRED UNDER THIS SECTION.
MISCELLANEOUS AND ORNAMENTAL IRON
05101-1
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations
Northampton Superior Courthouse
4.02 REMOVAL AND PREPARATION OF EXISTING WORK
A. The existing building structure and existing substrates
shall be properly prepared by the General Contractor to provide
suitable installation conditions for work under this Section, in
accordance with Section 02050 - Demolition and Section 01040 -
Commencement and Conduct of On-Site Operations.
B. Work under this Section includes the responsibility to
inspect all installation conditions and request the General
Contractor to correct any conditions which may affect the work
under this Section adversely.
4.03 ALTERATION AND REPAIR WORK INCLUDED UNDER THIS SECTION
A. Work required under this Section, relating to Repair Work,
includes the following:
1. Patch and repair all materials normally installed
under this Section which have been affected by
alterations or removal of existing work. All
alteration work shall be similar to new work as
specified under this Section.
2. Installation of all brick and concrete masonry
units at existing wall construction requiring
infill work.
3. Cutting of openings in existing masonry construction
to accommodate New Construction, Plumbing, HVAC, Fire
Protection, and Electrical Work.
MASONRY CONSTRUCTION
04101-19
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
O'"'" Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3.04 CONTROL JOINTS IN MASONRY (continued)
C. Continuous Runs of Interior Masonry: Provide control
joints by lining core of concrete masonry units on one side
of control joint with a strip of #15 building paper across
full width of partition to include exterior wythe in double
wythe construction.
D. Tooling of Control Joints: All exposed exterior and
interior con trol joi nts spec f ed under Paragraph A
hereinabove, shall be raked back 1 inch in depth as shown for
sealing under Section 07900 - Sealants.
3.05 CLEANING OF MASONRY
A. Cut out to a depth of 1 inch all imperfect or frozen mortar
joints and repaint to match adjacent joints.
B. Remove all excess mortar and aggregate projection from
exposed concrete masonry unit and brick surfaces.
C. Clean interior concrete masonry units from top down with
Van-A-Trol, Sure-Klean, or equal cleaning agent which is safe
for use on the type of masonry units and mortar colors used in
►, this project. Scrub surface with a stiff bristle brush and
rinse off copiously with clean water.
D. All work shall be left clean and in perfect condition at
time of Substantial Completion.
PART 4 - ALTERATION WORK
4.01 EXAMINATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS
A. Prior to ordering and delivery of new products or materials
required for installation or application in the existing
construction as work under this Section, examine existing
conditions affecting work under this Section.
B. Examination of existing conditions shall be sufficient to
make the installer of the work under this Section fully aware of
existing structure of finishes that are to remain and that have
been or shall be removed, altered, repaired, replaced or
renovated.
MASONRY CONSTRUCTION
04101-18
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
OW Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3.03 UNIT MASONRY (continued)
K. Masonry shall be kept clean from mortar during installation.
Any mortar smears on the face of CMU units shall be cleaned off
immediately.
L. Exposed horizontal and vertical mortar joints of unscored
standard weight and color concrete masonry units shall have a
tooled 38" concave joint.
M. Where indicated on the Drawings, provide grout fill at
all structural bearing locations.
N. Where indicated on the Drawings, provide all concrete
fill at bond beams, and at vertical wall reinforcing at cell
walls and as indicated on the Structural Drawings.
3.04 CONTROL JOINTS IN MASONRY
A. General: Continuous vertical and staggered type control
joints shall be provided in masonry walls, partitions and
back-up at following locations and as shown on the Drawings.
1. At intersection of walls or partitions except at
corners.
2. At intersection of walls or partitions with exterior
wall.
3. In continuous, unbroken runs of walls and partitions
at 30 ft. maximum o.c. and where indicated on
Drawings.
B. Intersection of Walls or Partitions:
1. Intersecting walls and partitions shall be tied
together in a masonry bond at corners.
2. At all intersections, walls or partitions shall
terminated at the face of the other wall or partition
or at the face of back-up and be tied thereto by the
tee-shaped joint reinforcement specified under
"Accessories" hereinabove.
MASONRY CONSTRUCTION
04101-17
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3 .03 UNIT MASONRY (continued)
C. Full mortar bedding (webs and face shells covered and bedded
in mortar) shall be used in laying all starting courses and ad-
jacent to grouted cells. Face shell bedding shall be used in
laying all other courses. All vertical joints shall be fully
buttered.
D. Carry all interior fire-rated walls, all interior partitions
where shown, and back-up of exterior walls to within 1" inch of
' the underside of existing decks. Provide compressible filler
in top joints where specified in Article 2.04B hereinabove.
E. All cutting of exposed masonry units shall be done with
a table mounted, motor driven diamond saw to insure straight,
even-cut edges.
F. Masonry units shall be filled solid with grout or concrete
at the following locations:
1. The first two cells of units abutting door frames.
2. Where necessary for embedment of anchors, bolts,
bearing plates, reinforcing and where shown on both
the Architectural and Structural Drawings.
3 . From top of floor to underside of concrete ceiling
slabs at all masonry unit wall construction at
rooms as indicated on the Drawings and/or specified.
G. Wherever anchors, bolts, and similar items are embedded in
grout within the unit masonry, provide screen wire stops of
galvanized steel insect screening to prevent mortar or concrete
from dropping through to voids below.
H. Fill solidly with mortar all jambs of door frames set in
masonry.
I. Set loose steel lintels over windows, doors, louvers, and
over all other openings in masonry walls and partitions.
J. Use 100% solid masonry units at the masonry wythe of
exterior jambs and sills of masonry openings and window sills
as shown on Drawings.
MASONRY CONSTRUCTION
04101-16
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3.02 MORTAR (continued)
2. All cementitious materials and aggregate shall be
mixed with the proper amount of water to produce a
workable consistency. Hand mixing shall not be used.
3 . Mortar shall be used and placed in final position
within 2-1/2 hours after mixing. Mortar which has
stiffened because of evaporation within the 2-1/2
hour period may be retempered once (only) to restore
its workability.
B. Mortar Mix
1. Mortar for all interior work shall be Type M
or S in accordance with ASTM C-270.
2. Mortar shall, in addition, contain pigment and
waterproofing additive as specified in Article 2.01.F
and 2.01G hereinabove.
3. The specific mortar mixture Type M or S shall be
determined by the testing engineer by means of 7 and
28 day laboratory bond tests made with the particular
materials available for the work.
4. No factory prepared masonry cement shall be used.
5. Calcium chloride, admixtures containing calcium
chloride, and anti-freeze shall not be used.
3.03 UNIT MASONRY
A. Unit Masonry Joints
1. Standard weight and colored unscored concrete
masonry units shall be laid in running bonds
with tooled 3/8" x 3/8" concave joints both
horizontally and vertically.
B. All horizontal and vertical joints, including vertical
joints shall be of uniform 3/8 inch thickness.
MASONRY CONSTRUCTION
04101-15
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
00W Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3.01 MASONRY CONSTRUCTION _ GENERAL - UNIT MASONRY (continued)
B. No masonry work shall be laid in temperatures below 40
degrees F. unless provisions are made to adequately protect the
masonry materials and the finished work from frost by heating
the materials, enclosing the work and heating the enclosed
spaces. All masonry used in freezing weather shall be at a
temperature between 40 and 55 degrees F. and the mortar, when
used, shall have a temperature between 60 and 80 degrees F.
Protect masonry against freezing for at least 48 hours after
being laid. Anti-freeze admixtures shall not be used in the
mortar. No frozen work shall be built upon. Any completed
work found to be affected by frost shall be taken down and rebuilt.
Weather protection and temporary heat shall be provided by the
Contractor as specified in Section 01510 - Temporary Facilities.
C. Provide chases, slots, recesses as required to accommodate
the work of other trades. Close chases, slots, and recesses
provided for installation of work requiring inspection only
after such work has been installed, tested and approved. As
the work progresses, set all anchors, bolts, sleeves, loose
steel lintels, access panels and all other items furnished by
other trades for setting into masonry.
D. When starting work on previously completed work, existing
surfaces shall be cleaned free from all loose mortar, dirt or
other foreign material.
E. Provide complete protection against breakage, staining,
and weather damage to masonry. Masonry, when not roofed over,
shall positively be protected with non-staining waterproof
coverings, properly weighted, whenever masons are not working
on the walls.
F. Reinforced masonry cells shall be grouted with "High Lift
Grouting" in accordance with NCMA requirements. Provide a mortar
drop and debris free cell prior to grouting.
3.02 MORTAR
A. General
1. The method of measuring materials shall be such that
the specified proportions of the materials can be
controlled and accurately maintained. Shovel
measurement shall not be used.
MASONRY CONSTRUCTION
04101-14
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.05 GROUT MIX FOR REINFORCED MASONRY (continued)
3. For wall or cell spaces exceeding 411, provide a course
grout mixture of:
a. One part Portland Cement: to
b. Three parts by volume of sand; to
C. Three parts 3/8" maximum pea gravel, not more
than 5% of which shall pass a number 8 sieve:
to
Sufficient water to produce a consistency for
pouring or pumping without separation of
materials.
4. On coarse grout for pumping, provide not more than 40%
pea cjravel.
5. Mixing:
a. Mix in a mechanically operated batch mixer
for not less than three minutes after all
ingredients for the batch are in the drum.
b. Completely empty the drum before placing
materials for the succeeding batch therein.
6. Grout strength:
a. Provide grout having not less than 3000 psi
compressive strength when tested at 28 days.
b. Provide a laboratory designed mix to the
approval of the Designer.
7. Grout specification:
a. Provide grout and its constituents that
conform to the requirements of ASTM C476.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 MASONRY CONSTRUCTION - GENERAL - UNIT MASONRY
A. All masonry shall be laid by skilled workmen under adequate
supervision and shall be laid true to lines and levels with
joints of uniform thickness, all surfaces true with walls and
corners straight and plumb.
MASONRY CONSTRUCTION
04101-13
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
O Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.04 ACCESSORIES (continued)
3. Anchor slots surface applied to existing masonry
walls are to be installed under this Section and
shall be spaced at 32" inches on center, and
shall be as manufactured by Hohmann & Barnard,
Inc. , or equal as approved by the Designer.
4. Anchor slots for masonry anchors shall be Grip
Stay Channel No. 361 or No. 360 - 12 GA 5" long,
and shall be galvanized at all interior applications,
and mounted 16" o.c. vertically at columns and
existing masonry walls and 32" o.c. horizontally
at beams. Gripstay channels shall be fastened
to existing concrete anchors equal to Phillips
"Red-Head" of size and locations required.
Installation shall be with the use of the man-
ufacturer's approved equipment and in accord-
ance with the manufacturer's printed instructions.
2.05 GROUT MIX FOR REINFORCED MASONRY
A. Provide grout for all locations indicated on both the
Architectural and Structural drawings, conforming to the
following:
B. Grout:
1. For wall or cell 2" or less, provide a fine grout
mixture of: :
a. One part Portland Cement; to
b. Three parts by volume of sand; to
C. Sufficient water to produce a consistence
for pouring without separation of materials.
2. For wall or cell spaces exceeding 211, provide a course
grout mixture of:
a. One part Portland Cement; to
b. Three parts by volume of sand: to
C. Two parts 3/8" maximum pea gravel, not more
than 5% of which shall pass a number 8 sieve;
to
d. Sufficient water to produce a consistency
for pouring or pumping without separation of
materials.
MASONRY CONSTRUCTION
04101-12
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
oph, Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.04 ACCESSORIES (continued)
10. Ties for interior double wythe construction shall
be placed 16 inches o.c. vertically, and horizontally
as required, but not greater than 24 inches o.c. ,
in alternate masonry unit courses to horizontal joint
reinforcement.
B. COMPRESSIBLE FILLER
1. Provide compressible filler at the following
locations:
a. In top joints of all interior walls and
partitions carried up to steel framing,
steel decks or concrete slabs.
b. In vertical expansion and control joints
of interior walls.
C. All other locations shown on Drawings
in conjunction with masonry work.
2. Filler shall be glass fiberboard, 6 pounds per
cubic foot density, of proper thickness to be
under compression. Where walls or partitions meet
metal deck or concrete decks, build up filler
to conform to the profile of the metal deck.
Hold filler back 1 inch from face of wall or
partition
C. ANCHORAGE TO EXISTING CONCRETE, MASONRY OR STEEL
1. Provide dovetail anchors for tying masonry
to new concrete, existing masonry, concrete
walls and structural steel columns.
2. Anchors shall be corrugated, 16 gauge,
galvanized steel, 1 inch wide and shall be
installed 16 inches o.c. vertically and
where required by special conditions. Anchors
shall extend to within 1 inch of face of masonry.
MASONRY CONSTRUCTION
04101-11
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.04 ACCESSORIES (continued)
4. For use in interior walls, fabricate long-
itudinal and cross rods form mill galvanized
wire with 0.8oz. zinc coating complying with
ASTM A-117, Class 3.
5. Truss type reinforcement shall be manufactured
from cold drawn steel wire conforming to ASTM A-82,
and shall consist of two deformed longitudinal rods
welded at 16 inch intervals in the same plane to
a continuous diagonal cross rod forming a truss
design. Longitudinal and cross rods shall be
No. 9 gauge. Width reinforcement shall be 1 1/2
inches to 2 inches less than thickness of wall
or partition. Hot dip galvanized after fabrica-
tion with 1.5 oz zinc coating complying with
ASTM A-153, Class B2.
6. Prefabricated hot dip galvanized corner and tee
sections shall be used to form continuous
reinforcement around corners, and for anchoring
abutting walls and partitions. Material in corner
and tee sections shall correspond to type of joint
reinforcement used on straight runs.
7. Joint reinforcement shall be installed in bed
joints 16 inches apart vertically. In addition
place reinforcement in the two bed joints, 8 inches
apart, immediately above and below openings, extending
at minimum of 3 feet beyond the opening. Prior to
placing, reinforcement shall be cleaned of all rust,
dirt or other coating which may reduce the bond.
8. Reinforcement shall be continuous, except that it
shall not pass through vertical control joints.
Joint reinforcement shall be lapped at least 6
inches at splices, including cross rods. Do not
place reinforcement in the same joint in which
composite flashing occurs.
9. Ties for interior work shall be made of 3/16"
cold drawn steel wire, formed in a rectangular
shape, 2 inches wide by 8 inches and shall be hot
dip galvanized after fabrication. Provide interior
ties wherever double masonry wythes occur; also
at all 45 degree bends and intersections.
MASONRY CONSTRUCTION
04101-10
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2 . 02 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS (continued)
b. Handling of Units:
1) Units stored at the site shall be
kept under cover so that the moisture
content of the units when laid will
not exceed 35 percent of total ab-
sorption as determined by laboratory
test. This requirement is important
for achieving crack-free walls.
2) Care shall be taken in handling units
on the job. Chipped or otherwise
damaged units shall not be used .in
exposed work.
2.03 CERTIFICATION
A. At the time of delivery of samples, submit to the Designer
notarized certificates from a recognized testing laboratory
certifying compliance of each type of concrete masonry units
proposed for this Project with the specification requirements
set forth hereinabove.
2.04 ACCESSORIES
A. Joint Reinforcement: Interior Walls
1. Provide joint reinforcement in all interior
concrete masonry unit walls and partitions and
shall be hot-dipped galvanized.
2. Joint reinforcement shall be manufactured from
cold-drawn steel wire conforming to ASTM A-82
and shall consist of deformed longitudinal rods
welded in the same plane to a continuous diagonal
cross rod forming a truss design. Longitudinal
and cross rods shall be No. 9 gauge. Width of
reinforcement shall be 1-1/2 in. to 2 in. less
than thickness of wall or partition. Hot dip
galvanized after fabrication with 1.5 oz. zinc
coating complying with ASTM A-153, Class B2.
3 . Joint reinforcement for walls shall have two
longitudinal rods.
MASONRY CONSTRUCTION
04101-9
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.02 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS (continued)
d. No overall dimension (width, height, or
length) shall differ by more than 1/16"
from the specified standard dimension,
except that dimensions measured to a
split-face or end shall not be held to
this tolerance.
e. Provide normal weight aggregate units.
Oven dry unit weight of concrete shall
not be less than 130 pounds per cubic
foot.
5. Fire Rated Masonry: Units for 3/4 hour and 2 hour
fire rated walls shall comply with code requirements
under Article 1.08A above.
6. Profile, Color and Texture:
a. Standard weight (Unscored) : All walls at
interior masonry units.
1) Faces shall have one section.
2) Masonry units shall be of Standard
Gray color, as manufactured by
Plastercrote Masonry Product, Inc. ,
Ideal Concrete Block, Inc. or
approved equal. Provide matchincj
special shapes as shown and required.
3) Care shall be taken in handling of
units on the job. Chipped or otherwise
damaged units shall not be used in
exposed work.
7. 100% Solid Masonry Units
a. 100% solid and single unscored masonry
units shall be moisture controlled,
lightweight concrete units conforming
to Type N-1 of ASTM C-145 for Solid
Load Bearing Concrete Masonry Units.
Aggregate shall conform to ASTM C-33.
MASONRY CONSTRUCTION
04101-8
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.02 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS (continued)
units and to such additional requirements listed
below. Where there is a conflict between the ASTM
requirements and the additional requirements set
forth in this specification, the more rigid
requirement shall govern.
2. Materials:Materials used in the manufacture
of the masonry units shall conform to ASTM C-33,
Section on "Materials", and to other pertinent
ASTM specifications referred to herein. Provide
normal weight aggregates units. Sand and gravel
aggregates shall meet the requirement of ASTM C-33.
3. Manufacturing: Masonry units shall be
manufactured in an enclosed building equipped
with molding machines capable of exerting pressure
and vibration on the mix simultaneously as molded.
All materials shall be accurately measured to insure
uniformity of product. Curing shall be done in a high
pressure of 125 psi minimum, and a temperature of 350
devrees F. minimum to produce dimensionally stable
units.
4. Physical Properties:
a. The minimum compressive strength, based
on net solid area, shall be 4000_psi in
accordance with ASTM C-140. Minimum
compressive strength of any individual
unit shall not be less than 80% of the
required three (3) unit average.
b. Water absorption shall not exceed 10
pounds per cubic foot (average of three
units) when tested in accordance with
ASTM C-140.
C. Moisture content at time of delivery to
job site shall not exceed 35% of total
absorption.
MASONRY CONSTRUCTION
04101-7
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.01 MORTAR (continued)
E. Mortar Pigments shall be of type and quality which will
not a v ersely affect workability, setting, or strength of
mortar. The pigment shall consist of chemically inert, non-
fading, alkali.-fast mineral oxides, finely ground and
specially prepared for use in cement and lime mortar.
1. Mortar pigment shall be added to the mortar of all
interior, concrete masonry unit work. Color of
mortar shall closely match color of masonry
walls and shall be approved by the Designer.
F. Mortar Color shall be as manufactured by Solomon Grind-
Chem Service, Inc. , Riverton, Medusa or equal, as selected by
the Designer and approved on the sample wall.
G. Waterproof ingt Additive shall be Omicron Mortarproofing
by the Master Builders Co. , Mortartite by the Lambert Corp. ,
Mortarplast by the Reiss Co. , or approved equal, and shall be
used in accordance with manufacturer's directions.
1. Waterproofing additive shall be added to the
mortar of all exterior masonry wythes.
2 .02 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS
A. Types of Masonry Units: Masonry units shall be
provided on the following types:
1. Standard weight (no score) concrete masonry
units for all new interior work as indicated
on the Drawings. (See 1.02A.12)
Nominal face size of units shall be 8 inches by 16 inches.
Thickness shall be as shown. Provide special shape units required
by the Drawings or to meet job conditions.
B. STANDARD WEIGHT MASONRY UNITS
1. Classification: Standard weight unscored units
shall be moisture controlled, normal weight concrete
units conforming to Grade N, Type 1, ASTM C-145-71
for solid load-bearing concrete masonry units and
ASTM C-90 for hollow load-bearing concrete masonry
MASONRY CONSTRUCTION
04101-6
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
,ow Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.08 INSTALLATION CONDITIONS (Continued)
any conditions exist which he considers detrimental to the proper
and expeditious completion of his work. Starting of work will be
construed as acceptance of installation conditions.
B. The Contractor shall verify all dimensions in the field,
and shall coordinate and schedule the work of this Section
with the work under related Sections which will be built into
masonry. Anchors, hangers, lintels, frames, access doors,
metal work occurring in masonry walls and partitions shall be
built in accordance with the Contract Drawings, templates,
and/or instructions of the respective trades.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MORTAR
A. Cement shall be an American Portland cement conforming
to ASTM C-150, Type 1.
1. Cement for mortar in all standard weight interior
unscored concrete masonry unit construction shall
be light colored as approved by the Designer.
2. For exterior masonry, the cement shall fulfill the
further requirements that it shall exhibit no
efflorescence when cast into the form of 2 in. by 7
in. by 1/2 in. slabs comprising the cement under
test, Ottawa plastic mortar sand and distilled water
(in proportions 1:2 by weight, with water added to
produce 100% flow) and subjected to a 7-day "wick
test" in general conformity with the methods
described in ASTM C-67.
B. Lime shall be plastic hydrate conforming to ASTM C-207,
Type S (only) .
C. Sand shall be clean, washed, uniformly well-graded masonry
sand conforming to the requirements of ASTM C-144 with the
further requirement that the fineness modulus shall be
maintained at 2.25 plus/minus 0. 10. Sand shall be from a
single source meeting these requirements and as approved by
the Designer after laboratory test. Source of supply shall
not be changed during the course of the job without written
consent of the Designer and reimbursement of the Owner for
test involved.
D. Water shall be potable and free of injurious contaminants.
MASONRY CONSTRUCTION
04101-5
AAI W*
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
00K Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.06 SAMPLE MATERIAL PANELS (Continued)
materials to permit testing, evaluation and checking by the
Designer and the testing laboratory. The Contractor shall,
at the option of the Designer , take him to see a previously
completed installation of the masonry units proposed for use
on this project.
B. The Contractor shall erect the following sample masonry
wall panels at the job site, where directed. Panels shall be
six feet long by four feet high, and after approval shall be
kept covered and intact until completion of the work.
C. Erect at the job site one sample panel of each type of
interior masonry walls for the Designer's approval. Sample
panel shall be 4 ft. high by 6 ft. long and shall show selected
exterior and interior units, color of mortar, joint reinforcement,
and workmanship. Construct masonry to conform to approved panel.
Remove panel when directed by the Designer.
1.07 TESTING AND INSPECTION
A. Testing and inspection of mortar materials shall be
performed by a testing laboratory selected and paid by the Owner.
B. No mortar materials shall be used on the work without prior
test and written approval of the testing engineer and Designer.
Materials shall be submitted to the testing laboratory at least
three weeks, and preferably five weeks, in advance of proposed
first use in the structure for subjection to the prescribed
basic acceptance test and determination of basic mixtures.
C. At the start of field operations, and periodically during
the course of the work, the laboratory may check tests of
mortar materials to assure compatibility with these
specifications and the originally approved samples. Number
and frequency of tests shall be determined by the Architect.
1.07 FIRE-RATED MASONRY
A. Wherever a fire-resistance classification is shown on the
Drawings for unit masonry construction, comply with the require-
ments for materials and construction of the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts State Building Code, 5th Edition as Amended.
1.08 INSTALLATION CONDITIONS
A. The Contractor shall examine all surfaces to which his work
is to be applied and shall notify the Designer in writing if
MASONRY CONSTRUCTION
04101-4
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK (Continued)
11. Repointing of all existing mortar joints in existing
concrete masonry construction as required at the
abutment of new construction.
12 . Installation of all concrete grout and vertical
reinforcing steel in all masonry unit construction
at interior walls as indicated on the Drawings
and/or as specified.
1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Furnishing only of all reinforcing steel for lintel block
and vertical wall reinforcing as specified under Section 03300.
B. Furnishing of all loose steel angles and steel components
built into masonry as specified under Section 05101 Miscellaneous
and Ornamental Iron, and Section 11190 Detention Wall/Sliding
Door Systems.
1.04 STORAGE
A. All materials shall be delivered, stored, and handled so
as to protect them from wetting, staining, chipping and any
other damage. Store cement, lime and similar perishable
materials in watertight sheds with elevated floors. Store
concrete masonry units off the ground and under watertight
covers. Materials showing evidence of water and other damage
shall not be used.
1.05 SAMPLES
A. Submit samples of the following to the Designer for
approval in accordance with Section 01340-Submittals:
1. Concrete masonry units and special
shapes (all types) .
2. Masonry ties, anchors and accessories, each type.
3. Horizontal masonry reinforcement, each type.
4 . Chemical cleaning.
1.06 SAMPLE MATERIAL PANELS
A. Before material deliveries to the job site, labeled
samples representative of each kind and type of material
proposed for use under this Section shall be submitted for
the approval of the Designer. Submissions shall be made a
minimum of two weeks in advance of the time for ordering
MASONRY CONSTRUCTION
04101-3
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No. l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The work under this Section consists of furnishing and
installing all masonry work as shown on the Drawings, Room
Finish Schedules, and as specified herein, and includes, but
is not limited to, the following:
1. Masonry accessories.
2. Provide all horizontal and vertical masonry
reinforcing, ties, anchors and accessories.
3. Compressible filler at the sides and top of all
concrete masonry unit work as shown on the Drawings
and as specified herein.
4. All interior partitions, masonry bearing walls
and walls as indicated on Drawings shall be
constructed of standard weight unscored concrete
masonry units with a tooled concave mortar joint,
and laid in a running bond pattern.
5. All special shapes of interior standard weight
unscored masonry units as shown or as required. -
6. Mortar color for all interior standard weight
Oak unscored concrete masonry units shall be of a
standard color as selected by the Designer to
match masonry.
7. Installation only of all loose steel lintels
supplied under Section 05101 Miscellaneous and
Ornamental Iron.
B. Installation of all concrete grout and reinforcing
steel at all lintel block and vertical wall
reinforcing as shown on the Drawings and as
specified herein.
9. All other items of masonry work shown, specified,
or reasonably inferred to make the work of this
Section complete.
10. All staging and hoisting equipment required for
the proper execution of the work under this Section
shall be furnished, installed, maintained and
removed by this Subcontractor.
MASONRY CONSTRUCTION
04101-2
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
SECTION 04101
MASONRY CONSTRUCTION
(Filed Sub-Bid Required)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS
and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which are
hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications.
B. Time, Manner and Requirements for Submitting Sub-Bids:
1. Sub-bids for work under this Section shall be for the
complete work and shall be filed in a sealed envelope
with the Division of Capital Planning and Operations at
a time and place as stipulated in the "NOTICE TO
CONTRACTORS."
The following shall appear on the upper left hand
corner of the envelope:
NAME OF SUB-BIDDER:
MASS.STATE PROJECT: CONTRACT NO.
SUB-BID FOR SECTION:
(No. and Title of Section
2. Each sub-bid submitted for work under this Section shall
be on forms furnished by the Division of Capital Planning
and Operations, as required by Section 44F of Chapter 149
of the General Laws, as amended. Sub-bid forms may be
obtained at the office of the Division of Capital Planning
and Operations, or may be obtained by written or telephone
request (phone (617) 727-4003) .
3 . Sub-bids filed with the Division of Capital Planning and
Operations shall be accompanied by a BID BOND or CASH or
CERTIFIED CHECK or a TREASURER'S or CASHIER'S CHECK
issued by a responsible bank or trust company payable to
the Commonwealth of Massachusetts in the amount of five
percent of the bid. A sub-bid accompanied by any other
form of bid deposit than those specified will be rejected.
C. SUB-SUB BID REQUIREMENTS: NONE REQUIRED UNDER THIS SECTION.
MASONRY CONSTRUCTION
04101-1
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
AM Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
4.02 REMOVAL AND PREPARATION OF EXISTING WORK (continued)
B. Work under this Section includes the responsibility to
inspect all installation conditions and request the General
Contractor to correct any conditions which may affect the
work under this Section adversely.
4.03 ALTERATION WORK INCLUDED UNDER THIS SECTION
A. Work required under this Section, relating to Repair Work,
includes the following:
1. Patch and repair all materials normally installed
under this Section which have been affected by
alterations or removal of existing work. All
alteration work shall be similar to new work as
specified under this Section.
2. Salvage of demolished areas of face brick, and
using same for repair and replacement for recon-
struction work.
CONCRETE
03300-13
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3.10 VAPOR BARRIER (continued)
B. Apply vapor barrier parallel with the direction of the
concrete pour. Lap and seal all joints to a minimum width of
6" with adhesive provided by the vapor barrier manufacturer.
Insure that the vapor barrier lies flat against sides and
bottom of wall footing trenches. Carry vapor barrier into
slab recess at perimeter. Trim vapor barrier to fit neatly
around column bases, seal to concrete footings for a minimum
of 6" around base.
C. Do not damage the vapor barrier at any time, repair any
accidental punctures with a patch of the same material
extending a minimum of 6" in all directions, and sealed as
specified. Provide a 3" sand layer on top of vapor barrier -
adjust sub-grade to compensate.
3. 11 CUTTING OF HOLES
A. Cut holes required by other trades in cast-in-place concrete
which did not receive sleeves. Use a core drilling process or
sawing process which produces clean sharp edges and the minimum
hole size which accommodates the piping, conduit, or equipment
O""'"" requiring the opening.
B. Obtain approval of Designer before cutting any holes which
were omitted for any trades.
3. 12 NON-SHRINK GROUT
A. Grout solid all column leveling plates in accordance with
manufacturer's specifications.
PART 4 - REPAIR WORK
4.01 EXAMINATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS
A. Prior to ordering and delivery of new products or materials
required for installation or application in the existing building
as work under this Section, examine existing conditions affecting
work under this Section.
CONCRETE
03300-12
Avk
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3.07 FLOOR AND OTHER FLATWORK FINISHES
A. Use a "troweled finish" except a wood float finish shall be
used where epoxy flooring is to be installed and where noted
otherwise, including tops of exposed walls.
B. Finished surface of all concrete floor surfaces shall not
vary more than 1/8" when measured by a 10'-0" straight edge.
Leveling of the slab by the Contractor to this tolerance for
resilient flooring will be allowed by machine grinding or the
use of latex type underlayment, or both, as approved by
Designer.
3.08 CURING AND PROTECTION
A. Protect newly placed concrete against low and high temperature
effects and against rapid loss of moisture. Moist cure all
concrete for at least seven days at a temperature of at least
50 degrees F. by curing methods approved by the Designer.
B. Vertical or near vertical surfaces may be cured by maintaining
wood forms continuously wet during curing period, by wrapping
with continuous .006" polyethylene with taped joints or as
approved by the Designer.
C. Floor surfaces after hardening sufficiently to prevent damage,
and normally within several hours after final troweling, shall be
treated with floor sealer in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations except where resilient flooring, epoxy flooring,
or carpeting is to occur or as approved by the Designer.
3.09 ACCEPTANCE
A. When the tests on control specimens of concrete fall below
the required strength, the Designer shall have the right to
require at the Contractor's expense mix redesign, load tests
and/or strengthening as directed and/or removal and replacement
of those parts of the structure in which such concrete was used.
3 . 10 VAPOR BARRIER
A. Apply vapor barrier under all slabs-on-grade after
insuring that gravel subbase is level and well compacted.
CONCRETE
03300-11
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3. 06 PLACING(continued)
C. In hot weather, all concreting shall be done in accordance
with ACI 605 "Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting".
D. In cold weather, all concreting shall be done in accordance
with ACI 306 "Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting".
E. Conveying - Concrete shall be handled from the mixer to
the place of final deposit as rapidly as practicable by methods
which will prevent separation or loss of ingredients and in a
manner which will prevent separation or loss of ingredients and
in a manner which will assure that the required quality of the
concrete is retained.
F. Depositing - Delivery and placement of concrete shall be
programmed so that the time lapse between batching and placement
shall not exceed 1-1/2 hours. Concrete shall be deposited as
nearly as practicable in its final position to avoid segregation
due to rehandling or flowing.
G. Concrete shall be deposited continuously, in horizontal layers
of such thickness (not deeper than 18 inches) that no concrete
will be deposited on concrete which has hardened sufficiently to
cause the formation of seams or planes or weakness within the
section. Placing shall be carried out at such a rate that the
concrete which is being integrated with fresh concrete is still
plastic. Concrete which has partially hardened or has been
contaminated by foreign materials shall not be deposited.
H. Concrete shall be compacted thoroughly by vibrating to produce
a dense, homogeneous mass without voids or pockets. Vibrators
should be placed in concrete rapidly so as to penetrate
approximately 3 inch to 4 inch into the preceding lift so as
to blend the 2 layers. Vibrating techniques must assure that
when the coarse aggregate reaches the form, it stops and the
matrix fills the voids.
I. Patching - Areas to be patched shall not exceed 1.5 square
feet for each 1000 square feet of surface area. Patches shall
match, in every respect, the color and texture of the surrounding
surfaces. Mix formulation shall be determined by trial to obtain
a color match when both the patch and surrounding concrete are
cured and dry. After initial set, surfaces of patches shall be
textured manually to obtain match with the surrounding surfaces.
All patches are subiect to Designer's final acceptance as to
appearance and quality.
Concrete
03300-10
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
,ems Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3.02 MIXING PROCESS
A. Ready-mixed concrete shall be mixed and transported in
accordance with "Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete" ASTM
C94, Alt. #3 and ACI Standard 614, "Recommended Practice for
Measuring, Mixing and Placing Concrete".
3.03 REINFORCING
A. Reinforcing shall be securely tied and supported to
maintain proper spacing and cover during placing operations.
B. Form oil will not be allowed to contact reinforcing steel.
C. Erect additional reinforcing around openings in the concrete
work as specified on the Contract Drawings whether or not this
additional reinforcing is shown on the Reinforcing Shop Drawings.
3.04 EMBEDDED ITEMS
A. Coordinate the installation of all inserts required by
other trades. Such inserts normally are to be in place prior
to the placing of reinforcing steel.
B. Place all anchor bolts to correct location and elevation.
3.05 JOINTS
A. Provide construction joints as shown on the Drawings, but
in any case, limit the maximum dimensions for placement of
concrete in any one pour as follows:
1. Slabs-on-grade: See Plans
B. Construction joint shall be formed with keyed bulkheads.
Reinforcement shall continue through the joint, and additional
reinforcement shall be placed as indicated on Drawings.
3.06 PLACING
A. Notify Designer at least 24 hours prior to each placement.
B. Do not place concrete until soil bottoms, reinforcing steel,
and inserts, sleeves and other work to be built into the concrete
have been inspected and approved by the Designer and by all trades
concerned.
CONCRETE
03300-9
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.03, CONCRETE MIXTURES (continued)
D. Slump of concrete:
1. Pavements, slab-on-grade
and elevated slab: 3 inches
2. Reinforced walls,
piers and footings 4 inches
E. Premix admixtures in solution form and dispense as recommended
by the manufacturer. Include the water in the solution in the
design water content of the mixtures.
F. If a pumping process is utilized to convey concrete, established
concrete mixtures may require increased proportions of cement and
fine aggregate and a decreased proportion of coarse aggregate, but
these mixtures may not be altered more than:
Cement plus 20 lbs./cu. yd.
Fine Aggregate plus 50 lbs./cu. yd.
Coarse Aggregate minus 50 lbs./cu. yd.
0^ Provided that strength requirements are still maintained
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 FORMING
A. Acceptable tolerances shall be specified in ACI Standard
347, "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork".
B. Forms shall be constructed to conform to shapes, lines, and
dimensions shown, plumb and straight and shall be maintained
sufficiently rigid to prevent deformation under load. Forms shall
be sufficiently tight to prevent the leakage of grout. Securely
brace and shore forms to prevent displacement and to safely
support the construction loads.
C. Treat forms prior to placing of reinforcing steel or other
embedments with a form release agent applied according to
the manufacturer's instructions, by roller, brush or spray to
produce a uniform thin film without bubbles or streaks. Apply
the release agent in two coats for the first use of the form and
in one coat for each additional use.
CONCRETE
03300-8
Awk
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.02 STORAGE OF MATERIALS (continued)
B. Cement and aggregates shall be stored in such a manner as
to prevent deterioration or intrusion of foreign matter. Any
materials which have deteriorated, or which have been damaged,
shall not be used for concrete.
C. Store reinforcement steel on wood skids to protect it from
weather, oil, earth and damage from trucking or other
construction operations. Reinforcement shall be free from
loose mill scale, rust, form oil, concrete splatter and other
extraneous coatings at the time it is embedded in the concrete.
D. All forms shall be stored in a neat manner and orderly
fashion, protected from the weather and abuse.
E. Materials which are judged not acceptable for this Project
shall not be stored on the site, but shall be immediately
removed by the site.
2.03 CONCRETE MIXTURES
A. Strength, cement and water requirements:
Design Min. Lab. Str.
q Min. Cement Max. Net
Compr. Testing Age Factor Water* gal/
Strength,_fc 7 days 28 days sacks/cu.yd. sack cement
3000 2250 3000 5.5 5.6
4000 3000 4000 6.5 5.0
* This is total water in mix at time of placement, including
free water of aggregate and liquid admixtures.
B. All concrete is "working stress type" and shall be
proportioned in accordance with ACI Standard 613 "Recommended
Practice for Selecting Proportion for Concrete. "
C. Air-entraining and water-reducing agents shall be used in
all concrete, in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed
instructions. Total air-entrained in freshly-mixed concrete
shall be 6.0% plus or minus 1.5% of volume of concrete with
required strengths maintained.
CONCRETE
03300-7
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.01 MATERIALS (continued)
3. Form Ties: Factory fabricated, removable or snap
back of approved design. Wire shall be at least
back 1-1/2" from exterior surfaces and 1" from
interior surfaces.
G. Surface Conditioners
1. Floor Sealer: "Clear Seal" by A.C. Horn Company,
"Kure-N-Seal" by Sonneborn Building Products,
Inc. , "Polyseal" by Chem Masters, or equal
approved by the Designer conforming to ASTM
C-309 Type 1.
2. Floor Hardener: "Lapidolith" by Sonneborn
Building Products, Inc. , "Hornolith" by
A. C. Horn Company, "Saniseal 50" by Master
Builders Company or equal approved by the Designer.
H. Other Materials
1. Joint Filler: Where used with caulking or
sealants shall be cork type, non-extruding,
self-expanding filler strips conforming to ASTM
C1752, Type 3 and ASSHO M153, Type III as
manufactured by Celotex Corp. , W.R. Meadows,
Inc. , W.R. Grace and Company, or equal approved
by the Designer. Where no sealant or caulking
is required, strips may be non-extruding bitum-
inous type in accordance with ASTM D1751 and
ASSHO M 213.
2. Vapor Barrier: Shall be .006" Visqueen, "Gerpak"
by Monsanto, "Fendel" by Union Carbide, or equal
approved by Designer.
3. Non-Shrink Grout: Shall be non-metallic,
cementitous, 5-Star by Five Star Products, Inc. ,
or equal as approved by the Designer.
2.02 STORAGE OF MATERIALS
A. All materials shall be stored to prevent damage from the
elements and other causes.
CONCRETE
03300-6
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.01 MATERIALS (continued)
2 . Air-entraining agent: "Aerolith" by Sonneborn
Building Products, "Darex" by W.R. Grace and
Company, "MB-VR" by Master Builders Company, or
equal approved by the Designer conforming to ASTM
C260.
3. No other admixture may be used without
Designer's approval. Calcium Chloride will not
be permitted.
E. Concrete Reinforcement
1. Reinforcing steel shall conform to ASTM
Specification A-615 Grade 60.
2. Welded wire fabric shall conform to ASTM
Specification A-185. All welded wire fabric
shall be furnished in mats, not in rolls.
3. Bar supports, metal accessories and other devices
Oak necessary for proper assembly of concrete
reinforcing shall be of standard factory made
wire bar supports. All accessories shall have
approved high-density polyethylene tips so that
the metal portion shall be at least one quarter
of an inch from the form or surface. Wire for
tieing shall be 18 gauge black annealed wire
conforming to ASTM Specification A-82.
4. Poly end caps shall be used for temporary protection
of temporarily exposed ends of re-bars as safety pre-
cautions.
F. Formwork
1. Forms: Formwork material shall be exterior
"Plyform" Class 1, B-B or as approved by the Designer,
not less than 3/4" thick.
2 . Form Oil: Oil shall be of a non-staining type,
specifically manufactured for concrete forms.
CONCRETE
03300-5
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.08 NOTIFICATION OF RELATED TRADES
A. Notify all other trades responsible for installing chases,
inserts, sleeves, anchors, louvers, etc. , when ready for such
installation and for final checking immediately before concrete
is placed. Cooperate with such trades to obtain proper installation.
B. Leave openings in walls for pipes, ducts, etc. , for mechanical
and electrical work, as shown on Drawings or required by layout
of mechanical systems.
PART 2 .- PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Cement
1. Portland Cement - ASTM Specification C-150, Type II.
B. Natural Aggregate
1. Coarse Aggregate - Shall be hard, durable, uncoated
crushed stone or gravel conforming to ASTM
Specification C-33. Coarse aggregate shall pass
through sieves 3/4-inch.
2. Fine Aggregate - Shall be sand, clean, hard, durable,
uncoated grains, free from silt, loam and clay, to
meet ASTM Specification C-33.
C. Water
1. Water shall be from the local municipal supply.
D. Admixtures
1. Water-reducing agent: "Sonotard WR" by Sonneborn
Building Products, "WRDA" by W.R. Grace and Company,
"Pozzolith 100" by Master Builders Company, or equal
approved by the Designer conforming to ASTM 494 Type
A. Water-reducing agent must be by same manufacturer
as air-entraining agent.
CONCRETE
03300-4
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No. l
O"" Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.06 SAMPLES (continued)
B. Submit samples of concrete constituents for mix design,
form ties and spreaders, air entraining and water reducing
agents, and premolded joint fillers, vapor barriers and
perimeter insulation.
1.07 TESTING AND CONTROL
A. The Contractor shall retain the services of a qualified
testing agency, approved by the Designer , to test aggregate
and to prepare mix design for each strength of concrete
specified and shall submit such mix designs and test results
to the Designer for approval. The costs of all such
preliminary services shall be borne by the Contractor. All
other testing and inspection will be performed by the Owner's
testing agency.
B. A qualified testing agency for such other testing and
inspection will be selected by the Designer and shall be paid
directly by the Owner.
C. Cooperate with the testing agency's work and provide help
as required for taking and storing samples. Provide storage
facilities for concrete cylinders at the site. Facilities
must protect cylinders from effects of low or high temperatures
in cold or hot weather, respectively.
D. Accept as final results the tests made by the qualified
professional testing organization engaged by the Owner.
E. Testing required because of changes requested by the
Contractor in materials, sources of materials of mix proportions,
and extra testing of concrete or materials because of failure to
meet the Specification requirements is to be paid by the Contractor.
F. Advise the testing agency of intent to place concrete by
notification at least 24 hours prior to time of placement.
G. All materials, measuring, mixing, transportation, placing
and curing shall be subject to inspection by the Designer or
by the testing agency. However, such inspection, wherever conducted,
shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to furnish
materials and workmanship in accordance with Contract requirements,
nor shall inspector's acceptance of material or workmanship prevent
later rejection of same by the owner or Designer if defects are discover
CONCRETE
03300-3
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. The following related work shall be performed under the
designated Sections:
1. Excavation and Backfilling: Section 02200.
2. Masonry work: Section 04101 - MASONRY.
3. Sealing: Section 07900 - SEALANTS.
4. Furnishing and setting of pipe sleeves, duct
openings, keys, chases, electrical boxes and
conduits, anchors, inserts, fastenings and other
devices under respective trades.
1. 04 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) : Listed
Standards.
B. American Concrete Institute (ACI) : Listed Standards.
1.05 SHOP AND ERECTION DRAWINGS
A. Submit Shop and Erection Drawings and manufacturer's data
for Designer 's approval as required by Section 01340
-SUBMITTALS.
B. Provide Shop Drawings for fabricating and placing reinforcing
steel. Show all required information for cutting, bending and
placing reinforcing bars and show all accessories and support
bars on placing drawings. Indicate suitable marks for placing bars.
C. Fabrication of any material or performing of any work prior
to the final approval of the Shop Drawings will be entirely at
the risk of the Contractor.
D. The Contractor is responsible for furnishing and installing
materials called for in Contract Documents, even though these
materials may have been omitted from approved Shop Drawings.
1.06 SAMPLES
A. Submit samples of all materials to the Designer for approval
in accordance with Section 01340 - SUBMITTALS.
CONCRETE
03300-2
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
SECTION 03300
CONCRETE
PART 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS
and all Sections within DIVISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which
are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The Work under this Section consists of all concrete work
as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein, and includes
but is not limited to the following:
1. Furnishing, placing, curing and finishing of all
plain and reinforced concrete work.
2. Design, furnishing, erection and removal of formwork,
shoring, bracing and supports.
3. Furnishing and placing of reinforcing steel and
related accessories.
4. Furnishing and installation of vapor barrier under
all slabs on grade.
5. Furnishing and installation of joint fillers.
6. Setting of anchor bolts and grouting of leveling
plates.
7. Coordinate with all other trades for location of all
pipe sleeves, duct openings, keys, chases, electrical
boxes and conduits, anchors, inserts, fastenings and
other devices required by other trades.
8. Furnishing of reinforcing steel for Masonry
Construction Section 04101.
CONCRETE
03300-1
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
•
m
O
�Q Fig
o
z
G '
M •
semi
Los�ffe�ws�:�=J
Aww
•
■
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
cleaned and decontaminated, including all light
fixtures, HVAC systems, books, personal items, etc. ,
to the satisfaction of the Owner's Representative.
B. Owner's Representative's will provide air monitoring during
and after clean-up operations are completed. Owner's
Representative shall perform air sampling and surface dust
sampling to ensure that all asbestos fibers have been
removed from the area. Airborne concentrations shall not
exceed .01 fibers/cc of air when analyzed by NIOSH 7400.
The Owner's Representative may also elect to analyze air
samples via Transmission Electron Microscopy. Under this
method the concentration of asbestos fibers shall not exceed
.01 fibers/cc. Should analysis show concentrations above
this level or surface dust samples reveal the presence of
asbestos, the Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall be required to_
reclean the entire work area until it meets with the
standards listed herein.
3.19 WORE AREA @KETCHES
Awk
Refer to the sketch on the next page.
- 1
l
Asbestos Abatement
02055-64
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
E. If Air Quality Monitoring results are not in compliance, all
steps for final cleaning shall be repeated by the Asbestos
Sub-Contractor, until compliance is obtained. The cost of
additional testing required to determine compliance shall be
charged to the Asbestos Sub-Contractor.
3.18 MUMGZNCY CLEAN-UP OF CONTAXINATED AREAS
A. The following procedures shall be utilized by the Asbestos
Sub-Contractor during any situation considered by the
Owner's Representative to be of an emergency nature:
1. Affected areas shall be evacuated by and at the
direction of the Owner's Representative or User
Agency.
2. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall respond immediately to
the directions of the Owner's Representative. _
3. Personnel entering the affected area shall be required
to wear full body and respiratory protection as
described in these specifications.
4. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall seal off the area by
closing all doors and posting warning signs along the
perimeter of the area.
5. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall install portable AFD's
in the affected area to continuously scrub clean the
air during clean-up operations. Location of the
exhaust shall be approved by the Owner's
Representative.
6. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall immediately mobilize and
operate continuously one Water Atomizer Device per
every 10,000 cubic feet of the affected area
throughout the duration of the emergency cleanup
operations, as directed by the Owner's Representative.
7. The entire area shall be cleaned via HEPA vacuum with
a soft brush and wet wiping techniques starting from
the uppermost area(s) and working down to ground evel.
items in the affected area are to be thoroughly
Asbestos Abatement
02055-63
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
** Northampton Superior Courthouse
2. Asbestos Sub-Contractor to conduct this work with
personnel protective equipment;
3. Asbestos Sub-Contractor to utilize HEPA vacuuming/wet-
wiping techniques to cleanup any miscellaneous
asbestos encountered or dislodged during this
activity;
4. Owner's Representative's may conduct air sampling to
monitor this work.
C. The following steps may be performed without utilizing
protective clothing:
1. After the Work Area is found to be in compliance, the
following tasks shall be performed by the Asbestos
Sub-Contractor:
a. Plastic sheeting, tape and other debris shall be
disposed of in sealable plastic bags labeled as
contaminated waste;
b. Walls, floors, trim, millwork, doors, furniture or
other items damaged during the work shall be
repaired and refinished to match the existing
materials;
c. Woodwork, trim, floor, furniture, and plumbing
fixtures shall be cleaned;
d. Cloths and sponges used in the cleaning operation
shall be disposed of as contaminated waste;
e. There shall be no residue left ,on floors or other
surfaces.
D. After the work described above is completed, the Owner's
Representative will monitor the air quality to determine
continued compliance.
Asbestos Abatement
02055-62
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3. All AFD's, flex duct and AVM's in the work area shall
have all plastic sheeting removed and they shall be
thoroughly cleaned utilizing HEPA vacuum and wet-
wiping techniques
4. Plastic used to maintain critical barriers between
work areas and clean areas such as those in doorways,
windows and air vents shall be sprayed with sealant,
but not removed until monitoring is completed and
satisfactory results have been obtained.
5. After completion of the cleaning operations the
Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall:
a. notify the Owner's Representative when a cleanup
inspection can be performed to identify that all
asbestos has been removed and the area is dust
free. Prior to the Owner's Representative _
performing a visual inspection, the Asbestos Sub-
Contractor shall provide portable electrical light
sources of sufficient intensity (300 watt minimum)
and adequate to reach all areas, in order to enable
the person to adequately inspect the entire work
area*
b. request air monitoring within 48 hours to determine
the amount of asbestos in the air.
6. Air monitoring results must be maintained as indicated
in the Specification.
7. If the test results exceed the limits specified,
clean-up and testing shall be repeated until
compliance is achieved, at no additional cost to the
Owner.
B. Following clearance, dismantling of the decontamination unit
and/or critical barriers is to be conducted in a controlled
fashion. The following controls are to be utilized:
1. Dismantling to be coordinated with the Owner's
Representative;
,40h, Asbestos Abatement
02055-61
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall provide the Owner's
Representative with signed copies of the waste manifest
before each departure.
H. The Asbestos Sub-Contractor and his registered hazardous
waste hauler shall transport Asbestos-Containing Waste
Material from the abatement site directly to the specified
disposal site. The Asbestos Sub-Contractor or his waste
hauler shall not accept material from any other site when
transporting Asbestos-Containing Waste Material from the
abatement site. The Owner reserves the right to travel with
the Asbestos Sub-Contractor's waste hauler to the waste
disposal site. No intermediate storage of waste material
(i.e. Asbestos Sub-Contractors warehouse) shall be
permitted.
I. Final or progress application for payments will not be
processed unless all hazardous waste manifests have been
received and reviewed by the Owner.
3.17 FINAL CLEANUP OF WORK AREA
A. The following procedures must be accomplished utilizing
protective clothing:
1. HEPA Air Filtration system shall continue to operate
to provide air changes as specified. All asbestos
material and layers of plastic sheeting, tape, etc.
shall be placed into containers and removed from Work
Area.
2. Wet clean with amended water all walls, floors,
woodwork, ceiling, electric light fixtures and other
surfaces. Allow all surfaces to dry and repeat
procedure. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall then, with
AFD's still running, agitate all surfaces with a one
(1) horsepower leaf blower and repeat cleaning
procedure. Cloths or sponges used in the cleaning
operation shall be disposed of as contaminated waste.
Asbestos Abatement
02055-60
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1. Where applicable, an EPA Generator's identification
numbers has been obtained from the EPA for all
asbestos waste generated from the project;
2. State haulers license and registration numbers;
3. Federal Hazardous Materials haulers numbers.
4. Designated landfill EPA Permit numbers.
C. All personnel engaged in handling and loading of
contaminated waste outside of the work area shall wear
protective clothing. The disposable clothing shall include
head, body and foot protection and color of clothing shall
be different from abatement personnel in the work area.
Minimum respiratory protection shall be half face, dual
cartridge, air purifying respirations with HEPA filters.
D. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall immediately clean any debris
or residue observed on containers or surfaces outside of the
work area. Cleaning shall be via HEPA equipped wet/dry
vacuums only.
E. Asbestos-containing waste shall be transported from the
abatement to the landfill by a registered waste hauler.
F. Waste transport documents shall conform to the requirements
of the U.S. Department of Transportation, Hazardous
Materials Transportation Regulation, 49 CFR Part 173.
shipping documents shall be clearly marked with the required
designation "R-Q-Asbestos". Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall
provide a copy of this document to the owner's
Representative.
G. A uniform hazardous waste manifest shall be prepared by the
Asbestos Sub-Contractor and signed by the Asbestos Sub-
Contractor each time the Asbestos Sub-Contractor ships a
dumpster load of Asbestos-Containing Waste Material. The
uniform hazardous waste manifest shall include the names and
addresses of the Transporter, the Asbestos Sub-Contractor,
and the landfill operator with information on the type and
number of asbestos-waste containers, time and date. The
Asbestos Abatement
02055-59
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
Minimum respiratory protection shall be half face, dual
cartridge, air purifying respirators with HEPA filters.
workers shall remove their protective clothing at the
disposal site, place it in labeled disposal bags and leave
them with the deposited waste shipment.
H. For the compaction operation, the Asbestos Sub-Contractor
shall ensure that disposal sites personnel have been
provided with personal protective equipment by the disposal
operator. If the disposal site Owner has not provided this
protective equipment, the Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall
supply protective clothing and respiratory protection for
the duration of this operation (PAPRs are mandatory) .
I. If containers are broken or damaged, the Asbestos Sub-
Contractor or waste hauler shall, using personnel who are
properly trained and wearing proper protective equipment,
repackage the waste in properly labelled containers. The
Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall then clean the entire truck
and its contents using HEPA equipped Vacuums and wet wiping
cleaning techniques until no visible residue is observed.
J. Following the removal of all containerized waste, the
Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall decontaminate the truck cargo
area using HEPA Vacuums and/or wet wiping techniques until
no residue is observed. Six mil. polyethylene sheeting
shall be removed and discarded as Asbestos-Containing waste
material along with contaminated cleaning material and
protective clothing, in containers at the disposal site.
3.16 TRANSPORTATION OF CONTAMINATED WASTE
A. Asbestos materials shall be prepared for transportation in
accordance with this specification and all applicable
Federal, State, County and City Regulations including DEP
Regulations 310 CMR 18.0 and 19.0, MDLI Regulations, and
U.S. Department of Transportation Regulations 49 CFR Parts
172 and 173.
B. The Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall submit the following
documentation to the Owner's Representative:
" Asbestos Abatement
02055-58
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
be constantly attended by the driver. Truck shall be
removed from the site at the end of each shift. All
required permits shall be obtained by the Asbestos Sub-
Contractor.
3.15 DISPOSAL OF ASBESTOS WA$TZ
A. Asbestos materials, wastes, shower water, plastic,
disposable equipment and supplies shall be disposed of as
contaminated waste, in accordance with the EPA regulation 40
CFR, Section 61.152-61.156 and DEP Regulations 310 CMR 18.00
and 19.00 and the specification.
B. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall transport all contaminated
waste to a sanitary landfill disposal site approved by the
Applicable State Agency of Environmental Protection and the
EPA. Transportation shall be performed by a State
registered waste hauler.
C. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall notify the waste disposal
site, at least 24 hours prior to transportation of
contaminated waste to be delivered. The Asbestos Sub-
Contractor shall determine if a longer notification period
is required.
D. At the site the Asbestos Sub-Contractors or waste haulers
trucks shall approach the dump location as close as possible
for unloading- asbestos waste. Containers shall be carefully
placed in the ground. - Do not -throw containers from truck.
E. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall inspect containers as they are
unloaded at the disposal site. Material in damaged
containers shall be repacked in empty containers, as
necessary.
F. Asbestos Sub-Contractor or waste hauler shall not remove
Asbestos-Containing Waste Material from drums unless
required to do so by the disposal site User Agency. Used
drums shall be disposed of as Asbestos-Contaminated Waste.
G. Personnel engaged in unloading of the containers at the
waste site shall wear protective clothing. The disposable
clothing shall include head, body and foot protection.
Asbestos Abatement
02055-57
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1. The Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall double bag waste
material utilizing 6 mil. polyethylene bags. Bags
shall not be overfilled. Air within the bags shall be
evacuated with a HEPA filter equipped vacuum. The
seal at the top of the bags shall be accomplished by
twisting the open end and then tying an overhead knot
in the twisted material. Do not seal bags with cord
or wire. Bags shall -be placed in steel or fiber drums
and sealed with locking ring tops.
2. Contaminated material -containing sharp-edged items
such as metal lath, metal- ductwork, screws, ceiling
grid and vinyl asbestos tile etc. shall be cut to size
while adequately wet, placed in plastic bag lined
boxes. Seal bag, close and seal box. Place box in a
labeled plastic bag or tightly wrap and seal box in
plastic sheeting. .
3. Large sized contaminated material such as transite
panels which have been removed intact may be wrapped
in two layers of 6 mil. polyethylene sheeting and
secured with duct tape. The wrapped material must be
sealed air and water tight. Required warning labels
shall be applied to outside of plastic sheeting.
4. Disposal drums shall be constructed out of metal or
plastic-lined fiberboard with locking ring tops.
5. Bags and drums shall be marked with a pre-printed
label as prescribed by Section 61.152 (b) (11( iv) of
the EPA regulations; by section 29 CFR 1926.58 (k) (2)
of the OSHA regulations and by 49 CFR Parts 171 and
172 of the Department of Transportation regulations.
G. The removal of non-contaminated construction debris and
contaminated waste shall be approved by Owner's
Representative under and alternate waste removal method.
H. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall position his waste truck in
locations approved by the User Agency. Truck shall be
positioned during asbestos removal working hours and shall
Asbestos Abatement
02055-56
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
H. Plastic sheeting used to protect floors and walls shall be
carefully removed and rolled up with the contaminated
portion inside, and packaged for disposal.
I. Final cleanup of work area may commence.
3.14 RZKOVAL AND sTORAQE OF CONTAKINATED WASTE
A. Routes through the building, elevators, stairways, etc. to
be used for the transportation of contaminated wastes to the
storage area shall be at the direction of the User Agency.
B. Waste shall be transported through the building in enclosed
vehicles (handtruck, cart, etc.) which shall be lined with
one layer of 6 mil. polyethylene sheeting.
C. Contaminated waste shall be disposed of at the end of each
work shift or at a time coordinated with the Owner's
Representative. At no time shall random removal of
contaminated waste from the work site be- allowed.
D. No materials shall be thrown from windows or doors of
buildings. Building waste system shall NOT be used to
remove any of the Asbestos Sub-Contractor's debris.
E. Debris shall be removed from the site daily. Premises shall
be left neat and clean after each work shift, so that
businesses may proceed the next regular workday without
interruption.
F. Federal Regulations, 40 CFR 61.152 (b) (1) (iii) 13rescribes
a leak-tight container, the integrity of which is the
Asbestos Sub-Contractor's responsibility until after
deposition at a sanitary landfill which is run in accordance
with 40 CFR 61.156. Therefore, caution must be used in the
choice of container types and consideration given to the
method of unloading at the landfill. Asbestos and asbestos-
contaminated wastes such as ceiling tiles, contaminated
plastic sheeting, disposable respirators and clothing shall
be packaged and sealed in leak-proof containers.
Asbestos Abatement
02055-55
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2. Workers on the contaminated side shall then pass the
drums/equipment out through the airlock to "clean"
workers wearing disposable suits and proper
respiratory protection.
C. After completion of this removal phase (stripping) , surfaces
from which asbestos has been removed shall be scrubbed using
nylon or bristle brushes and wet sponges or cleaned by an
equivalent method to remove visible asbestos-containing
material. During this work the surfaces being cleaned shall _
be kept wet using amended water. Disposable equipment shall
be packaged for disposal. Containers shall be washed with
amended water and shall have exterior particulate matter
removed prior to removal from the contaminated area.
D. Prior to the application- of any sealant material and after
asbestos material has been removed the Owner's
Representative will perform a pre-sealant inspection. The
Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall notify the Owner's
• Representative 24 hours prior to the time the work will be
ready for inspection.
E. When asbestos removal is completed, to the satisfaction of
the owner's Representative, the locations from which
asbestos has been removed shall be sprayed or painted with
one coat of a bridging sealant. The surfaces to be coated
shall also include all 6 mil. plastic sheeting that has been
used on walls, floors, fixtures and equipment. Rough or
corrugated edges which remain, such as in locations where a
pipe insulation enters a wall, shall receive a heavy layer
of sealant which shall be "buttered" on. Asbestoi-
containing pipe insulation shall be removed from the pipe as
far as can be accessed by the Asbestos Sub-Contractor.
F. Accessory equipment shall be moved to the Equipment Room and
decontaminated for removal.
G. Free water in contaminated area shall be retrieved and
placed in plastic-lined leak-tight drums or filtered through
5 micron filters. The filtered water may be recycled for
use as a wetting agent or disposed to a sanitary drain.
Asbestos Abatement
02055-54
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
during removal. Saturate the material sufficiently to
prevent emission of airborne fibers in excess of the
exposure limits prescribed in the OSHA regulations.
The wetted or amended water shall be sprayed on as
many times and as often as necessary to ensure that
the asbestos material is adequately wetted throughout
(especially that asbestos nearest the substrate) to
prevent dust emission as specified in the OSHA
regulations. Water should not be applied in amounts
that will cause run-off or leakage of the water from
the Work Area.
3. Removal of the asbestos material shall be done in
small sections by two person teams, on staging
platforms if needed. As a method of organizing the
asbestos removal work, workers shall begin working on
the area nearest to the decontamination unit and work
towards the air filtration units.
4. Asbestos-containing material located more than 15 feet
above the floor shall be dropped into inclined chutes,
or dropped onto scaffolding, or contained at that
height for eventual disposal. Asbestos-containing
materials shall not be dropped or thrown to the floor
from 15 feet or greater. For materials located at
heights greater than 40 feet above the floor, a dust-
tight, enclosed chute shall be constructed to
transport removed material directly to containers
located on the floor.
5. The wet material which has been removed shall be
packed and sealed into containers.
B. Asbestos and asbestos-contaminated waste shall be properly
packaged. Packaged waste and large equipment shall pass
through the waste removal chamber. During waste removal the
following procedures shall be employed:
1. Workers on the contaminated side shall clean the
outside of the bags or drums and equipment in the
equipment room with HEPA vacuum and wet wiping
techniques. Workers shall then place cleaned bag
inside a second bag prior to being passed into a
"clean" area.
olk Asbestos Abatement
02055-53
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
E. Inspections and observations shall be documented in the
daily project log by the Asbestos Sub-Contractor's competent
person.
3.12 WWTE TRANSFER CHAN—BE"
A. The personal decontamination facility shall function as .the
waste transfer chamber.,
3.13 XZftOD OF ASBEST08 REMOVAL
A. Following total isolation, protection and Owner's
Representative's authorization to proceed, the removal work
shall proceed in the following-sequence:
1. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall install Water Atomizer
Devices (WAD) within the Work Area and operate WAD's
during all removal operations.
a. WAD(s) shall be situated within a ten foot radius
of any asbestos removal work or there shall be no
less than one WAD per every 10,000 cu. ft. of work
area.
b. WAD(s) shall be supplied with sufficient amended
water to ensure continuous and uninterrupted
operation throughout the duration of asbestos
removal work.
c. WAD(s) shall not be shut down until all removal
work -is completed and until initial cleaning is
performed to the satisfaction of the Owner's
Representative.
d. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall 13rovide for
additional WADS as necessary to be utilized as
standby units in the event of breakdown or
contamination outside of the containment area.
2. Asbestos materials shall be sprayed with water
containing a wetting agent to enhance penetration
(amended water) . A fine low pressure spray of this
solution shall be applied to reduce fiber disturbance
Asbestos Abatement
02055-52
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
K. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall be responsible for assigning a
worker to collect-contaminated respirators, clean them, and
re-filter them after each use.
L. Everyone entering the work area must follow this procedure
completely every.-time he/she enters and -leaves the work
area.
H. The Asbestos Sub-Contractor, in order..to prevent
contamination of the environment, shall be responsible for
controlling access at the Work Site and shall maintain a
daily,log of personnel- entering and leaving the Work Area.
N. The personnel decontamination facility shall be wet
cleaned/HEPA vacuumed, as appropriate, after each shift
change and meal break.
3.11 1+AIRPMMNCE OF DBCON M INNATION ENCLOSURE BYSTBMB AND
HARRIERS
0^ A. All polyethylene- barriers inside the work place and
partitions constructed to isolate the work area from
occupied areas shall be inspected by the Asbestos Sub-
Contractor's competent person at least twice per shift.
B. Smoke tubes shall be used to test the integrity of the work
area barriers, the transfer chamber, and the blanks -of the
HVAC system daily before abatement activity begins and at
the end of each shift. -
C. Damage and defects in the decontamination enclosure system
shall be repaired immediately upon discovery.
D. At any time during the abatement activity, if visible
emissions are observed, or elevated asbestos fiber counts
outside the work area are measured, if damage occurs to
barriers, or a 50% loss of negative pressure differential,
abatement shall stop. The source of the contamination shall
be located, the integrity of the barriers shall be restored,
and visible residue shall be cleaned up using appropriate
HEPA vacuuming and wet cleaning procedures.
Asbestos Abatement
02055-51
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
C. Before leaving the Work Area, workers shall remove all gross
contamination and debris from the coveralls. This is to be
accomplished by one worker assisting another in brushing
each other off or vacuuming with HEPA filter equipment
vacuums approved for asbestos clean-up.
D. The workerl shall then proceed to equipment room and remove
all clothing except respirator. Extra work clothing may be
stored in contaminated end of the facility. Disposable
coveralls are placed- in a bag for disposal-with other
materials.
E. Any-additional clothing such as nbn-disposable- footwear, and
equipment, shall -be left in the equipment room. Workers
shall provide themselves with additional warm garments.
These must be treated as contaminated clothing and left in
the equipment room and disposed of at the end of the
project.
F. The worker then proceeds directly into the shower room.
Respirators shall not be taken off until they have been
washed--free -of contaminants.
G. After showering, workers shall move to the clean room and
dress in either new coveralls for another entry or street
clothes if leaving. No asbestos contaminated material or
persons shall enter the clean room. Asbestos Sub-Contractor
shall provide an ample supply of disposable towels for use
by the workers.
H. Respirators are picked up, washed thoroughly, wrapped and
stored in the clean room. Filters in the respirators shall
be removed when wet and treated as contaminated waste. A
new filter (if applicable) shall be in place in the
respirator to re-use. `
I. Workers shall not eat, drink, smoke, or chew gum or tobacco
in work area. To do any of the above, workers shall follow
the complete decontamination sequence.
J. Work footwear shall remain inside work area (equipment room)
until completion of the project and then disposed of or
cleaned by washing in shower at the end of the project.
Asbestos Abatement
02055-50
WNW
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
J. The Owner's Representative will measure the pressure
differential through manometer measurement and smoke testing
to confirm adequate conditions PRIOR to the Asbestos Sub-
Contractor beginning any demolition work and asbestos
removal.
K. Where feasible, exhaust air. shall- be discharged -to the
outside of the building. Otherwise, exhaust air shall be
discharged to an area within the building-as far away from
the Work Area. as possible. In no -case .shall. exhaust- air. be
discharged-into occupied areas -of the building -or_ into areas
of the building which contain exposed or-damaged asbestos.
If exhaust air is discharged into the building; the outflow
shall be sampled and analyzed once per day per unit in
accordance with this specification. If fiber levels in the
exhaust air exceed 0-0 01 _f/ccil the work operation shall, stop
immediately, -and the corresponding unit(s) shut off and
repaired or replaced before the abatement operation is
resumed.
L. AFD'-s shall have used pre-filters removed and replaced with
fresh filters prior to removal from the Work Area. Used
HEPA filters and pre-filters shall. be disposed- of as
asbestos waste.
M. All HVAC registers; diffusers, univents, etc. shall receive
no replacements or changes. Existing fixtures shall be shut
down by the Asbestos Sub-Contractor while coordinating with
User Agency, to anv work in the area. . Registers shall be
removed and--cleaned, duct shall then be sealed with plastic
and duct tape by the Asbestos Sub-Contractor.
3.10 DECONTAXIVATIOM BEOUZNCE
A. Workers and other persons who will enter the Work Area shall
enter the clean room, remove street clothes, and put on
clean coveralls and respirator. Workers shall then pass
through showers into equipment room.
B. Any additional required clothing and equipment previously
deposited in the Equipment Room is put on. Worker proceeds
to Work Area.
Asbestos Abatement
02055-49
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
Certification shall consist of a test performed within 1000
use hours on the particular HEPA filter, and every 1200 use
hours- thereafter. Owner reserves the right to direct the
Asbestos Sub=Contractor to field test AFD volume and HEPA
filtration capacity and efficiency VIA field measurement and
DOP aerosol challenge. Certification and test results shall
be submitted to the Owner's Representative for review.
E. There shall be a sufficient number of AFD's with sufficient
capacity to provide-a minimum of eight (81 air changes per
hour in the Work Area and exhaust the filtered air to
maintain a negative air pressure inside the Work Area.
Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall size each zone area, provide
number of AFD's to guarantee no- less than eight (8) complete
air changes per hour.
F. Make-up air entering the Work Area should -pass through the
decontamination facility and ,AVM in order to reduce the
possible escape of airborne fibers.
G. AFD's shall be operated in accordance with Appendix J of EPA
Guidance Document EPA 560/5-85-02.
H. After the Work Area ventilation system has been put into
operation, but before any asbestos is disturbed, smoke tubes
shall be used .to characterize air current patterns in and
around the enclosed Work Area, especially around the
entrance to the decontamination facility and around any
other breaches in the Work Area barriers. In all cases any
movement of air shall be from outside of the enclosed Work
Area to the inside: If not, corrections of the Work Area
ventilation system and/or Work Area containment barriers
shall be made until this condition is achieved.
I. The negative pressure systems shall produce a pressure
differential of negative 0.1 inches of water in the work
zone with 100% outside (makeup) air relative to the adjacent
areas. The negative pressure systems shall operate on a 24
hour basis from the commencement of the asbestos abatement
until the Work Area meets the final clearance air monitoring
requirements of this specification.
Asbestos Abatement
02055-48
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
G. Any damage to the floors as a result of the Asbestos Sub-
Contractor's negligence -to properly maintain the
decontamination chamber, shall be replaced or repaired to
their original condition by the Asbestos Sub-Contractor at
no cost and to the satisfaction of the Owner.
H. Asbestos -Sub-Contractor shall post or have Available in the
clean room(sj -at-the•-work site a copy of the US EPA
Regulations 40 CFR 61 Sub-part K and a copy of OSHA
Regulations, 29--CFR 1926.58.
I. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall exhaust AFD unit above the
decontamination chamber to the nearest window. Asbestos
Sub-Contractor shall utilize an additional AFD in series
with the exhaust line to assist in ventilation to the
outside. -
3.09 NVAC XODIFICATIONB AND HEPA AIR FILTRli1TION (TOTAL 18OLATION)
A. All existing HVAC units, fans, exhaust fans, etc. situated
IN the specific work zone or SERVICING the work zone, must
be shut-down or blanked and sealed at entrance to work area.
Blanks shall be constructed of galvanized steel and sealed
air tight. Ductwork in the work area shall be sealed with a
minimum of two layers of 6 mil. polyethylene sheeting.
B. Asbestos Sub-Contractor -to coordinate this work with the
User Agency and Owner's Representative at the commencement
of work.
C. In all work areas,- an alternate ventilation systeal shall be
installed.- Portable Air Filtration Devices, capable of
moving large quantities of air through a HEPA (High
Efficiency Particulate Air filter capable of 99.97%
efficiency at .3 microns) shall be installed. No home-made
or factory modified AFD units shall be allowed.
D. Provide brand new AFD's, and/or provide an on-site
certificate of the HEPA filters. Certificate shall certify
that the AFD's have been tested via the DOP smoke challenge
procedure and shall conform to GSA's Federal Standard 209B;
ANSI N101.1; and MIL-F 51068E, as published by the USN.
Asbestos Abatement
02055-47
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
F. The decontamination areas are described below;
1. Clean Room: In this room, persons remove and leave
all street clothes and put on clean disposable
coveralls. This room shall have two separate storage
containers so that workers can keep street clothes and
clean work clothes separate. Approved respiratory
protection equipment is also cleaned, stored and
picked up in this- area. NO ASBESTOS =CONTAMINATED
ITEMS ARE PERMITTED IN THIS ROOM. Contamination
control flooring shall be placed on the floor of this
room and immediately outside of-this room.
2..= Shower Room: This is a separates-room used for transit
by cleanly dressed people entering tha job site from
the Clean Room and for showering by them after they
have undressed in .the Equipment Room. THIS IS A
.CONTAMINATED AREA.. Hot -and cold:vater controlled at
the tap must be provided along with towels and soap.
The floor of the shower room shall be covered with a
waterproof seamless 1/4" mat (neoprene, rubber, or
equivalent) which extends a minimum of twelve inches
up each wall.
3. Lguipment Room: Work equipment, footwear, and all
other contaminated work clothing are left here. This
is a-change and transit room for people. All areas
between the Shower Room and work area shall be
considered part° of the Equipment Room. Plastic floor
and wall covering is required. THIS IS A CONTAMINATED -
- AREA•
4. Rooms shall be separated by three foot airlocks.
5. It shall be the responsibility of 'the Asbestos Sub-
Contractor to provide temporary connections for
piping, hoses, etc. , as required for hot and cold
water. Provisions shall be made to adequately dispose
of shower water, through a filtration system capable
of filtering down to five microns of asbestos from
water flowing to drain or to be recycled. Unfiltered
water shall be disposed of as contaminated waste.
Asbestos Abatement
02055-46
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3.08 PSR80NNEL DECONTAMINATION FACILITY
A. The Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall provide an adequate
decontamination unit consisting of serial arrangement of
rooms or spaces adjoining the work area and as shown in the
details. Each space shall be clearly identified and
separated from .the others by plastic sheet doors, acceptable
air locks; or other arrangements designed to minimize fiber
or air transfer as_peoplepass between areas.
B. Decontamination facility shall be constructed of 2" x 4"
wooden studs at 16" O.C. and plywood, covered on the inside
with two layers of 6 mil. plastic sheeting. . Ceiling shall
be of sufficient structural integrity to support the weight
of workers.- .-A wooden door .equipped With louvers shall
provide ingress and egress to the. decontamination facility.
The design,- construction, location, and.dimensions of the
decontamination facility shall be in accordance with the
specification and drawings and approved by the Owner's
Representative prior to erection. -
C. At each end of the facility the Asbestos Sub-Contractor
shall construct plywood doors on hinges. The interior of
each door shall be fitted with a clasp to prevent entry
while work is being performed. The exterior door of the
facility shall. be fitted with a.padlock to prevent .
unauthorized access into the.work area and equipped with
louvers to allow in-flow of makeup air. - Warning signs shall
be hung on both doors.
D. Three foot airlocks shall be installed between thO
contaminated area and equipment room, the equipment room and
shower room, and the shower room and change room. Airlock
shall consist of three layers of 6 mil., polyethylene
sheeting attached on alternate sides of", opening. An arrow
shall be painted on each sheet to direct persons in the
proper direction for entry or exit.
E. When the decontamination facility doors are closed and
locked, makeup air to the work area shall be accomplished
through auxiliary ventilation manifolds.
Asbestos Abatement
02055-45
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
joints and shall overlap floor sheeting by at least 18
inches. No seams shall bw located at the corners or wall-
to-floor joints. Plastic wall. coverings shall -be taped
first to the upper most edge of -the wall and shall hang
straight down.
L. All electricity in areas where asbestos is being removed
shall be disconnected or turned off by Asbestos Sub
Contractor's electrician at the panel distribution box to
reduce the hazard of electrical shock to workers. - Any
electrical outlets to equipment which are to be operated
without power interruption shall be -indicated by the User
Agency. All electrical connections will be Ground Fault
Circuit Interrupter protected. Asbestos Sub-Contractor
shall--coordinate all work with the User Agency.
M. Asbestos Sub-Contractor. -is responsible to maintain the
integrity of all seals by checking their integrity on a
regular bases. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall keep advised
of any work activities on floors adjacent to the work area
that may affect their seals. Asbestos Sub-Contractor is
liable for any additional cleaning or contamination due to
breeching of seals.
N. The Asbestos Sub-Contractor in order to facilitate final'
cleaning shall prep with 6 mil. plastic all AFD's and their
associated flex ducts and all AVM's installed in windows.
O. Removal operations will not begin until the work area has
been inspected and approved by the Owner's Representative.
Minimum differential pressure between work area and adjacent
spaces shall be negative 0.1 inches of water with 100%
outside =(makeup) -air.
P. Upon completion of the preparation of the work area, the
Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall notify the Owner's
Representative. The work area will be inspected and
approved by the Owner's Representative prior to the
beginning of demolition activities.
Q. The use of spray applied water based strippable coating in
lieu of 6 mil. polyethylene sheeting may be permitted at the
discretion of the Owner's Representative.
Asbestos Abatement
02055-44
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
otherwise sealed, so as to' prevent the movement of asbestos
fibers out of the Work Area. -- Black plastic shall be used
wherever-necessary to obscure removal activities from
employees and the -general public.
F. Knowledgeable care shall be taken- to --isolate -the
area from- adjacent areas which may-:be occupied.
Sealed critical barriers shall be constructed at
every corridor, entryway or other- opening that may
lead to occupied areas: Barriers consist of closing--any-
existing doors, -and duct taping 'all spaces -
and gaps. - Two- layers of; 6 mil. plastic
need be-applied over-the -door structure on -the- work
area side. Also, two layers of 6 nil-. -plastic-
need to be applied on the clean side, with signs
displayed on the clean side as specified above.
H. Daily attention to be given 'to pipe chases, utility
access, - and other-openings--between areas so that
no migration of fibers will occur. Closing of all
gaps shall be accomplished by application of --
expandable foam. - if during removal activities, any
leaks are detected, the Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall stop
operations and reapply sealant materials.
I. Operating motors, pumps- or electrical and telephone
equipment shall--be boxed in plywood and wood stud enclosure
and then sealed in plastic sheeting. To cool electrical
equipment, AFD exhaust shall be directed into box enclosure
with positive pressure within the box maintained at all-
times.
J. The entire Work Area shall then be protected with a double
layer of plastic sheeting applied such that the top layer
can be removed and disposed of after the asbestos removal,
prior to application of sealant. Floor covering of two
layers of 6 mil. polyethylene sheeting shall be used. Floor
sheeting shall be extended up sidewalls at least -24 inches.
Sheeting shall be sized so as to minimize the number of
seams necessary. No seams shall be located at the joints
between walls and floors.
K. Wall sheeting shall consist of two layers of 6 mil.
polyethylene sheeting. It shall be installed to minimize
Asbestos Abatement
02055-43
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
0^ Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
B. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall provide eye protection and
hard hats as required by job conditions and -safety
regulations. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall use disposable
protective clothing which will be discarded and disposed of
as asbestos waste every time the wearer exits from the work
space to the outside through the Decontamination Facility.
3.07 WORK AREA PREPARATION
A. The area(s) of asbestos abatement shall be prepared and
totally isolated from portions of the building not included _
in the work, prior -to commencing the work, as described in
this specification.B. The Asbestos Sub-Contractor- will remove all portable,
personal and sensitive items from the work areas as deemed
necessary. Items shall not be removed by the Asbestos Sub-
Contractor-from- any- location without. permission- from- the
User Agency.
C. Any items to be removed shall be decontaminated by-HEPA
vacuuming and wet wiping techniques prior to removal from
the Work Area.
D. Items remaining within the Work Area shall be decontaminated
and wrapped in a double layer of 6 mil. plastic sheeting.
The plastic shall--be completely -sealed with duct tape.
E. For asbestos abatement projects or asbestos associated
projects which are performed in an occupied facility,
excepting those-projects in occupied facilities i$ which
glove bags are used as the sole method of removal or repair
in accordance with 453-CMR 6.14 (4) , large openings such as
open doorways, elevator doors, and passageways shall be
first- sealed as a critical barrier. Tht critical barrier
shall constitute the outermost boundary of the asbestos
abatement project work area. Critical barriers may be
erected of suitable solid construction materials such as
plywood, sheet-rock, gypsum board, or consist of existing
suitable barriers and partitions. Plastic sheeting on open
framing is not a suitable critical barrier. Cracks, seams
and openings in critical barriers shall be caulked or
OPW
Asbestos Abatement
02055-42
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
c. Airline respirators with HEPA- filtered disconnect
shall be disconnected in the equipment room and
worn into the shower. . Powere& air-purifying
respirator facepieces shall -be -worn into the
shower. Filtered/power pack- assemblies shall be
decontaminated iry accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations; and
d. Respirators. shall- be stored i- n' a dry place and in
such A manner-that- the facepiece and exhalation
valves are not- distorted; and
e. organic solvents shall not be used for washing of
respirators.
10. Authorized-visitors shall be provided with suitable
respirators and instruction on -the proper use of
respirators wheriever 'entering the work area. --
Qualitative fit test shall be done to ensure proper
fit of respirator.
11. Contractor shall provide the Owner-with two (2) full
face piece powered air-purifying respirator kits.
Kits shall contain at a minimum the following:
rechargeable battery; battery changer, flow measuring
device; and carrying case. Respirator shall be
NIOSH/MSHA approved and be manufactured by one -of the
following:.- Mine Safety Appliance -Company, Pittsburg,
PA; Minnesota Mining is Manufacturing Co. , St. Paul,
MN; Racal Health & Safety, Inc. , Frederick; MD.
1
3.06 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
A. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall provide to workers, foremen,
superintendents and authorized visitore and inspectors
protective disposable clothing consisting of full-body
coveralls, head covers, gloves and 18-inch high boot type
covers or reusable footwear in accordance with Federal
Regulations 29 CFR 1926.58 (1) and 40 CFR Part 763 Subpart
G.
Asbestos Abatement
02055-41
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3.- Workers shall be provided with personally issued and
individually marked respirators from their employer.
Respirators shall not be marked with any equipment
that will alter the fit of the respirator in any way.
Only waterproof identification markers shall be used.
4-._ Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall ensure that the workers
are qualitatively or quantitatively fit tested,
initially upon hire and every 6-months thereafter with
the type of respirator he/she will be using.
5. Whenever the respirator design permits,- workers shall
perform the positive and -negative- air pressure fit
test each time a respirator is worn. Powered air-
purifying respirators shall be tested for- adequate
flow as specified by the manufacturer:
6. No facial hairs (beards) shall be permitted to be worn
when wearing respiratory protection that requires a
„ *► mask-to-face seal.
7. Contact lenses shall not=be worn i--n conjunction with
respiratory protection on- asbestos projects.
8. If a worker wears glasses, a spectacle kit to fit
their respirator shall be provided by the Asbestos
Sub-Contractor at the Asbestos Sub-Contractor's
expense.
9. Respiratory protection maintenance and decontamination
procedures -shall meet the following requirements;
a. Respiratory protection shall be inspected and
decontaminated on a daily basis in accordance with
OSHA 29 CFR 1910.134 (b) ; and `
b. Respiratory protection shall be the last piece of
worker protection equipment to be removed. Workers
must wear respirators in the shower when going
through decontamination procedures; and
Asbestos Abatement
02055-40
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
C respirators Self-contained breathing apparatus
shall be worn during gross removal, demolition,
renovation and/or other disturbance of ACM whenever
airborne fiber concentrations inside the work area
are equal to or greater than 10.0 f/cc.
b. Full facepiece Type C supplied-air respirators
operated in.pressuredemand mode with HEPA filter
disconnect protection.shall be worn during gross
-removal, demolition, renovation and/or .other
disturbance of ACM_ whenever -airborne fiber
concentrations inside the work area are equal to or
greater than 2.0 f/cc and less than 10.0 f/cc.. .
c. Full -'facepiece powered air-purifying respirators
(PAPR) equipped with HEPA filters shall be worn
during -the removal, sealing, enclosure,- repair
and/or other .disturbance. of friable ACM whenever
airborne fiber concentrations inside the work area
are equal to or greater than 0.1 f/cc and less than
' 2.0 f/cc. A supply of charged replacement
batteries, HEPA filters and flow test meter shall
be available in the clean room for use with powered
air-purifying respirators. HEPA filters shall be
.changed daily or as flow testing indicates change
is -necessary. (Any Type C supplied-air respirator
operated in continuous flow may be substituted for
a powered air-purifying respirator.)
d. Half--mask and .full face air-purifying respirators
with HEPA ..filte_rs shall be .worn only during the
preparation of the work .area provided airborne
fiber concentrations inside the work area are less
than 0.1 f/cc.
e. Use of single use dust respirators is prohibited
for the above respiratory protection.
f. NO ONE is to be permitted into the work area
without proper protection. Supplied air
respirators are mandatory at the beginning of the
removal work until airborne concentrations are
established.
to*- Asbestos Abatement
02055-39
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No. l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
P. Building Operation Monitoring..
1. Asbestos Sub-Contractor to:-establish building HVAC
operation to ensure maximum static differential (with
minimal impact upon building occupants) between
adjacent spaces -and the work area
2. Once building operation is established, Owner's
Representative will document the proper configuration
of HVAC fans,- dampers, and fresh air/return air
mixing, and any subsequent changes toi the
configuration.
3.05 R88PIRJlTDRY PROTECTION REOQIREMBNTB
A. Respiratory protection shall be worn- by all individuals who
may be exposed to asbestos fibers from the initiation of the
asbestos project until all .areas have successfully -passed
clearance air monitoring in accordance with MDLI 453 CMR
6.00.
1. All respiratory protection shall be MSHA/NIOSH
certified in accordance with the provisions of 30 CFR
Part 11. All respiratory protection shall be provided
by the Asbestos Sub-Contractor, and used by workers in
conjunction with the written respiratory protection
program.
2. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall provide respirators
selected by his Competent Person that meet -the
• following requirements:
a.-. Full facepiece Type C supplied-air respirators
operated in pressure demand mode equipped with
constant flow pressure demand i`egulators; including
compressor, air filtering systems for carbon
monoxide, water vapor, etc. , an audible and visual
CO alarm, all required bases, manifolds,
,connectors, regulators, etc. Asbestos Sub-
Contractor shall protect manifolds with plastic
drapes. Type C systems shall include an escape
battle with a full fire (5) minutes of compressed
breathing air. The Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall
be responsible to provide Grade D air for the Type
Asbestos Abatement
02055-38
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
L. Dust samples may be collected from the -work area and
analyzed via Polarized Light Microscopy for the confir-
mation of asbestos surface dusts.
M. Should surface dust samples reveal the positive presence of
asbestos or should airborne fiber concentrations exceed 0.01
fibers/cc (PCM) , the Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall re-clean
the -Work Area via_-vet-wiping and HEPA vacuuming techniques
until the area is found to be in compliance.
N. - Asbestos Sub-Contractor.shall cooperate fully with all -
aspects .of -air monitoring operation.
O. Work Area Environmental Controls
1. -. In addition to 'air sampling as°delineated in -the - --
technical speci-fication,• Asbestos Sub-Contractor to.
also -verify volume capacity of -the AFDs. . _
a. Measurements to be via average face velocity at
unit intake via calibrated velometer. -
b. Volume flow to be verified at original installation
of negative air filtration system and periodically
- thereafter. _
c. Documentation to-.be available to User Agency,
tenant, and Asbestos Sub-Contractor should a
question arise
2.- Asbestos Sub-Contractor to verify air velocity flow
from auxiliary ventilation manifolds and monitor daily
. the integrity and operation of the system.-
a. Velocity to be measured by velometer at inlet faces
or outlet of attached flex duct.
b. Measurement to be made at the original installation
of the system and at least once during the project.
3. Asbestos Sub-Contractor to verify make-up air
influence upon static pressure differential.
Verification to be documented for reference during the
project.
Asbestos Abatement
02055-37
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
9. Copies of the final test results reflecting acceptable
airborne levels shall be provided to the Owner's
Representative for their use and distribution to
tenants, as necessary.
J. For work areas under total isolation prior to beginning
removal in the area, the Owner's Representative will install
pressure monitoring systems according to the following
criteria (at minimum) .* _
1. Owner's Representative will install two 1/4 inch
pneumatic polyethylene tubing lines through
penetrations of the work floor to the floor above.
2. Two 1/4 inch pneumatic tubing lines will be installed
outside of and adjacent to the Work Area.
3. Two 1/4 inch pneumatic-tubing lines will-be installed
to approximate the average pressure in the Work Area.
4. The following areas will be monitored (at minimum) :
a. Work Area vs. the floor above;
b. Work Area vs. area adjacent to the Work Area.
5. Manomete='reading will be -monitored and recorded at
least two times per shift. Documentation of readings
will be -submitted with daily monitoring reports.
6. Manometer/pressure reading instruments will Be an
inclined-manometer capable of 0-3"wg increments
(.01"wg increments) as manufactured by Dwyer.
7. Manometer tubing will be installed with minimum impact
upon architectural surfaces in occupied areas.
8. Manometer will be zeroed and leveled prior to each
shift.
K. Asbestos Sub-Contractor must obtain clearance for total
isolation with the number of PCM tests indicated in this
paragraph. PCM tests must not exceed 0.01 f/cc.
Asbestos Abatement
02055-36
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
* Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
floors, ledges and other. surfaces in the work area.
This pre-sampling procedure shall take at least 5
minutes per. 1,000 sq. ft. of floor area; then
b. Place a 20. inch fan in the center of the room.
(Use one fan per 10,000 cubic feet of room space.)
: Place the fan on slow speed and point it toward the
ceiling.
c. Start the sampling pumps and sample for the
required time or volume.
d. Turn off the pump and then. the fan(s) when sampling
is-completed.
6. Sample procedures for non-aggressive sampling shall
require air movement by running of AFD's and movement
of personnel._ This procedure shall be utilized in
areas where asbestos will remain in the work area at
the completion of abatement. .
7. For post-abatement monitoring, area samples shall
conform to the following schedule:
Area Samples Minimum Volume Flow Rate
For Analysis by >R:
2500 liters
TEM (25mm cassette) 6 to 11
- liters/min.
PCM . _ - 2000 liters
425mm cassette) 6 to 10
liters/min.
S. If the work area does not meet the clearance criteria,
it shall be thoroughly recleaned using wet methods,
with the negative pressure ventilation system in
operation. New samples shall be collected in the work
area as described above. The process shall be
repeated until the work site passes the test, at
Asbestos Sub-Contractor's expense.
Asbestos Abatement
02055-35
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
4. Area air sampling shall be conducted as specified in
the following documents except as restricted or
modified herein or modified by NIOSH 7400A Method,
Revised.
5. Area samples shall conform to the following schedule:
Area Samples Minimum Volume' Flow Rate
For Analysis By
PCM 2000 liters 5 to 15 liters/min.
TEM - 2500 liters 6 to 11 liters/mina
Z. Post-abatement clearance air monitoring requirements are as
follows:
1. Sampling shall not begin until at least 12 hours after
wet cleaning has been completed and no visible pools
of water or condensation remain.
2. Samplers shall be placed at-'random around the work
area.
3. At least one sample of air per each 1,000 square feet
or portion thereof; up to 5,000 square feet plus one
sample for each additional 5,000 square feet or
portion thereof; or one sample per room whichever is
greater, shall- be collected and analyzed.
4. The representative samplers placed outside the work
area (but within the building) shall be located to
avoid any air that might escape through the isolation
barriers' and shall be approximately 50 feet from the
entrance to the work area, and 25 .feet from the
isolation barriers.
5. The following sampling procedures shall be used within
the work area during all clearance air monitoring
where aggressive sampling is indicated:
a. Before starting the sampling pumps, use forced air
equipment (such as a 1 horsepower leaf blower) to
direct exhaust air against all walls, ceilings,
Asbestos Abatement
02055-34
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
E. Prior to commencement of abatement activities, pre-
abatement area samples shall be taken, during normal
occupancy activities and circumstances, at the work site.
Samplers shall be located within and at the barriers to the
proposed work area. -F. Frequency and duration of the air sampling during abatement
shall be. representative of the actual conditions during the
abatement,,_ however, it is preferred that area samples be
taken each shift for each work area. - The following minimum
schedule of samples shall be performed daily:
1. Two area samples outside the work area in
_unCoataminated_areas.p - the;building, remote from the
decontamination areas of the building, remote from the.
decontamination facilities. Primary location
selection shall be within .10 feet of isolation
barriers.
2. Two stationary area samples inside the work area.
3. One area sample within -the uncontaminated entrance to
each worker decontamination and waste removal chamber.
4. One area sample from an enclosed area receiving the
unobstructed exhaust from an air filtration device (if
applicable) .
5. One area sample on the floor above the work area.
H. Monitoring requirements and procedures for other than post-
abatement clearance air monitoring are as follows:
1. The sampling zone for indoor air samples shall be
representative of the building occupants' breathing
zone.
2. Air sampling equipment shall not be placed in corners
of rooms or near obstructions such as furniture.
3. All samples shall have a chain of custody record.
Asbestos Abatement
02055-33
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
Q. The Owner reserves the right to conduct air and surface dust
sampling in conjunction with and separate from the Asbestos
Sub-Contractor's Testing Laboratory for the purposes of
Quality Assurance.
R. All samples shall be accompanied by a Chain of Custody
Record which shall be submitted to the Owner's
Representative upon completion of analysis.
S. All employees of the Asbestos Sub-Contractor must be
certified with the Massachusetts Department*of Labor and
Industries. This certification requirement will also apply
to the Asbestos Sub-Contractor's Laboratory.
3.04 ENVIRO111r MMU MONITORING - OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE
A. The Owner's Representative will perform the services of an
independent testing laboratory which is AIHA accredited or
is under the direction of an ABIH certified industrial
, ► hygienist. .The laboratory shall be a current proficient
participant in the AIHA PAT program and the NIST/NVLAP
Laboratory Program.
B. The Owner's Representative will provide continuous
monitoring and inspection to include Work Area samples,
personnel samples from the breathing zone of a worker, and
samples outside of the Work Area, including AFD exhaust air
(where feasible) , to ensure that these areas remain free
from contamination. Acceptable levels shall be 0.01 f/cc
analysis via PCM. ft
C. Inspections will include checking the Standard Operating
Procedures, engineering control systems, respiratory
protection and decontamination systems,-, packaging and
disposal of asbestos waste, and any other aspects of the
Project which may effect the health and safety of the people
and environment.
D. The Owner will be responsible for costs incurred with the
required laboratory work for his air monitoring. Any
subsequent additional testing required due to limits
exceeded during initial clearance testing, or as a result of
the failure to meet the completion date, shall be paid for
by the Asbestos Sub-Contractor.
Asbestos Abatement
02055-32
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
"�" Northampton Superior Courthouse
K. Air sample results shall be verbal to the Owner's
Representative within 24 hours, with written results -
delivered to the job site and posted within 48 hours. These
may be hand-written.
L. Air monitoring conducted per OSHA Regulation 1926.58 shall
include full shift personal time weighted average monitoring
(unless Type C respirators are utilized) and shall include
but not NECESSARILY be limited to:
Location Min, Volume Per Sample
1. Two Stationary (Area) - Sufficient to achieve
Samples inside the a detection limit of
Work Area. 0.1 f/cc
2. Two Samples in the 1000 liters
Clean Room of the
decontamination unit. . _
M. Daily monitoring shall commence from the time the regulated
area is established and continue until satisfactory final
air clearance samples are achieved.
N. Competent Person shall conduct inspections and provide
written reports daily to the Asbestos Sub-Contractor and
Owner's Representative. Inspections will include checking
the Standard Operating Procedures, engineering control
systems, respiratory protection, decontamination systems,
packaging and disposal of asbestos waste, and any other
aspects of the project which may affect the health and
safety of the people and environment.
O. All costs for required air monitoring by the Asbestos Sub-
Contractor's Competent Person shall be borne by the Asbestos
Sub-Contractor.
P. As soon as air monitoring tests are completed, the Testing
Laboratory shall send the results of such tests to the
Owner's Representative and the Asbestos Sub-Contractor.
Awk Asbestos Abatement
02055-31
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
00. Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
7. Take precautions to prevent heat stress from occurring
such as selecting light weight protective clothing,
reducing the work rate,: and providing adequate fluid
breaks.
E. Such individual,- designated as the Competent Person shall
meet all criteria defining a Competent Person as defined in
OSHA Regulation 1926.58(b) . Such individual shall be:
1. A Certified Industrial Hygienist or an Industrial
Hygienist with a minimum of six months experience in
the monitoring of asbestos abatement projects or
2. An Industrial Hygiene/Environmental Technician with a
minimum of six months experience in the monitoring of
asbestos abatement projects and successful completion
of a course in air monitoring from an approved
institution.
NOTE: An Industrial Hygienist shall be defined as an
associate or full member of AIHA or a person
recognized-by the American Board of Industrial
Hygiene.
F. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall submit to the Owner all
credentials of the designated Competent Person for approval.
G. Air monitoring and inspection shall be conducted by the
Asbestos Sub-Contractor's Competent Person.
H. Continuous (daily or per shift) monitoring and inspection
will include Work Area samples, personnel samples from the
breathing zone of a worker to accurately determine the
employees' 8-hour TWA (unless Type C respirators are used)
and decontamination facility clean room' samples.
I. Work Area samples and employee personnel samples shall be
taken using pumps whose flow rates can be determined to an
accuracy of ±5% at a minimum of 2 liters per minute. This
must be demonstrated at the job site.
J. Sampling and analysis methods shall be as per NIOSH 7400.
Asbestos Abatement
02055-30
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
B. The Testing Laboratory shall be a current proficient
participant in the AIHA PAT Program. The laboratory
identification number shall be submitted and approved by the
Owner's Representative. The laboratory shall be accredited
by AIHA, or shall be under the direction of an ABIH
Certified Industrial Hygienist.
C. Testing Laboratory shall also be a current proficient
participant in the NBS Quality Assurance Program for the
identification of bulk samples. Laboratory identification
number shall be submitted to and approved by the Owner's
Representative. Testing laboratory must be an Owner or
independent company and meet all requirements as specified.
D. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall require a Competent Person
from his Testing Laboratory to perform the following
functions and to be on-site continuously for the duration of
the project: _
1. Monitor the set up of the work area isolation and
ensure its integrity;
2. Control entry and exit into the work area;
3. Insure that employees are adequately trained in the,
use of engineering controls, proper work practices,
proper personal protective equipment and
decontamination procedures;
4. Insure that employees USE proper engineering controls,
proper work practices, proper personal protective
equipment and proper decontamination procedures;
5. Competent person shall check for rips and tears in
work suits, and insure that they are mended
immediately or replaced;
6. Conduct all employee exposure monitoring. Such
monitoring shall comply in all respects with OSHA
Regulation 1926.58, Appendix "A";
Asbestos Abatement
02055-29
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
4. At the completion of each work shift, the Project
Superintendent or a designated assistant shall survey
the work area and correct any conditions--contrary to
safe operational practices.
5. Proper exit practices from the work area to the
outside through the decontamination facilities.
6. - Removing asbestos in ways that minimize release of-
fibers.
7. Packing, labeling, loading, transporting, and
disposing of contaminated material in a way that
minimizes exposure and contamination.
S. Emergency evacuation procedures for medical or safety
(fire and smoke) so that exposure will be minimized.
9. Safety from accidents in the work space, especially
from electrical shocks, slippery surfaces, and
entanglements in loose hoses and equipment.
10. Provisions for effective supervision, air monitoring
and personnel monitoring for exposure during the Work.
11. Operation of engineering-systems that minimize
exposure to fibers in the work space.
12. Removal of all combustible rubbish and debris,
including properly bagged asbestos shall be removed
from the site on a daily basis- or more frequently if
necessary. All asbestos waste material shall be
placed in an approved container while awaiting
shipment.
3.03 AIR MONITORING - ASBESTOS OUB-CONTRACTOR
A. The Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall employ an independent
certified industrial hygiene laboratory to analyze air
samples in accordance with OSHA Regulations, 29 CPR,
1910.1001 (Asbestos Standard for General Industry) , 1926.58
(Asbestos Standards for Construction) , and 1910.134
(Respirator Standard) .
Asbestos Abatement
02055-28
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
11. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall completely remove all
asbestos-containing and contaminated materials and
dispose of as asbestos waste.
12. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall completely decontaminate
work areas.
13. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall encapsulate all surfaces
from which asbestos has been removed.
14. Owner's Representative shall certify area clean as
outlined in the contract documents.
15. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall then remove all
isolation barriers and seals, reinstalled altered
building components and again clean the entire work
area.
16. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall then repair and/or
replace building finishes damaged as a result of this
work at no cost. to the Owner.,
3.02 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDUREB
A. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall develop.and implement a
written standard procedure for abatement work to ensure
maximum protection and safeguard from asbestos exposure for
the workers, visitors, employees, general public, and the
environment. The standard operating procedure shall ensure:
1. Periodic inspections (at least one every two'hours) in
spaces adjacent to the work zone for the purpose of
detecting water leaks and the integrity of the
critical barriers.
2. Proper protective clothing and respiratory protection
prior to entering the work space from the outside.
3. Safe work practices in the work place, including
provisions for inter-room communications, exclusion of
eating, drinking, smoking, or in any way breaking the
respiratory protection.
Asbestos Abatement
02055-27
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 ONQDENCE OF WORK
A. Sequence of the work for removal shall be as follows:
1. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall remove all portable
objects from the work area.
2. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall provide all required
signage. Post permits in locations as required.
3. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall construct work area
isolation as indicated.
4. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall install temporary
lighting and electrical power.
5. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall position Air Filtration
Devices to obtain negative pressure in the work area
as indicated. Final locations to be approved by the
Owner's Representative.
6. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall clean via wet
cleaning/HEPA vacuuming entire work area. Asbestos
Sub-Contractor shall then erect protection for all
items/equipment to remain.
7. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall provide work area
isolation in all areas where required to restrict
entry to the work area-
s. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall install Water Atomizer
Devices (WAD) within the work area and operate WADS
during all removal operations. `
9. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall isolate heating and
ventilating system.
10. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall construct two
operational all final barriers and seals.
Asbestos Abatement
02055-26
.Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
G. Water Atomizer Device (WAD) : Powered air misting device,
equipped with a ground fault interrupter and equipped to
operate continuously. Water atomizer device shall be the
"TRI-Jet DS", No. 6228 as manufactured by Fogmaster Corp. of
Hialeah, Florida, or EM 490 Portable Electrical/Airless
Sprayer as manufactured by Graco, Inc. of Minneapolis,
Minnesota or- approved equal.
H. Other Tools and Equipment: The Asbestos Sub-Contractor
shall provide other suitable tools for the- stripping, .
removal, sealing, and disposal activities including but not
limited to: hand-held scrapers, wire brushes, sponges,
rounded-edge shovels, brooms, and carts.
Asbestos Abatement
02055-25
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.03 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
A. Air Filtration Device (AFD) : Air Filtration Devices shall
be equipped with High Efficiency Particulate Absolute (HEPA)
filtration systems and shall be approved by and listed with
Underwriters' Laboratory. Air filtration devices shall be
"Microtrap" as manufactured by Asbestos Control Technology
of Maple Shade, N.J. or "RAM Air 2M" as manufactured by
Aramsco. of Thorofare, New Jersey; or "Environmental Ltd. ,
300" as manufactured by Torchcross Agency Environmental,
Hagerstown, Maryland, or approved equal.
B. - Scaffolding: Scaffolding, as required to accomplish the
specified work, shall meet all applicable safety
regulations.
C. Transportation Equipment: Transportation Equipment, as
required, shall be suitable for loading, temporary -storage,
transit and unloading of contaminated waste without exposure
to persons or property. Any temporary storage containers
positioned outside of the building shall be metal, closed
and locked.
D. Vacuum Equipment: All vacuum equipment utilized in the work
area shall utilize HEPA filtration systems. Vacuum
equipment shall be GS81 as manufactured by Nilfisk of
America, Malvern, PA, JGS83 as manufactured by Nilfisk of
America, Malvern, PA, Norclean Vacuum Systems distributed by
Power Products and Services Corporation, Inc. , or approved
equal.
E. Electric Sprayer: An electric airless sprayer suitable for
application of sealing material and shall be approved by and
listed with Underwriters Laboratory.
F. Water Sprayer: The water sprayer shall be an airless or
other low pressure sprayer for amended water application.
Asbestos Abatement
02055-24
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
F. Plastic Bags: Sealable, asbestos disposal bags, minimum 6
mil. thick and clearly marked with warning labels as
required by OSHA, EPA and DOT.
G. Signs: Asbestos warning signs for posting at perimeter of
Work Area, as required by OSHA and EPA.
H. Tape: Tape shall be high quality polyethylene film tape.
I. Flexible Duct: Suitable for Air Filtration Devices. As
specified refer to manufacturer's information for approved
air filtration devices.
J. Disposable Coveralls: Dupont "Tyvek" as manufactured by
Dupont Company of Wilmington Delaware or "Rleenguard" -
Limited Use Coveralls" as manufactured by* Kimberly-Clark
Corporation of Roswell, -Georgia, or equal.
2.02 XATERIAL HANDLING
A. Deliver all materials to the job site in their
manufacturer's original container, with the manufacturer's
label intact and legible.
1. Maintain packaged materials with seals unbroken and
labels intact until time of use.
2. Store all materials on pallets, away from any damp
and/or wet surface. Cover materials in order to
prevent damage and/or contamination.
3. Promptly remove damaged materials and unsuitable items
from the job site, and promptly replace with material
meeting the specified requirements, at no additional
cost to the Owner's Representativd.
B. The Owner may reject as non-complying such material and
products that do not bear identification satisfactory to the
Owner as to manufacturer, grade, quality and other pertinent
information.
Asbestos Abatement
02055-23
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATBRIALB
A. Wetting Agents: The wetting agent shall be Astrip
Concentrate as manufactured by Hythe Chemicals, Southampton,
England; BWE 5000 as manufactured by Better Working
Environments, Inc. of San Diego, California; BWE 3000 as
manufactured by Better Environments, Inc. of San Francisco,
California or approved equal.
B. Sealants: Following asbestos removal:
a. Sealing material shall be a penetrating and/or
bridging and may be applied by a one or two coat
system and shall meet the following criteria:
1. ASTM Standard E84-84
2. Underwriters Laboratory approval for Class 1A .
3. Fire Rating: Class A
a) Flame Spread: 0-25
b) Fuel Contribution: 10
c) Smoke Density: 5
b. Acceptable sealants shall be:
1. Tri-Cote AE as manufactured by United Products
Corp. of Little Rock, AK;
2. Fiberset FT as manufactured by Fiberlock
Technologies, Inc. , of Cambridge, MA;
3. Fosters protector and Bridging Encapsulan'ts as
manufactured by H.B. Fuller Co. of Houston, TX;
4. or equal.
C. Framing Materials and Doors: As required to construct
temporary decontamination facilities and critical barriers.
Lumber shall be high grade, new, kiln dried, finished one
side and fire retardant.
D. Fire retardant clear Polyethylene sheeting, minimum
thickness 6 mil.
E. Drums: Asbestos transporting drums, sealable and clearly
marked with warning labels as required by OSHA, EPA and DOT.
Asbestos Abatement
02055-22
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No-1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
64. Wet Cleaning - The process of eliminating asbestos
contamination from building surfaces and objects by using
cloths, . mops, or other cleaning tools which have been
dampened with water, and by afterwards disposing of these
cleaning items as asbestos contaminated waste.
65. Work area - The area or location where asbestos abatement or
asbestos associated work is being performed, or such other
areas of a facility which the commissioner determines may be
hazardous to the health and safety of workers as a result of .
such asbestos work.
66. Work Rractices - The minimum standards, .procedures or
actions taken or used for removal, enclosure or
encapsulation of asbestos, or for renovation, demolition,
maintenance or repair of facilities containing asbestos.
This term also includes the minimum standards, procedures or
actions taken or used by persons engaged in surveys,
sampling, analysis, risk assessment or other activity
relating to asbestos abatement.
Asbestos Abatement
02055-21
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
55. Sampling - The process of obtaining representative portions
of materials suspected of containing asbestos including the
taking of bulk portions of materials for analysis to
determine composition, and the collection of air for the
purposes of measuring asbestos content.
56. Spot Repair - Any removal, enclosure or encapsulation of
asbestos or material containing asbestos, where such
abtivity may involve or disturb less than three linear feet
of asbestos surface on pipes or ducts, or less than three
square feet of asbestos surface on structures other than
pipes or ducts.
57. State - Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
58. Supervisor - An individual, or agent of an asbestos
abatement entity having managerial or supervisory authority
over asbestos workers or a foreperson with responsibility of
the completion of asbestos abatement projects or portions
thereof. This portion includes analogous job categories
which may be contained in collective bargaining agreements.
59. Surfactant - Chemical wetting agent added to water to
improve penetration.
60. Training course - A curriculum of instruction given pursuant
to requirements established by the Commissioner for an
asbestos discipline which requires training, including but
not limited to the combination of lectures, hands-on
training, printed materials, audio/visual materials,
demonstrations and other instruction required by all
applicable regulations.
61. USEPA - United States Environmental Protection Agency.
62. User Agency - Applicable court facility management within
each individual courthouse.
63. Visible debris - Any visually detectable particulate
residue, such as dust, dirt or other extraneous material,
which may or may not contain asbestos.
Asbestos Abatement
02055-20
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
00* Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
released, the prevention of further release by minimizing
disturbance or damage to asbestos containing material and
the provision for longterm surveillance of the facility
with regard to renovation, maintenance, cleaning and general
operations.
46. OS - Occupational Safety and Health Administration
47. Owner - Commonwealth of Massachusetts
48. Owner's Representatives - Persons engaged in asbestos
abatement in the capacity of advising, directing and
assessing asbestos abatement and related functions. Such
persons shall include asbestos inspectors, management
planners, abatement project designers, and asbestos
abatement project monitors, as defined herein.
49. Personal exposure monitoring - Air samples collected from
the breathing zone of a person performing asbestos work
which are analyzed according to standard protocols for the
purpose of determining that person's level of exposure to
airborne asbestos fibers.
50. Prevention measure - Steps taken to reduce or eliminate
asbestos fiber release to the environment. `
51. Removal - All herein specific procedures necessary to remove
asbestos containing materials from the designated areas and
to dispose of these materials at an acceptable site.
52. Renovation - Altering one or more components of a'facility
in any way.
53. ReRair - The restoration of damaged asbestos-containing
material. The sealing, patching, enclosing or encapsulating
of damaged asbestos surfaces to prevent fiber release.
54. Response action - Steps or actions taken to protect persons
and the environment from asbestos exposure or contamination
including but not limited to facility surveillance,
sampling, assessment, management plans and abatement design
and implementation.
Asbestos Abatement
02055-19
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
37. Inspection - The activity of a certified person to visually
identify the locations of asbestos materials; obtain
samples; and create records of such activity.
38. License - A document issued by the Department of Labor and
Industries authorizing an asbestos abatement entity
(asbestos contractor) to engage in the business of asbestos
abatement (projects) .
39. MDLI - Massachusetts Department of Labor and Industries
40. Management planner - A person who uses data gathered by
inspectors to assess asbestos hazards, and by doing so
determines appropriate response actions and develops
implementation plans.
41. Management plans - Plans, including operations and
maintenance plans, which detail specific response actions as
may be appropriate for the abatement of immediate and long
term asbestos hazards.
42. Negative Air Pressure Equipment - A portable local exhaust
system equipped with HEPA filtration used to create negative
pressure differential of 0.1 inches of water in a
contaminated area (negative with respect to adjacent
uncontaminated areas) and capable of maintaining a constant,
low velocity air flow into contaminated area from adjacent
uncontaminated areas.
43. NIOSH - National Institute for Occupational Safetx and
Health
44. Occupied Facility - Any facility to which the general public
has access, including, but not limited to, schools, office
buildings, and other places of public assembly. A facility
to which the general public is not allowed access and which
is occupied by employees of the building User Agency solely
for the purpose of carrying out work duties shall not be
considered an "occupied facility."
45. Operation and Maintenance (O&M1 Plan - A plan consisting of
policies and procedures describing specific response actions
applicable to the cleaning up of asbestos fibers previously
Asbestos Abatement
02055-18
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No. 1
AOW Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
29. Enclosure - The covering or wrapping of friable asbestos
containing material in, under or behind air-tight barriers.
30. Entity - Any partnership, firm, associate, corporation, sole
proprietorship or any other business concern, state or local
government agency or institution or political subdivisions
or authorities thereof, or any religious, social or union
organization, whether operated for profit or otherwise.
31. Examination: A written test, administered by the
Commonwealth or its designed as a means of determining the
knowledge of a person in areas which the Commonwealth
prescribes as necessary and appropriate in each category of
asbestos - licensure or certification.
32. Foreperson - The individual responsible for the performance
of workers at asbestos abatement projects. See Supervisor.
33. Friable - A term describing the physical characteristics or
state of asbestos or asbestos containing material which
enables it to be crumbled, crushed, pulverized or reduced to
a powder by hand pressure. The characteristic of friability
shall apply to the asbestos material and is not influenced
or affected by coverings, coatings or other means of
separating asbestos materials by hand.
34. Glove Bag - A manufactured plastic bag type of enclosure
with built-in gloves, which is placed with an air-tight seal
around asbestos pipe lagging or asbestos duct covering and
which permits asbestos material contained by the bag to be
removed without releasing asbestos fibers to the atmosphere.
35. Hazardfrisk assessment - An opinion stated by a person
certified to perform asbestos inspections describing the
condition of asbestos containing materials in facilities and
the materials' ability to release asbestos fibers; the
potential for disturbance of the material; the potential for
human or environmental exposure to the material, and/or
appropriate response actions.
36. HEPA Filter - High efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter
is capable of trapping and retaining at least 99.97 percent
of all monodispersed particles of 0.3 micrometer in diameter
or larger.
Asbestos Abatement
02055-17
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
required by 29 CFR 1926.58; ensuring that all employees
working within such an enclosure wear the appropriate
personal protective- equipment, are trained in the use of
appropriate methods of exposure control, and use the hygiene
facilities and decontamination procedures specified; and
insuring that engineering controls in use are in proper
operating condition and are functioning properly. This
person must be certified in the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts for this activity.
21. Containment - As used in M.G.L.C. 149 s. 6B, and in
accordance with the use of terms in the asbestos abatement
industry, the word "containment" shall mean "enclosure", as
defined herein.
22. Critical barrier - A solid, asbestos-impermeable partition
erected so as to constitute a. work area closure; the outer
perimeter of an asbestos work area, usually erected across
corridors or other open spaces to complete a containment.
23. Demolition - The wrecking or removal of any facility or
portion thereof together with any related handling
operations.
24. DEP - Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection.
25. DOT - Federal Department of Transportation.
26. Emergency asbestos abatement project - An asbestos abatement
project resulting from an unforeseeable, sudden and
unplanned event. This includes operations required by non-
routine equipment failures.
27. Encapsulant (sealant) - A liquid material which can be
applied to asbestos containing material' and which controls
the possible release of asbestos fibers from the material
either by creating a membrane over the surface (bridging
encapsulant) or by penetrating into the material and binding
its components together (penetrating encapsulant) .
28. Encapsulation - The application of a coating or liquid
sealant to asbestos containing material to reduce the
tendency of the material to release fibers.
Asbestos Abatement
02055-16
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
general building maintenance, electrical and low voltage
wiring, plumbing, carpentry, masonry, HVAC and heating
service.
13. Asbestos-containing material - Any material containing more
than one percent asbestos.
14. Asbestos work - The business of removal, enclosure or
encapsulation of asbestos or asbestos containing materials
in any facility.
15. Authorized Person - Person authorized by the Owner's
Representative or Asbestos Sub-Contractor as required by
work duties to be present in regulated areas.
16. Cease and desist order - An order issued by the Commissioner
closing any work site where the Commissioner determines that
violations of a workplace standard relative to the _
protection of the occupational health and safety of workers
or of any standard or requirement of licensure exist.
11. Certification - A certificate issued under the provisions of
453 CMR 6.00 authorizing an individual or entity to enter
into or to become engaged in asbestos work pursuant to the
limitations of each discipline.
18. Clearance air monitoring - Air monitoring conducted at the
conclusion of an asbestos abatement activity which is used
in combination with visual inspection to assess adequacy of
cleanup and project completion.
19. Commissioner - the Commissioner of the Department of Labor
and Industries or his/her designate.
20. Competent Person - Individual capable of identifying
existing asbestos, tremolite, anthophyllite, or actinolite
hazards and corrective measures to eliminate them, as
specified in 29 CFR 1926.32. Individual shall have attended
approved EPA sponsored asbestos abatement course. The
duties of the competent person include at least the
following: establishing the negative pressure enclosure,
ensuring its integrity, and controlling entry to and exit
from the enclosure; supervising employee exposure monitoring
Asbestos Abatement
02055-15
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
5. Asbestos abatement worker - A person not acting as a
foreperson or supervisor who performs asbestos abatement
work as an employee, or who performs such work under the
direction and control of another, with or without
compensation.
6. Asbestos analytical services - Asbestos analytical services
include but are not limited to the counting or enumeration
of asbestos fibers in the air (air monitoring analysis) or
- to the identification and quantification of asbestos (bulk
sample analysis) .
7. Asbestos associated project worker - Any worker engaged in
an asbestos associated project.
8. Asbestos Sub-Contractor - Any person, firm, corporation or
other entity who has a valid license issued by the
Commonwealth for the purpose of entering into or engaging in
asbestos work.
A^ 9. Asbestos Inspector - A person who identified, assesses the
condition of, or collects pre-abatement air samples or bulk
samples of asbestos containing materials.
10. Asbestos abatement Rroject or work - Any activity which has
as its principal purpose the removal, enclosure or
encapsulation of asbestos or asbestos containing material,
including, but not limited to, activity in connection with
renovation, repair or demolition of a facility and
replacement of furnaces or boilers that are covered or
• coated with asbestos containing material.
11. Asbestos abatement project monitor - A person who functions
as the on-site representative of the User Agency or other
persons by overseeing the activities of, the asbestos
contractor. This person must be certified in the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts for this activity.
12. Asbestos associated project or work - Any work activity
which does not have the removal, enclosure or encapsulation
of asbestos or asbestos containing material as its principal
purpose but which may disturb or cause worker exposure to
asbestos. Such activity will include but not be limited to:
Asbestos Abatement
02055-14
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.'l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
H. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall provide, at the pre-
construction conference, a complete and thorough explanation
of the type of coverage he can provide. An explanation must
indicate whether the policy is written on a claims made or
occurrence basis, the name and address of the insurance
carrier, the date of inception and cancellation, and any/all
exclusions in the policy. Asbestos Sub-Contractor must
completely explain his coverage and provide an example of a
previous certificate issued for an asbestos project. If the
Asbestos Sub-Contractor so desires, he may choose to submit
a copy of his actual policy.
I. Certificates shall clearly state "asbestos removal" as part
of the work.
1.13 TAMPERING WITH TEST EQUIPMENT
A. All parties to this Contract are hereby notified that any
tampering with testing equipment will be considered an
attempt at falsifying reports and records to federal and
state agencies and each offense will be prosecuted under
applicable state and federal criminal codes to the fullest
extent possible.
1.14 DEFINITION OF TERMS
1. Abatement project designer - A person who determines how
asbestos abatement work should be conducted and who prepares
for purposes of an abatement project, plans, designs,
procedures, work scope or other substantive direction or
criteria.
2. Air Monitoring - The process of measuring the fiber content
of a specific volume of air in a stated period of time.
3. Approved training Provider - Any entity which has been duly
certified pursuant to 453 CMR 6.09 to provide training
required by 453 CMR 6.00.
4. Asbestos - The asbestiform varieties of chrysotile,
crocidolite, cummingtonite - grunerite (amosite) ,
anthophyllite, actinolite and tremolite.
AOk
Asbestos Abatement
02055-13
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
B. A complete and thorough explanation of the types of coverage
must be provided. Explanations will state that the policy
is written on a "occurrence" form basis, the name and
address of the insurance carrier, the date of inception and
cancellation, and all exclusions in the policy. The
insurance must protect the Asbestos Sub-Contractor and the
Division of Capital Planning and Operations from claims that
may arise out of, or result from, activities under this
asbestos abatement contract and state.
C. Comprehensive General Liability insurance for the Asbestos
Sub-Contractor and all sub-contractors which shall include
premises and operations liability, Asbestos Sub-Contractor's
protective liability, products and completed operations
liability, blanket contractual liability, broad form
property damage liability, and personal injury liability.
D. Limits of insurance shall be not less than $1,000,000 bodily
injury liability and $1,000,000 property damage liability,
or a $1,000,000 combined single limit.
E. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall maintain an Excess Indemnity
(Umbrella) at limits of not less than one (1) million
dollars occurrence/aggregate.
F. Admitted Carrier; The insurance company providing such
coverage, shall be licensed as an admitted carrier by the
state insurance department in the state where the contract
is entered into and performed. However, an insurance
company which is not admitted in that state will be
acceptable if it has been admitted in at least one other
state.
G. Comprehensive Automobile Liability policy for all owned,
non-owned or hired vehicles used during the project will
have limits of $1 million per occurrence bodily injury and
$1 million per occurrence for property damage, or a $1
million per occurrence combined single limit. Coverage will
also include personal injury protection, uninsured
motorists, and underinsured motorists if engaged in the
transport of asbestos waste, most comply with the provisions
of the Motor Carrier Act with limits of $5 million where
required by statute.
Asbestos Abatement
02055-12
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
. C. All surrounding work, fixtures, drains, water lines, gas
pipes, electrical conduit, wires, utilities, railings, etc.
which are to remain in place shall be carefully protected
and, if disturbed or damaged, shall be repaired or replaced
as directed by the Owner, at no additional cost.
D. All routes through the building to be used by the Asbestos
Sub-Contractor shall first be approved by the User Agency.
E. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall patch, repair, replace, paint
and wallpaper all wall, ceiling and floor surfaces that may
be damaged as a result of work area practices, to the
satisfaction of the Owner.
1.11 NVAC MODIFICATIONS
A. The Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall make all necessary HVAC
modifications as described herein before proceeding with any
asbestos abatement.
B. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall consult with the User Agency
and coordinate all HVAC modifications, blanking, etc. with
them before proceeding with any work. No abatement work
will proceed until all HVAC modifications are reviewed by
the Owner's Representative and User Agency. Operation of
any and all fan systems servicing the work shall be at the
direction of the User Agency.
1.12 INSURANCE
A. The Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall purchase and maintain
insurance policies for the entire term of the project, from
bid acceptance to final payment and removal of all equipment
and employees of the Asbestos Sub-Contractor. The policies
shall list the Division of Capital Planning and Operations
and Owner's Representative as "additional insures." No
policies may be cancelled for any reason without written
notice of thirty (30) days. The coverage shall include the
following:
Asbestos Abatement
02055-11
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
0^ Northampton Superior Courthouse
Contractor is liable for any damage to the power panels
during the course of the project and final payment may be
withheld until any repairs have been completed to the
satisfaction of the Owner.
H. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall provide fire protection in
accordance with all State and Local fire codes. Fire alarm
system shall utilize heat detection and shall be connected
to existing building system. All work shall be coordinated
with the User Agency.
I. When temporary service lines are no longer required, they
shall be removed by the Asbestos Sub-Contractor. Any parts
of the permanent service lines, grounds and buildings,
disturbed or damaged by the installation and/or removal of
the temporary service lines, shall be restored to their
original condition by the Asbestos Sub-Contractor, in a
manner satisfactory to the Owner.
J. Asbestos Sub-Contractor's licensed plumber shall supply hot
and cold shower water necessary for use in the
decontamination facility. Water source shall be coordinated
with the User Agency.
R. Asbestos Sub-Contractor may utilize toilets within the
facility for this project.
1.10 USE OF THE PREMISES
A. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall confine his apparatus, the
storage of materials, and supplies, and the operation of his
workmen to limits established by law, ordinances, and the
directions of the Owner's Representative. All flammable or
combustible materials shall be properly stored to obviate
fire and in areas approved by the User Agency.
B. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall assure that exits from the
building are not obstructed, that appropriate safety
barriers are established to prevent access, and that work
areas are kept neat, clean, and safe.
Asbestos Abatement
02055-10
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
G. Building waste system shall NOT be used to remove
contaminated waste.
H. Asbestos Sub-Contractor may utilize existing toilets outside
of the work area.
1.09 '"EMPORARY SERVICES AND USE OF BUILDING FACILITIES
A. The User Agency will make available to the Asbestos Sub-
Contractor, from existing outlets and supplies, all
reasonably required amounts of water, and electric power at
no extra charge.
B. Electric power to the work area shall be shut down and
locked out except for electrical equipment that must remain
in service. Safe power and lighting shall be provided in
accordance with applicable codes. All power to work areas
shall be brought in from outside the area through ground-
- fault circuit interrupter at the source. Stationary
electrical equipment within the work area, which must remain
in service shall be adequately enclosed and ventilated.
C. A temporary power panel, including transformer, will be
provided by the Asbestos Sub-Contractor for the duration of
the project.
D. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall provide, at his own expense,
all electrical, water, and waste connections, tie-ins,
extensions, and construction materials, supplies, etc.
E. Temporary heating for this project will be provided by the
Asbestos -Sub-Contractor. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall be
responsible for maintaining temperatures within the work
area that prevent damage to existing building systems.
G. Asbestos Sub-Contractor's licensed electrician shall provide
any additional temporary tie-in via cable, outlet boxes,
junction boxes, receptacles and lights, etc. , (all with
ground fault interruption) . At no time shall extension
cords greater than 50 foot length be allowed. All temporary
electrical installation shall be in accordance with OSHA
regulations and Massachusetts Electric Codes. Asbestos Sub-
Asbestos Abatement
02055-9
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.07 NOTIFICATION OF POLICE AND FIRE DEPARTMENT
A. Notify the local police and fire department of the asbestos
abatement project. Coordinate with the police security
aspects of the project and with the fire department
emergency evacuation and safety aspects. Secure a certifi-
cate from both the police and fire department that they
approve of the established security and safety procedures. .
Copies of notification to police and fire departments shall
be submitted to the Owner's Representative.
1.08 no-ER AGENCYIASBESTOS SUB-CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
A. User Agency will schedule all deliveries not disturbing the
abatement while work is in progress.
B Upon .sufficient advance notice, User Agency will not occupy
the portions of the building in which work is being
performed during the entire asbestos removal operation,
"* including completion of clean-up.
C. During the work, the Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall be
responsible in all areas affected by his operation for:
1. Building Security.
2. Maintaining the existing building and utility systems
such as plumbing or electrical installations.
D. Should the failure of any utility occur, the Owner will not
` be responsible to the Asbestos Sub-Contractor or General
Contractor for loss of time or any other expense incurred.
E. User Agency will be responsible to notify the Asbestos Sub-
Contractor of any planned electrical power shutdowns in
order to ensure that there are no interruptions in the
negative air pressure system.
F. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall replace or repair any items
damaged, due to work performed under this contract, equal to
their original construction and finish. Repaired or
replaced items will be subject to the Owner or Owner's
Representative's approval.
Asbestos Abatement
02055-8
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
B. The signs shall be posted in such a manner and locations
that a person easily may read the legend:
DANGER
ASBESTOS
CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD
AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY
RESPIRATORS AND PROTECTIVE
CLOTHING
ARE REQUIRED IN THIS AREA
C. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall provide the required labels
for all plastic bags and all drums utilized to transport
contaminated material to the landfill in accordance with
OSHA 29 CFR 1926.58(k) (2) and by 49 CFR Part 171 & 172 of
the Department of Transportation.
D. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall provide any other signs,
labels, warnings, and posted instructions that are necessary
to protect, inform and warn people of the hazard from
asbestos exposure. Post in a prominent and convenient place
for the workers a copy of the latest applicable regulations
from OSHA, EPA, NIOSH, and MDLI. _
E. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall be responsible for acquiring
and furnishing ,ALL permits required to successfully perform
the work.
1.06 EMERGENCY PRECAUTIONS
A. Establish emergency and fire exits from the work area. All
emergency exits shall be equipped with two (2) full sets of
protective clothing and respirators at all times.
B. The Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall provide 4A, 60BC dry
chemical extinguishers adjacent to all electrical panels at
each corner of the work area and at the entrance and exist
of the decontamination enclosure.
0^ Asbestos Abatement
02055-7
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No-1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3. NIOSH National Institute for Occupational
Safety and Health
DHHS Region I
JFK Federal Building
Boston, MA 02203
4. DEP Department of Environmental Protection
Division of Air Quality
1 Winter Street
Boston, MA 02108
5. MDLI Massachusetts Department of Labor and Industries
Saltonstall Buildings
100 Cambridge Street
Boston, MA 02202
6. ASTM American Society For Testing and
Materials
1916 Race Street
Philadelphia, PA 19103
7. ANSI American National Standards Institute
1430 Broadway
New York, NY 10018
1.05 NOTIFICATION°v. PERMITS, WARNING SIGNS. LABELS. AND POSTERS
A. The Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall erect bi-lingual warning
signs around the work space and at every point of potential
entry from the outside. The warning signs shall.,be a
bright color so that they will be easily noticeable.
Warning signs shall meet Specifications set forth in 29 CFR
1926.58(k) (1) (ii) . Warning signs shall be posted at all
entrances to the work area and around its perimeter at
intervals of no more than twenty-five feet. Warning signs
and caution tape shall be posted at the bottom of any
internal staircase, and at doorways to stairwells on the
work area floor landing.
Asbestos Abatement
02055-6
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
C. The Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall submit copies of the
following items to the Owner's Representative during the
work:
1. Daily security and safety logs showing the name of
persons entering the work space, date and time of
entry and exit, record of any accident, emergency
evacuation, and any other safety and/or health
incident;
2. Progress logs showing number of workers, supervisors,
hours of work, and tasks completed shall be submitted
daily to the Owner's.Representative;
3. Disposal Certificates and Transportation Manifests;
4. Required Permits, Clearances, and Licenses;
5. Air Monitoring and Inspection Results;
6. Testing Samples Chain of Custody Records;
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Applicable Standards listed in these Specifications include,
but are not necessarily limited to, standards promulgated by
the following agencies and organizations:
1. EPA Environmental Protection Agency
Region I t
Room 2311
JFK Federal Building
Boston, MA 02203
2. OSHA U.S. Department of Labor
Occupational Safety and Health
Administration
Region I
16 North Street
Boston, MA 02203
Asbestos Abatement
02055-5
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
.16 Written description of emergency procedures to be
followed in case of injury or fire; This section must
include evacuation procedures, source of medical
assistance (name and telephone number) and procedures
to be used for access by medical personnel;
NOTE: Necessary Emergency Procedures Shall Take
Priority Over All Other Requirements of These
Specifications.
.17 Written description and shop drawings for the asbestos
contractor's electrical requirements to include at a
minimum necessary voltage and location for electrical
outlets transformers, lighting, etc. to complete the
project submittals shall provide for sufficient
electrical requirements to serve as a contingency;
018 Material safety data sheets for encapsulants, .
sealants, firestopping foam, and any and all other
potentially hazardous materials to be used on the
project;
.19 A preliminary schedule of values for all of the work
which will include quantities and prices of items
aggregating the contract price and will subdivide the
work into component parts in sufficient detail to
serve as the basis for progress payments during
construction. Such prices will include overhead and
profit applicable to each item of work and will be
confirmed in writing by asbestos contractor at the
time of submission;
.20 Shop drawings shall be signed and be a licensed
professional engineer in the Commcnwealth of
Massachusetts;
.21 All submittals must be provided at this meeting by the
asbestos contractor to avoid project delays. Any
submittal which is a substitute for products requested
in this specification must be provided to allow
required approval time.
Asbestos Abatement
02055-4
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No-1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
.4 Copy of Asbestos Sub-Contractor's Asbestos removal
license;
.5 Bar chart indicating location, times (showing length
and number of shifts per day) , dates, and type of work
to be performed for each location;
.6 A written plan and shop drawings for preparation'of
work site and decontamination chamber;
_ .7 Description of protective clothing and approved
respirator to be used, make, model, NIOSH approval
numbers;
.8 Delineation including competent person, of
responsibility of work site supervision, names,
resumes, and home telephone numbers;
.9 Explanation of decontamination sequence and isolation
techniques;
.10 Description of specific equipment to be utilized,
including make, model, and serial number of air
filtration devices, vacuums, sprayers, etc,
.11 Description of any prepared methods, procedures,
techniques, or equipment other than those specified in
the contract documents;
.12 Explanation of the handling of asbestos contaminated
waste including EPA identification numbers of hauler;
.13 Description of the final clean-up procedures to be
used;
.14 Air monitoring results (supplied by asbestos
contractor's testing laboratory) from most recent
asbestos abatement project;
.15 Name and qualifications of asbestos contractor's
testing laboratory including AIHA accreditation and
Proficient Participation in the NBS Quality Assurance
Program for the identification of bulk samples;
Asbestos Abatement
02055-3
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
C. Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall perform the work between the
hours of 4:00 P.M. to 12:00 P.M.
D. The intent of this Section is to address asbestos issues
associated with planned renovations for the Northampton
District Courthouse. Only asbestos work effecting areas of
renovation are included in this specifications.
E. Asbestos materials to be abated were determined to exist as
outlined in the chart below:
Site Material Asbestos Content Quantity
Northampton 1' x 1' Vinyl <1% Chrysotile 210 Ft."
Floor Tile
Mastic Under 5% Chrysotile 210 Ft.'
1' x 1' Vinyl
Floor Tile
F. Related Work: The following items are not included in this -
section and will be performed under the designated section:
1. Section 15401 Plumbing
2. Section 15501 Heating, Ventilating and Air
Conditioning
3. Section 16101 Electrical Work
1.03 SUBMITTAbB
A. Refer to Section 01300 - Submittals for Submittal`Provisions
and Procedures.
B. The Asbestos Sub-Contractor shall present three (3) copies
of the following to the Owner at the pre-construction
conference:
.1 Certificate of Insurance;
.2 Notifications to Government Agencies;
.3 Copies of Permits;
Asbestos Abatement
02055-2
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.14 Removal i Storage of Contaminated Waste 02055-55
3.15 Disposal of Asbestos Waste 02055-57
3.16 Transportation of Contaminated Waste 02055-58
3.17 Final Cleanup of Work Area 02055-60
3.18 Emergency Clean-up of Contaminated
Areas 02055-63
3.19 Work Area Sketches 02055-64
Asbestos Abatement
02055-1B
SECTION 02055
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 General Provisions 02055-1
1.02 Description of Work 02055-1
1.03 Submittals 02055-2
1.04 Reference Standards 02055-5
1.05 Notifications, Permits, Warning Signs
Labels & Posters 02055-6
1.06 Emergency Precautions 02055-7
1.07 Notification of Police and Fire
Department 02055-8
1.08 Owner's Representative/Asbestos
Sub-Contractor Responsibilities 02055-8
1.09 Temporary Services and Use of Building 02055-9
Facilities
1.10 Use of the Premises 02055-10
1.11 HVAC Modifications 02055-11
1.12 Insurance 02055-11
1.13 Tampering With Equipment 02055-13
1.14 Definition of Terms 02055-13
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 Material Handling 02055-22
2.02 Materials 02055-23
2.03 Tools and Equipment 02055-24
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Sequence of Work 02055-26
3.02 Standard Operating Procedures 02055-27
3.03 Air Monitoring - Asbestos Sub-Contractor 02055-28
3.04 Environmental Monitoring - Owner's
Representative 02055-32
3.05 Respiratory Protection Requirements 02055-38
3.06 Protective Clothing 02055-41
3.07 Work Area Preparation (Total Isolation) 02055-42
3.08 Personnel Decontamination Facility 02055-45
3.09 HVAC Modifications and HEPA Air
Filtration 02055-47
3.10 Decontamination Sequence 02055-49
3.11 Maintenance of Decontamination Enclosure
System and Barriers 02055-51
3.12 Waste Transfer Chamber 02055-52
3.13 Method of Asbestos Removal 02055-52
AW
Asbestos Abatement
02055-1A
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
SECTION 02055
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS
1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS
and all Sections with DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,
which are hereby made a part of this Section of the
Specifications.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, equipment
necessary to complete the work in this Section, including
but not limited to the following:
1. Worker training and certification, respiratory
protection and fit testing, and OSHA required medical
examinations.
2. Notifications, permits, testing, and approvals.
3. Work area preparation including protection of all
surrounding fixtures as described herein.
4. Dispose of removed materials as asbestos-contaminated
waste.
5. Asbestos abatement at the Northampton District
Courthouse shall consist of the removal of 210 Ft
.2 of
1' x 1' vinyl floor tile located in the custodian's
closet under total isolation.
B. Work required for asbestos abatement shall be in accordance
with these Specifications, the MDLI, DEP, EPA, OSHA and
NIOSH regulations, and any other applicable federal, state
and local government regulations. Whenever there is a
conflict or overlap of the above references the most
stringent provisions are applicable. Refer to drawings in
this specification for additional information.
Asbestos Abatement
02055-1
Mass State Project No.CHE91-3 No.l
"* Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
4.02 REMOVAL AND PREPARATION OF EXISTING WORK
A. The existing building structure and existing substrates
shall be properly prepared by the General Contractor to provide
suitable installation conditions for work under this section, in
accordance with Section 02050 - Alterations and Demolition, and
Section 01040 - Commencement and Conduct of On-Site Operations.
B. Work under this section includes but is not limited to the
responsibility to inspect all installation conditions and request
the General Contractor to correct any conditions which may affect
the work under this section adversely.
4.03 DEMOLITION WORK INCLUDED UNDER THIS SECTION
A. See Article 1.02 inclusive of this section.
DEMOLITION
02050-6
III IN
Mass State Project No.CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovatoin to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
C. Demolition work shall be carried out in a careful and
orderly manner. Provide adequate protection to persons and
property inside or outside of the site.
D. Do not commence work until proper protection of existing
construction to be saved has been protected as specified in
other Sections of the Specifications.
E. Burn no material or debris on the site.
3.02 TITLE, SALVAGE AND REFUSE
A. Property belonging to public bodies or public service
companies shall not become the property of the Contractor,
unless written authorization is given by the Designer.
B. All other salvageable materials resulting from the demolition
shall become the property of the Contractor. The Contractor
shall remove from the site all materials deemed unsalvageable
by the Owner.
C. Remove and legally dispose of, at no cost to the Owner,
all materials and debris resulting from the demolition work,
other than those to be salvaged, stockpiled, and reused on
the site. Leave the site in safe and clean condition.
PART 4 - REPAIR WORK
4 .01 EXAMINATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS
A. Prior to ordering and delivery of new products or materials
required for installation or application in the existing
buildings, examine existing conditions affecting demolition work
under this section.
B. Examination of existing conditions shall be sufficient
to make the installer and demolisher of the work under this
section fully aware of existing structure and finishes that re to
remain and that have been or shall be removed, altered, repaired
or replaced.
DEMOLITION
02050-5
Awk
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.04 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (continued)
disposition has been obtained. Should the Contractor be
directed, in writing by the Designer, to repair, remove and/or
relocate such items, the work shall be performed and the Contract
Price adjusted accordingly.
PART 2 - SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
2. 02 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
A. If, in the process of performing the work as described
within the Contract Documents, Asbestos or Asbestos Materials are
encountered, which have not been indicated on the drawings and
whether or not such items are damaged, report immediately such
items and their locations to the Designer.Disposition of Asbestos
materials shall be performed in accordance with the requirements
as specified under Section 02055 inclusive,which is hereby made a
part of this Section.Do not touch and/or proceed with the work in
such areas being suspect of containing Asbestos and/or Asbestos
Related Materials until such disposition of same has been performed
by as specified under Section 02055.
B. The GENERAL CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for arranging
and all costs attributable for the proper removal and disposition
of all Asbestos and/or Asbestos Related Materials by the use of
Separate Contractors specializing in such hazardous waste removal
and disposition from the site. This work shall be performed in
an expeditious manner.
30 days to complete.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3. 01 WORKMANSHIP
A. Before beginning demolition work, disconnect or arrange for
the disconnection of all work to be demolished. Notify the
proper local authorities, the Owner and Designer/Engineer in
writing before work commences.
B. Take all possible precautions to avoid damaging those
materials which are to be salvaged, stockpiled, and reused on
the site.
DEMOLITION
02050-4
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
AM Repairs and Renovations to
Northampthon Superior Courthouse
1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE (continued)
C. Disconnection of building services and the removal of
affected items, specified under Section 15401 - Plumbing, Section
15501 - Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning, and Section
16401 - Electrical Work.
D. Removal of mechanical items in the work, specified under
Section 15401 - Plumbing, Section 15501 - Heating, Ventilation,
Air Conditioning and Section 16101 - Electrical Work.
E. Preparation of existing surfaces normally done by the
respective trade sections hereunder.
1.04 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
A. The Owner will occupy the existing building during the
progress and execution of the work of the Section.
B. The demolition work shall be done with utmost care, using
tools and methods that will not transfer any damaging shocks to
the remaining portions of the building. All possible care shall
be taken to avoid vibration and other disturbances.
C. No demolition of exterior walls, other than existing weather
protection shall be started until the plan for temporary
enclosures has been approved by the Designer.
D. Work to be removed shall be removed in small sections.
Debris shall not be allowed to accumulate and shall be sprinkled
during handling and loading. Remove all debris from the
premises. At completion of the demolition and removal work,
leave everything in a condition for execution of the new work.
E. The Contractor may use the existing roads or driveways in
such manner as authorized by the Designer so as to not seriously
interfere with the normal use of same by the Court Personnel.
F. If, in the process of cutting work, existing utility lines
or fixtures are encountered which have not been indicated on the
drawings, and whether or not such items are damaged, report such
items to the Designer immediately, requesting disposition of
same. Do not proceed with the work in such areas until such
DEMOLITION
02050-3
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
, * Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK (continued)
F. Repair, refurbish and otherwise prepare all surfaces
appropriately to receive the work of the trades specified in
the various sections, excepting as their particular scopes of
work shall so designate. Materials used in this work shall
match insofar as practical the existing elements to which
they will be applied.
G. All necessary cutting, drilling, grouting and patching to
fit together properly the several parts of the work shall be
done by the Contractor.
H. All bracing, shoring and under pinning in connection with
alterations and removal of existing work shall be provided and
installed under this Contract by the Contractor as necessary to
prevent settlement of existing work which is to remain. Shore
all existing framing members and masonry walls, required by
alteration work. Shoring shall be of adequate size well braced
and installed so that loads are brought to firm soil bearing or
to concrete walls, masonry bearing walls, wood stud walls or
concrete slabs with no movement occurring from load transfer.
Shoring and bracing shall be maintained until permanent work is
in place and suitable to receive the loads. Obtain Designer's
approval before removing shoring and bracing. Refer to
Structural Drawings for additional requirements and information.
I. No materials shall be dropped or thrown from the building.
Rubbish and debris resulting from renovation work included under
this contract shall be removed from the building as fast as
accumulated and disposed of, off the premises as directed.
J. Provide control of dust, noise and other nuisances in
accordance with the requirements of the Contract.
1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Removal of Owner's equipments, and Owner's salvage of items
for his own use shall be performed by the Owner prior to the work
of this Section.
B. Cutting of all openings in masonry, specified under Section
04101 - Masonry Repair Work.
DEMOLITION
02050-2
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
SECTION 02050
DEMOLITION
PART 1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS
1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS
and all Sections within DIVISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which
are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications.
B. Attention is called to Division 1, and to the .Contract
Drawings and various technical sections wherein the work is
described. Coordinate work with all affected trades to
ensure steady progress with minimal disruption to the Owner's
activities.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Demolition work includes, but is not limited to, the
following:
1. Removal from the site in accordance with local
regulations of all materials resulting from the
demolition operations except those specified to be
preserved or relocated or reused as specified herein
or in other Sections of the Specifications.
B. The work to be done under this Section is shown on the
Contract Documents and as specified herein.
C. Provide all labor, equipment, implements and materials
required for the removal of existing work, complete as shown
on the Drawings and specified herein. Conditions, as they
are known on the bid date have been indicated in the
documents.
D. Before commencing any work under this Section, verify and
examine all conditions on which the work is in any way
dependent for its perfect result according to the intent of
the Contract Documents.
E. Wreck, Demolish and Remove from the site, as approved by
the Designer, all items of demolition shown on the Drawings.
DEMOLITION
02050-1
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3.04 FILLING AND BACKFILLING (continued)
6. If a manufacturer of a utility line material suggests
backfill materials and methods other than those spec-
ified herein,such requirements shall govern, providing
the finished work equals or exceeds the result obtained
by the materials and methods specified herein.
EARTHWORK
02200-11
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3.04 FILLING AND BACKFILLING (continued)
b. As a six inch base course under concrete.
2. Sand is required around all utility pipes as spec-
if eiei d herein.
D. Backfilling of Trenches, Structures and Foundations
1. Requirements for composition, placement, compaction
and spreading of fill materials as specified herein
shall be applicable to backfilling operations.
2. Any damage to structure, foundation or utilities
caused by backfilling operations shall be corrected
by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner.
3. Do not commence backfilling operations until all
foundation construction below finish grade has been
approved and until all piping, conduit, etc. , has
been installed, tested and approved and the locations
of all pipe and appurtenances have been recorded.
4. Bedding Utilities: Gravel fill shall be laced to
the full width of the trench and under utility struct-
ure foundations as indicated on the Drawings. After
a pipe is bedded, the trench shall be filled to the
centerline of the pipe with gravel fill except at
the joint. After the joint is inspected, that portion
shall be filled in with gravel. Material under and
around the pipe shall be carefully and thoroughly
tamped.
5. Backfillin Utilities: Backfill carefully by hand
around pipe to one foot above top of pipe with sand.
Hand tamp in layers not to exceed six inches. Above
this point, backfill shall be suitable material from
excavation or, if ordered, gravel fill. This shall
be placed in layers twelve inches deep. Each layer
shall be compacted with mechanical tampers to spec-
ified densities. This backfill shall be carried up
to the bottom of materials specified to be placed
for paving, mulching, or site improvements.
EARTHWORK
02200-10
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
, * Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3.04 FILLING AND BACKFILLING
A. Placement - General
1. Areas to be filled or backfilled shall be free of
construction debris, refuse, compressible or
decayable materials and standing water. Do not
place fill or backfill when temperature is below
30 degrees F. or when fill material or layers
below it are frozen. Control and minimize the
amount of dust generated by fill and backfill
operations.
2. It is anticipated that a sufficient quantity of
suitable fill material will not be available
from the excavation required on the project
site. Provide additional fill material at no
additional cost to the Owner.
B. Compaction
1. E i ment: Compaction shall be accomplished
by vibratory rollers, or other types of
acceptable compacting equipment of any design
such that it will be able to compact the fill
to the specified density.
2. Density Requirements: Fill material shall be
compacted to the following densities:
a. Within the building area: 95%
b. In utility trenches: 95%
c. In all other areas: 90%
*Percent density of maximum dry density of materials
at optimum moisture content as determined by methods
of test for ASTM Designation D-1557-70, Method C.
C. Fill and Backfill Distribution
1. Structural Fill as defined under PART 2 -
PRODUCTS, ARTICLE 2.O1a, is required generally
as follows:
a. As required to adjust subgrade elevations
under building slabs.
EARTHWORK
02200-9
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No. l
Ook Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3.03 EXCAVATION (continued)
B. Shoring and Sheeting
1. Provide shoring, sheeting and/or bracing at
excavations, as required, to assure complete safety
against collapse of earth at side of excavations.
2. Comply with local safety regulations or in the absence
thereof, with the provisions of the Manual of Accident
Prevention in Construction of the Associated General
Contractors of America, Inc.
3. Remove shoring, etc. , as backfilling operations pro-
gress, taking all necessary precautions to prevent
collapse of excavations sides, except that where
damage is likely to result from withdrawing sheeting,
it shall be left in place with approval of the
Designer.
4. Shoring or sheeting shall not constitute a condition
for which an increase may be made in the Contract
Price, with the exception that if the Designer
directs in writing that certain shoring or sheeting
shall be left in place, the Contract Price will be
adjusted in accordance with the General Requirements.
C. Dewatering
1. Upon commencement of construction, the Contractor
shall become responsible for subsurface drainage and
shall maintain such drainage during the life of the
project in an approved manner. The existing cond-
itions in adjacent areas shall be protected and
maintained at all times.
D. Dust Control: Provide acceptable means of controlling
minima izng the amount of dust generated by the work of this
Contract.
E. Measurements: Sufficient notice shall be given to the
Designer that a may inspect proper measurements of any extra
work. Failure on the part of the Contractor to notify the
Designer and proceeding by the Contractor with extra work before
measurements are taken will forfeit the Contractor's right to
claim any extra compensation.
EARTHWORK
02200-8
AOW
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3.03 EXCAVATION (continued)
2. Remove from the site and legally dispose of all
debris and other excavated material not needed
for, or unsuitable for fill.
3. Where directed in writing by the Designer, test
pit or other miscellaneous excavation not else-
where specified shall be performed by the Contractor.
Excavated material shall be used as refill material
and shall be placed in eight inch lifts and thor-
oughly compacted.
4. When excavations have reached the prescribed depths
for footings and subgrades for pavements, site im-
provements, etc. , notify the Designer who shall
make an inspection of the conditions. If bearing
conditions meet design requirements, the Designer
will give approval to proceed.
5. Unacceptable Soil Conditions: If the existing
soil at the prescribed depths is found to be unsuitable,
the Designer may order Extra Excavation (defined below) .
6. Extra Trench Excavation: Whenever unsuitable soil
i acn pa�Teof properly supporting the pipe or struct-
ure is encountered at a depth six inches below the
bottom of the pipe barrel or below the bottom of a
structure, as determined by the Designer, such
soil shall be removed to its full depth and to the
full width of the trench and refilled with gravel
fill specified herein, placed in eight inch lifts
and thoroughly compacted. No excavation shall be
made below the limits of the excavation called for
on the plans or herein specified without prior
approval of the Designer.
7. Safety: Provide, at no addition expense to
the Owner, suitable warning devices and bridges
over trenches where required for the accommodation
and the safety of the traveling public and access as
required to service and delivery areas.
EARTHWORK
02200-7
Awk
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
OW Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3.01 INSPECTION AND TESTING (continued)
D. Field density tests may be made by the Soils Engineer in
accordance with the method of test for ASTM Designation D-1557-
70, Method C to determine the adequacy of compaction. The
location and frequency of such field tests shall be at the Soils
Engineer's discretion. Periodic sieve analysis may be taken during
the course of this work to insure quality control of the material.
E. The testing lab will supervise the installation of any and
all controlled compacted fills.
F. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Soils Engineer in
obtaining field samples of in-place materials after compaction
and shall furnish incidental field labor in connection with such
tests. The Contractor shall be informed by the Soils Engineer of
areas of unsatisfactory density which may require improvement by
removal and replacement or by scarifying, aerating, sprinkling
(as needed) and recompaction prior to the placement of a new
lift. No additional compensation shall be paid for work required
to achieve proper compaction.
G. Tests of material as delivered may be made from time to
time. Materials in question may not be used, pending test
results. Tests of compacted materials will be made reqularly.
Rejected materials shall be removed and replaced with new,
whether in stockpiles or in place.
3.02 WORK LIMITS
A. Limit of work: The approximate limit of work is indi-
cated on the layout plan. Prior to commencement of work, the
contractor shall mark the work limit line for approval of the
Designer. Any areas disturbed which are beyond the established
work limit line shall be restored when and as directed to original
conditions with additional cost to the Owner. Refer to 1.04
PERMITS AND CODES.
3 .03 EXCAVATION
A. General Excavation
1. Excavate all materials encountered to allow con-
struction of the proposed building, utilities
and site work as shown on the Drawings and as
hereinafter specified.
EARTHWORK
02200-6
OOW
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.02 CRUSHED GRAVEL BASE (continued)
PERCENT PASSING
U.S. SIEVE NO MAXIMUM MINIMUM
1-1/2" - 100
1" 100 60
No. 4 85 25
No. 16 65 10
No. 50 35 4
No. 200 5 -
2.03 SAND
A. Sand shall be well-graded natural sand free from organic,
other weak or compressible materials, or frozen materials. It
shall conform to ASTM Specs for Concrete Aggregates, Designation
C33, for fine aggregates and also the STM Method of Test for
Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates, Designation C136,
for coarse sand.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION AND TESTING
A. All materials and their placement may be subject to duality
control testing. A qualified soils testing laboratory will be
selected and paid for by the Owner, except that the Contractor
shall bear cost of testing materials which fail to conform to
Specifications. Test results and laboratory recommendations
shall be available to the Contractor.
B. The Designer and the laboratory will pass on conformance of
materials and workmanship, particularly compaction to the require-
ments of the Specifications.
C. Excavated material taken directly from on-site excavations
and meeting these Specifications may be used as gravel fill to
adjust subgrade elevation, if required. No fill material shall
be put in place until such material is approved by the Designer.
All unsuitable excavated soil shall be disposed of away from
the site by the Contractor.
EARTHWORK
02200-5
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.08 DISPOSITION OF EXISTING UTILITIES (continued)
his operations to avoid damage to underground utilities and
structures. The Contractor shall cooperate with, and consult
with representatives of the Town, utility companies and Dig Safe
in order to avoid damage to the structures. The Contractor shall
furnish and erect suitable supports and shoring or other means of
protection, all at his own expense, where required. Hand methods
of excavating shall be used around buried utilities and is
included in the work to be done under this Contract, at no
additional cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall, at his own
expense, preserve and protect from injury all property along and
adjacent to the line of work, and be responsible for and repair
any and all damage and injury thereto, arising out of or in
consequence of any act or omission of his.
1. If existing utilities are encountered on the site,
they shall be carefully protected from damage and
relocated or removed as directed, as required by
the work. When a utility line is exposed during
construction, both the Designer and the Utility
Owner shall be notified in writing. -
,,, PART 2 = PRODUCTS
2.01 STRUCTURAL OR GRAVEL FILL
A. Structural or gravel fill shall be well-graded natural sand
and gravel conforming to the following gradations:
PERCENT PASSING
U.S. SIEVE NO. MAXIMUM MINIMUM
4" -- 100
1" 100 60
No. 4 85 25
No. 16 65 10
No. 50 35 4
No. 200 5 -
2.03 CRUSHED GRAVEL BASE
A. Processed grave for base course under pavements shall be
well- graded crushed sand and gravel conforming to the following
gradations:
EARTHWORK
02200-4
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.06 LAYOUT AND GRADES
A. All lines and grades not presently established at the site
shall be laid out by the Contractor in accordance with the
Drawings and Specifications. The Contractor shall establish
permanent bench marks by employment of an independent Registered
Land Surveyor or Professional Civil Engineer. All established
bounds and bench marks shall be maintained and any which are
destroyed or disturbed shall be replaced as directed.
B. Definitions
1. "Finish Grade". as used herein, shall mean the
required final grade elevations indicated on the
Drawings. Spot elevations shall govern over pro-
posed contours.
2. "Subgrade", as used herein, shall mean the required
surface of acceptable subsoil, borrow fill or com-
pacted fill. This surface shall be immediately
beneath footings.
1.07 PROTECTION
A. Provide all necessary protective measures for the safety of
the public and workmen as required. All such protective measures
shall comply with the regulations and directives of all bodies
having jurisdiction and, when no longer required, shall be
removed from the site.
B. The Contractor shall exercise all diligent care to protect
existing trees, shrubs and undergrowth to remain. He shall
replace or repair as directed, at his own expense, any such
existing plant material removed, destroyed, disfigured or damaged
because of his negligence. Replacements shall be of similar size
and species as approved by the Designer.
1.08 DISPOSITION OF EXISTING UTILITIES
A. Information shown on the Drawings as to location of existing
utilities is from the best available sources, but no guarantee is
inherent or is it to be assumed that such information is accurate
or complete. The Contractor shall exercise special care during
EARTHWORK
02200-3
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.03 EXAMINATION OF SITE AND DOCUMENTS (continued)
B. Plans, surveys, measurements and dimensions under which the
work is to be performed are believed to be correct, but the
Bidder shall have examined them for himself during the bidding
period. Any discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of
the Designer prior to the submission of bid.
C. The Bidder, shall verify existing grades, lines, locations,
etc. , prior to submitting his bid.
1.04 PERMITS AND CODES
A. The Contractor shall comply with all codes, rules,
regulations, laws and ordinances of the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts and all other authorities having jurisdiction.
B. The Contractor shall, in accordance with Chapter 353 of the
Acts of 1983, give written notice by certified mail to all
utilities at least 72 hours, exclusive of Saturdays, Sundays, and
legal holidays, before excavation operations. All excavations
shall be performed in such a manner and such reasonable pre-
cautions taken to avoid damage to pipes, mains, wires or conduits
in use. Immediate notification shall be given to the utility
Awk when damage occurs. The contractor shall notify Dig Safe of
proposed excavation and obtain confirmation of such notification.
C. The Contractor shall procure and pay for all permits and
licenses required for the complete work specified herein and
shown on the Drawings.
D. The Contractor shall so conduct his operations as to
interfere as little as possible with the use ordinarily made of
streets, or other facilities near enough to the work to be
affected thereby.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Samples of any material shall be submitted for inspection
and approval upon the Designer's request. Analyses shall be
certified by the testing laboratory. Samples shall include, but
not be limited to, the following:
1. Materials proposed as fill, and source.
2. Materials proposed for base courses under pavement.
EARTHWORK
02200-2
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
SECTION 02200
EARTHWORK
PART 1 ,- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS
and all Sections within DIVISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which
are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The work under this Section consists of all earthwork as
shown on the Drawings and as specified herein, and includes but
is not limited to, the following:
1. Furnish all materials, labor and equipment as re-
,,,,, quired for the excavation, backfilling and grading
at new footings and slabs on grade at the interior
of the work areas of the Northampton Superior Courthouse
and bringing all surfaces to proper grade and
compaction as specified herein to blend with
existing grades and to conform to grades indicated
on the Contract Drawings.
1.03 EXAMINATION OF SITE AND DOCUMENTS
A. It is hereby understood that the Contractor has carefully
examined the site and all conditions affecting work under this
Section. No claim for additional costs will be allowed because
of lack of full knowledge of existing conditions.
EARTHWORK
02200-1
AOW
Mass State Project No.CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
B. Completing the entire building on schedule will require
that other critical items be expedited as well and the
Contractor shall follow the previously stated procedures.
The Contractor shall investigate these items and add to the
list as he deems necessary.
C. The Construction Schedule shall indicate the actions of
the Contractor on these items and the progress achieved in
accord with the Schedule requirements. The Architect and his
Consultants shall meet with the Contractor prior to the start
of construction and periodically during construction to
review these critical items and offer advice and aid.
CRITICAL MATERIALS
01800-2
2
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
SECTION 01800
CRITICAL MATERIALS
PART 1-GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS
Sections within DIVISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,which are hereby
made a part of this Section of the Specifications.
1.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Time is of the essence in 'completing this project.
Present materials shortages are causing delay and additional
expense in completing construction projects. This can be
achieved by prompt order of critical items, proper scheduling
reflecting delivery dates, and proper use of expediting procedures
to insure delivery within the scheduling requirement. It shall
be the responsibility of the Contractor and his Subcontractors
to follow such procedures.
1.03 CRITICAL ITEMS
A. The Designer has determined through investigation certain
critical items required and the Contractor shall place early
orders for such, shall insure prompt shop drawing
submissions, and shall expedite this material to achieve
early building closure. Critical closure items are as
follows:
1. Finish hardware
2. Electrical light fixtures and devices
3. HVAC equipment
4. Prefinished acoustical wall panels.
5. Detention plumbing fixtures.
6. Detention sliding door systems.
This is not a complete listing and the Contractor shall
investigate other items to achieve closure such as miscellaneous
metal items, building insulation, and act in the same manner if
such is deemed necessary.
CRITICAL MATERIALS
01800-1
A"k. 1
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.04 FINAL CLEANING
A. Repair, patch, and touch up marred surfaces to specified
finish to match adjacent surfaces.
B. In preparation for Substantial Completion, conduct final
inspection of sight-exposed interior and exterior surfaces.
C. Remove grease, dust, stains, labels, fingerprints, and other
foreign materials from sight-exposed interior and exterior
surfaces. This includes cleaning of the Work of all finishing
trades where needed, whether or not cleaning by such trades is
included in their respective Specifications.
D. Repair, patch, and touchup marred surfaces to specified
finish to match adjacent surfaces.
E. Clean and polish glass on both sides.
F. Do the final cleaning of resilient floors and wood floors as
specified under the respective Section of the Specifications.
G. Leave all architectural metals, hardware, and fixtures in
undamaged, polished conditions.
H. Leave pipe and duct spaces, plenums, furred spaces and the
like clean of debris and decayable materials.
I. In cleaning items with manufacturer's finish or items
previously finished by a Subcontractor, care shall be taken not
to damage such manufacturer's or Subcontractor's finish. In
cleaning glass and finish surfaces, care shall be taken not to
use detergents or other cleaning agents which may stain adjoining
finish surfaces. Any damage to finishes caused by cleaning
operations shall be repaired by the Contractor at his own
expense.
J. Broom clean exposed concrete surfaces and paved surfaces.
Rake clean other surfaces of grounds.
K. Owner's responsibility for cleaning commences at the time
designated on the Use and Occupancy Certificate.
CLEANING UP
01710-2
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
SECTION 01710
CLEANING UP
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS
and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which are
hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications.
1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Consult the individual Sections of the Specifications for
cleaning of Work installed under those Sections.
1.03 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with
local ordinances and anti-pollution laws.
1. Do not burn rubbish and waste materials on Project
site.
2. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral
spirits, oil, or paint thinner in storm or sanitary
drains.
3. Do not dispose of wastes into streams or waterways.
B. Provide suitable dust protection and barricades, per Temporary
Facilities section of the Contract.
C. Provide on-site containers for collection of waste
materials and rubbish.
D. Each day and at the end of work shifts during construction,
remove waste materials and rubbish from site and legally dispose
of it.
CLEANING UP
01710-1
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.06 FINAL APPLICATION AND CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT
A. Contractor shall submit final application in accordance
with requirements of General and Supplementary Conditions.
B. Designer will issue final certificate in accordance with
provisions of General Conditions.
1.07 POST-CONSTRUCTION INSPECTION
A. Prior to expiration of one year from Date of Substantial
Completion, Designer will make visual inspection of Project
in company with Owner and Contractor to determine whether
correction of Work is required, in accordance with provisions
of General Conditions.
B. For guarantees beyond one year, Designer will make
inspections at request of Owner after notification to
Contractor.
C. Designer will promptly notify Contractor, in writing, of
any observed deficiencies.
PROJECT CLOSE OUT
01700-3
OMNI-
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
OW Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.02 FINAL INSPECTION (continued)
3. Designer will reinspect the work.
1.03 CLOSE OUT SUBMITTALS
A. Project Record Documents.
B. Operation and Maintenance Data.
C. Extend guarantees and Warranties.
D. Maintenance Materials.
E. Deliver evidence of compliance with the requirements of
governing authorities.
1. Certificate of occupancy.
F. Deliver Certificate of Insurance for Products and Complete
Operations.
1.04 INSTRUCTIONS
0,, A. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation and maintenance of
all systems, and other equipment.
1.05 EVIDENCE OF PAYMENTS, AND RELEASE OF LIENS
A. Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims.
B. Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens:
1. Consent of Surety to Final Payment.
2. Contractor's release of waiver of liens.
3. Separate releases or waivers of liens for
Subcontractor, suppliers, and -others with lien rights
against property of Owner, together with list of
those parties.
C. All submittals shall be duly executed before delivery to
Designer/Engineer.
PROJECT CLOSE OUT
01700-2
Awk
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
SECTION 01700
PROJECT CLOSE OUT
PART 1 - CLOSE OUT REQUIREMENTS AND SUBMITTALS
1.01 GENERAL
A. The Designer will prepare and issue a Certificate of
Substantial Completion, complete with signatures of Owner and
Contractor, accompanied by list of items to be completed or
corrected, as verified and amended by the Designer.
1.02 FINAL INSPECTION
A. Contractor shall submit written certification that:
1. Contract Documents have been reviewed.
2. Project has been inspected for compliance with
Contract Documents.
3. Work has been completed in accordance with Contract
Documents.
4. Project is completed, and ready for final inspection.
B. Designer will begin final inspection within seven days
after receipt of certification.
C. Should the Designer consider that Work is finally
complete in accordance with requirements of the Contract
Documents, he shall request Contractor to make Project
Closeout Submittals.
D. Should the Designer consider that Work is not finally
complete:
1. He shall notify Contractor, in writing, stating
reasons.
2 . Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy the
stated deficiencies and send second written notice to
Designer certifying that Work is complete.
PROJECT CLOSE OUT
01700-1
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.15 WEATHER PROTECTION (continued)
3. It is not to be specifically understood that
the Contractor shall do no work at any time or
under any conditions which he deems unsuited to
the perfect execution of the work. This provision
shall not be interpreted as constituting any waiver,
release of lessening of the Contractors obligation
to bring the work to entire completion within the
period of time set forth in the Agreement.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
01510-11
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
► Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.15 WEATHER PROTECTION (continued)
3. The Contractor shall reimburse the HVAC Subcontractor
to operate any portion of the permanent heating
system used for temporary heating until Substantial
Completion.
4. The Contractor shall furnish and pay for any
materials and equipment which are not part of
the permanent heating system and which may be
required to operate the permanent heating system
on a temporary basis.
5. The Contractor shall reimburse the HVAC
Subcontractor for the final cleaning and for
any repairs or replacements necessary to restore
the permanent heating system to perfect cond-
ition at the time of Substantial Completion.
6. The Contractor shall reimburse the Plumbing
Subcontractor for any temporary plumbing work
required to operate the permanent heating
system for temporary heating.
7. The Contractor shall pay the costs of all fuel
and electricity for temporary heating until
Substantial Completion.
8. No parts of the air handling system shall be
used until temporary filters have been installed
satisfactory to the Designer. Such filters shall
be kept clean and in efficient working condition,
shall be removed at the time of Substantial Completion
and replaced by the permanent filters.
C. Responsibility for weather protection:
1. The entire responsibility for weather protection
during construction until Substantial Completion,
shall be assumed by the Contractor, who shall
be liable for any damage to any work caused
by his failure to supply proper weather pro-
tection and proper ventilation as required.
2 . Any work damaged by frost shall be removed and
replaced by the Contractor at his own expense
and as directed by the Designer.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
01510-10
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
00* Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.15 WEATHER PROTECTION (continued)
operate. However, it shall be his responsibility
to have all portions of the permanent heating
system, that are used for heating during
construction, thoroughly cleaned and restored
to first class condition, to the satisfaction
of the Owner.
4. Installation of weather protection and heating
devices shall comply with all safety regulations.
5. The Contractor shall furnish and install four
(4) accurate automatic recording Fahrenheit
thermometers, located as directed by the
Designer and Owner in order to determine if
specified temperatures are maintained.
6. Within 30 calendar days after his award of
contract, the Contractor shall submit in writing
to the Awarding Authority for approval three
(3) copies of the proposed methods for
"Weather Protection."
B. The hereinabove quoted "Weather Protection Standard" is
supplemented as follows:
1. Unit heaters, if used, shall be of the smokeless
type and be installed and operated in such a
way that finished Work will not be damaged thereby.
"Salamanders" shall not be used.
2 . When the specified permanent heating system, or
portion thereof has been installed and tested, the
Contractor may used the same for temporary heating
purposes, with approval of the Designer. The
HVAC Subcontractor, however, shall be in charge
of and provide all labor required for the attendance,
operation and final restoration of the permanent
system if used for temporary heating purposes.
Continuous direct attendance shall be provided
whenever the permanent system is in operation.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
01510-9
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
0^ Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.15 WEATHER PROTECTION
A. The Contractor shall provide weather protection in
accordance with Chapter 497 of the Acts of 1980 and with the
"Weather Protection Standard" established by the Director of
Building Construction which reads as follows:
1. It is the intent of these Specifications to
require the Contractor to provide temporary
enclosures and heat to permit construction work
to be carried on during the months of November
through March in compliance with Chapter 497
of the M.G.L. of 1980. These specifications
are not to be construed as requiring enclosures
or heat for operations that are economically
unfeasible to protect in the judgment of the
Awarding Authority, such items as Erection
of Certain Exterior Wall Panels, Roofing and
similar operations.
2. "Weather Protection" shall mean the temporary
protection of that work adversely affected
by moisture, wind and cold by covering, en-
closing and/or heating. This protection shall
provide adequate working areas during the
months of November through March as determined
by the Awarding Authority and consistent
with the approved construction schedule to permit
the continuous progress of all work necessary
to maintain an orderly and efficient sequence
of construction operations. The Contractor
shall furnish and install all "weather protection"
materials and be responsible for all cost,
including heating required to maintain a minimum
temperature of 55 degrees F. at the working
surface. This provision does not supersede any
specific requirements for methods of construction
and/or curing of materials.
3 . The Contractor may with the approval of the Owner
elect to utilize the permanent heating system
for temporary heat after the building is enclosed
and after it has been tested and is ready to
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
01510-8
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1. 14 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY (continued)
2. Receptacles - At least on 20 ampere duplex for each
1,000 square feet of floor space, and such others as
will accommodate extension cords not greater than 50
feet in length to reach all work.
3. Fused switches for special construction equipment -
At least three (3) 30 ampere, 2 pole fused switches for
equipment connection. Cables, and connection from
switch to the special equipment, shall be furnished,
installed, maintained and paid for by the trade
requiring same.
4. Feeders - a feeder or feeders of sufficient capacity
for the requirements of each area.
D. The Contractor, at his own expense, shall maintain all lamps
in operating condition. The Contractor, and each Subcontractor,
shall furnish their own extension cords and all additional lamps
as may be required for their work. Temporary work of a special
nature, not otherwise specified hereunder, shall be provided,
ww maintained, and paid for by the trade requiring same.
E. All temporary work shall be provided in conformity with the
National Electrical Code and in accordance with state laws,
and requirements of the applicable power company. Particular
attention is called to the Commonwealth of Massachusetts "Rules
and Regulations for the Prevention of Accidents in Construction
Operation, " Industrial Bulletin No. 12 of Department of Labor
and Industry. Division of Industrial Safety with specific
reference to Section 4, Item 4.26 and Section 7 of its entirety.
F. The Electrical Subcontractor shall leave in its entirety the
temporary electrical facilities at the end and substantial
completion of the project, so that it can be used during the
Building Construction Phase.
G. All lamps installed in permanent lighting fixtures and
used as temporary lights during the construction period shall
be removed and replaced shortly before Substantial Completion
by the set of lamps required to be furnished and installed
under Section 16400 - Electrical Work.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
01510-7
Aft
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
"* Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1. 12 PROJECT SIGNS (continued)
B. Furnish and install one project sign at each location. The
signs shall be 4 feet by 6 feet, displaying names and addresses,
of (1) Owner, (2) the Designer and his Consultants, and (3) the
Contractor. Text and lettering shall be as indicated on the
cover sheet of the Contract Documents. Also, furnish such
directional signs as the Designer shall determine are required to
properly control construction traffic on site.
C. Sign shall be of plywood MDO/EXT-APA, 3/4" thick, supported
by three posts 4" x 4" with adequate bracing. The Contractor
shall paint all surfaces of the sign two (2) coats of exterior
paint. Painting and lettering shall be performed by a
professional sign painter.
D. Project signs shall be located at the entrance of the site
that work under this project is being constructed.
1. 13 HOISTING FACILITIES
A. Except as otherwise specified, the Contractor shall provide,
operate, and remove material hoists, cranes and other hoisting
apparatus and shall do all hoisting as required for the perform-
ance of the Work by all trades. All such hoisting service shall
be without charge to the Subcontractors.
1. 14 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY
A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall, at his own expense, make
all arrangements, for and provide all temporary power services.
The temporary electrical service shall include but not be limited
to all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to make temporary
electrical connections of adequate power capacity for the project
operations.
B. All temporary electrical work shall be performed under the direct
supervision of at least one master electrician, who will be present
on the project at all times when such work is being performed.
C. Temporary power shall be not less than the following:
1. Lighting:
a. Rooms under 250 sq.ft. - 100 watts.
b. Rooms over 250 sq.ft. and under 500 sq. ft. - 200 watts.
c. Rooms over 500 sq.ft. - 300 watts per 1,000 sq. ft.
or fraction thereof.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
01510-6
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.09 TEMPORARY WATER
A. The Contractor shall make all arrangements for
obtaining temporary water connections and shall pay all
costs thereby incurred. He shall furnish, install and remove
all equipment and piping required to provide water for the
execution of the work.
B. The Contractor shall provide an adequate supply of
cool drinking water with individual drinking cups for all
personnel and workmen on the job.
C. The permanent water distribution may be used as a
source of water for construction purposes, provided that the
Contractor 1) assumes full responsibility for the entire water
distribution system; and 2) pays all cost for maintenance and
restoration of the system.
1.10 FIRE PROTECTION
A. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions
to insure against fire during construction. He shall be
/M�► responsible that the area within contract limits kept orderly
and clean and that combustible rubbish is promptly removed
from the site.
B. Installation of equipment suitable for fire protection
shall be done as soon as possible after commencement of
operations. Fire protection shall be in accordance with the
requirements of Industrial Bulletin No. 12, Division of
Industrial Safety Department of Labor and Industries,
Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
1.11 NOISE AND POLLUTION CONTROL
A. All work performed under the Contract shall conform to
the requirements of Chapter 11, Section 31 C and Section 142 D
of the General Laws, and Rules and Regulations adopted thereto
by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Department of Public Health.
1.12 PROJECT SIGNS
A. Signs or advertisements will not be allowed to be displayed
on the premises without the approval of the Designer.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
01510-5
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.08 TEMPORARY PROTECTION (continued)
under provide temporary weathertight enclosures
for openings in exterior walls and roof decks when
as required to protect the Work from damage by
inclement weather. Temporary enclosures shall be
provided with adequate means of ventilation to
prevent accumulation of moisture in the building.
2. Provide temporary wood doors for exterior entrances
and elsewhere as required. Permanent door enclosures
shall not be used as temporary enclosures.
3. Protect sills, jambs, and heads of openings
through which materials are handled.
4. Protect decks and slabs to receive Work by other
trades from any soiling which will prevent proper
adhesion of subsequent Work. Decks and slabs
shall be left clean and free of all blemishes
at the time other trades begin the application
of their Work.
OW 5. Protect concrete slabs and finished floors
against mechanical damage, plaster droppings,
oil, grease, paint or other materials which
will stain the floor finish. Install and
maintain adequate strips of building paper
or other protection on finished floors in
rooms where further Work will be done by other
trades.
B. After the installation of Work by any Subcontractor is
properly completed, the Contractor shall be responsible for its
protection and for repairing, replacing or cleaning any such
work which has been damaged by other trades or by any other cause,
so that all Work is in perfect condition at the time of
Substantial Completion.
C. All temporary protection and coverings shall be removed
at or before Substantial Completion.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
01510-4
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
O Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.05 SECURITY
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing.all
security precautions necessary, in the Contractor's opinion, to
insure adequate protection of his and the Owner's interest.
1.06 TEMPORARY STRUCTURES
A. The Contractor shall provide such storage sheds, temporary
buildings, or trailers as required for the performance of the
Contract. The Subcontractors shall provide their own temporary
buildings or trailers.
1.07 TEMPORARY STAGING, STAIRS, CHUTES
A. The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain, and remove
all temporary ramps, stairs, chutes and similar items as required
for his own use and for the use of all trades as needed by them
for the proper execution of their work, and he shall permit the
use of such facilities by all trades at no charge.
B. The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain and remove
all temporary ramps, stairs, barricades and similar items as
required for his own use and for the use of all trades as needed
by them for the proper execution of their work, and he shall
permit the use of such facilities by all trades at no charge.
C. The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain and remove
all temporary ramps, stairs, barricades and similar items as
required for the proper protection of all employees in providing
proper emergency egress at locations within the building.
D. The recommendations of the Manual of Accident Prevention in
Construction, latest edition, published by the Associated General
Contractors of America, Inc. are hereby made a part of this
Specification to the extent that such recommendations are not in
contravention to applicable laws and ordinances.
1.08 TEMPORARY PROTECTION
A. The Contractor shall:
1. In addition to the weather protection during the
months of November through March specified here-
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
01510-3
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
0^ Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.02 FIELD OFFICES (continued)
C. The offices shall be set in location approved by the
Designer , and shall be maintained by the Contractor in a
clean and orderly condition.
D. After enclosed and heated building space becomes available,
the Contractor may move the offices (including telephones) into
the building. Space so used shall be subject to approval of the
Designer and Owner.
1. 03 TEMPORARY TELEPHONES
A. Separate individual services shall be provided:
1. in the field office of the Contractor, for the use
of his authorized agents and Subcontractors; and
2. in the field office of the Project Representative.
A desktype telephone with lock and key shall be
provided for this purpose.
B. The contractor shall pay for the installation and removal
of the foregoing temporary telephones and for all calls and
charges in connection therewith.
C. The temporary telephone services shall be maintained until
substantial completion of the work.
1.04 TEMPORARY TOILETS
A. The Contractor shall provide and service an adequate number
of toilet booths with chemical type toilets.
B. The toilets shall be erected in location approved by the
Designer and shall be maintained by the Contractor in a clean
and orderly condition in compliance with all local and state
health requirements.
C. When the permanent sanitary system is in operating condition,
the Contractor may use portions of the system as approved
by the Designer, provided that the Contractor (1) assumes full
responsibility for the so used portions of the sanitary system,
and (2) pays all cost for operation, maintenance, cleaning,
and restoration of the used portions.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
01510-2
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Awk Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
SECTION 01510
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
PART 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS
and all Sections within DIVISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,which are
hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing and
maintaining all temporary facilities until Substantial
Completion. Removal of such prior to Substantial Completion
must be with the concurrence of the Designer. The Contractor
bears full responsibility for reproviding any facility removed
prior to Substantial Completion if required for the Work.
C. Removal of all temporary facilities shall be a condition
precedent to Substantial Completion unless directed otherwise
by the Designer or specifically noted in the Specifications.
1.02 FIELD OFFICES
A. The Contractor shall provide a suitable office at the site
for his own use.
B. In addition, the Contractor shall provide an office space
of not less than 190 sq. ft. in area for the use of the Project
Representative. It shall have 1 larger office for conference,
1 smaller office for the Project Representative, 1 wardrobe
closet, and be equipped with at least the following:
1 - Double desk 7 ft. wide
1 - 4 drawer, steel file cabinet with lock and key
1 - Plan table, at least 3 ft. by 7 ft.
1 - Plan rack
2 - Overhead shelves 7 ft. long
8 - Chairs
1 - Heat and light
1 - Air conditioner
1 - Typewriter
1 - First class outdoor thermometer (maximum/minimum)
1 - Waste basket
1 - Water cooler
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
01510-1
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
6.05 EXECUTION
A. Technique:
1. Factual presentation.
2. Correct exposure and focus.
a. High resolution and sharpness.
b. Maximum depth-of-field.
c. Minimum distortion.
B. Views Required:
1. Consult with Designer for instructions concerning views
required at each specified visit to site.
2. Photograph from locations to adequately illustrate state
of project, or condition of construction.
C. Delivery of Prints:
1. Deliver prints monthly to accompany each request for
progress payment.
2. Deliver to Designer.
SUBMITTALS
01340-12
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
5.02 INSTRUCTIONS OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL (continued)
B. Submission to the Designer of a Certificate of Compliance to
this requirement signed by the Subcontractor and the Owner's
representative, shall be a condition precedent to final payment.
PART 6 - PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS
6.01 At times selected by the Designer but limited to no more
than twice a month until Substantial Completion, the
Contractor shall have black and white photographs taken from
6 locations as directed by the Designer. The Designer shall
have the right to increase or. decrease the number of photographs
required each month, maintaining an overall average of 6 per month. .
6.02 Photographs shall be taken by a competent commercial
photographer and all costs in connection therewith shall be
paid by the Contractor.
6.03 Photographs shall be 8 inches by 10 inches. The prints shall
bear the date of exposure, name of Project, description of view
and name of photographer. Two glossy prints of each photograph
shall be delivered to the Designer within 15 days after the
exposures are made.
6.04 PRODUCTS
A. Prints:
1. Black and white.
2. Smooth surface, glossy finish.
3. Size: 8" x 10".
4. Paper weight: Medium.
5. Mounting: On muslim, with 1" hinged binding edge.
B. Identification: Identify each print on back:
1. Name of Project.
2. Name of Owner.
3 . Description of view.
4. Time and date of exposure.
5. Key plan, with location of camera and arrow to indicate
the direction of view.
6. Name and address of photographer.
7. Photographer's numbered identification of exposure.
SUBMITTALS
01340-11
o0e
3
9
S
P
be a con di ion •-
5. 02 INSTRUCTIONS OF OWNERS PERSONNEL
A. Where specified in the individual Sections, the Subcontractor
shall instruct the Owner's personnel at the site in the use and
maintenance of equipment installed by them under the Contract.
SUBMITTALS
01340-10
�Po C,�`�♦C y A�til
lq vpf&tuj,6 S
Allen M. Lieb, A.I.A.
President
Lieb Architects, P.C., Ltd.
The Office Of Allen M Marblehead, MA 01945
10 7ioga\Nay b 7) 631-2637
Cot age Business Park Fax. (
(617) 631-9119
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
PART 4 _ RECORD DRAWINGS(continued)
4 .05 Upon receipt of approval, the Contractor shall insure that
the above Subcontractors transfer the as-built information
shown on the record drawings onto reproducible sepia tran-
sparencies of the original contract drawings. Transparencies
will be furnished by the Owner at no charge. The drafting
shall be done by experienced draftsmen and match the original
drawings.
4.06 From the transparencies, the Contractor shall, at his own
expense, prepare two sets of microfilm copies as directed
by the Designer, and one set of blue-line _prints, and then
submit the transparencies, the microfilm copies and the blue-
line prints to the Designer. Each sheet shall be clearly
marked "Record Drawings" and bear the date of printing.
Submission of accurate record drawings and their approval
by the Designer shall be a condition precedent to final payment.
PART 5 - OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
5.01 INSTRUCTIONS
A. Subcontractors, installers and suppliers shall furnish to
the Contractor two sets of operating and maintenance instructions
of all Site Utility, Electrical and manually operated equipment
furnished or installed by them. Site Utility and Electrical
Subcontractors shall furnish instructions as specified in their
respective Sections.
B. The Contractor shall collect all of the above instructions,
bind them into two complete sets, and submit them to the Designer.
C. Submission of operating and maintenance instructions shall
be a condition precedent to final payment.
5.02 INSTRUCTIONS OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL
A. Where specified in the individual Sections, the Subcontractor
shall instruct the Owner's personnel at the site in the use and
maintenance of equipment installed by them under the Contract.
SUBMITTALS
01340-10
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3.04 SUBMITTALS (continued)
B. Submit periodically updated schedules accurately depicting
progress to first day of each month.
C. Submit one reproducible transparency, and one opaque
print.
D. Make prints from reviewed transparency for distribution.
3.05 DISTRIBUTION
A. Distribute copies to all concerned parties.
B. Instruct recipients to report any inability to comply, and
provide detailed explanation, with suggested remedies.
PART 4 - RECORD DRAWINGS
4.01 From the sets of drawings furnished by the Owner at the
beginning of the work, the Contractor shall detach and
furnish at no charge to the Site Utility and Electrical
Subcontractors the drawings of their work for this
purpose.
4.02 The Contractor shall insure that the above Subcontractors
shall keep their record set on the site at all times and
note on it, neatly, legibly and accurately as the work
progresses, the exact location of their work as actually
installed, any changes from the Contract Drawings and
any information requested in their individual Sections.
4.03 The Designer may periodically inspect the record drawings
at the site. The Proper and current maintenance of the
information required on these drawings shall be a condition
precedent to approval of requisitions for periodic payment.
4.04 At the completion of the work, the Contractor shall submit
the record drawings of Site Utility and Electrical work to
the Designer for approval. The Designer will review
these drawings and return them to the Contractor with any
necessary comments.
SUBMITTALS
01340-9
ow
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
3.03 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES
A. Provide complete sequence of construction by activity.
1. Shop drawings, Project Data and samples:
(a) Submittal dates.
(b) Dates reviewed copies will be required.
2. Decision dates for:
(a) Products specified by allowances.
(b) Selection of finishes.
3. Product procurement and delivery dates.
4. Dates for beginning, completion of, each element of
construction.
5. Phasing sequencing of the Work.
B. Identify work of separate phases, or other logically
grouped activities.
C. Show projected percentage of completion for each item of
Work as of first day of each month.
D. Provide separate subschedule, showing submittals, review
times, procurement schedules and delivery dates.
E. Provide subschedules to define critical portions of the
entire schedule.
F. Provide data within Master Schedule, which breaks down the
work at each building to receive work.
3.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit initial schedules within 15 days after date of
Notice to Proceed.
1. Designer will review schedules and return review
copy within 10 days after receipt.
2. If required, resubmit within 7 days after return of
review copy.
SUBMITTALS
01340-8
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.09 DESIGNER'S DUTIES
A. Review submittals with reasonable promptness.
B. Review for:
1. Design concept of Project.
2. Information given in Contract Documents.
C. Review of separate item does not constitute review of an
assembly in which item functions.
D. Affix stamp and initials or signature certifying to review
of submittal.
E. Return submittals to Contractor for distribution.
PART 3 .- CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES
3.01 GENERAL
A. Provide projected construction schedules for entire Work.
Revise periodically.
3.02 FORM OF SCHEDULES
A. Prepare in form of horizontal bar chart.
1. Provide separate horizontal bar column for each trade
or operation.
2. Order: Chronological order of beginning of each item
of work.
3. Identify each column:
(a) By major Specification Section number.
(b) By distinct graphic delineation.
4. Horizontal time scale: Identify first work day of
each week.
5. Scale and spacing: To allow space for updating.
B. Sheet size: 24" X 36".
SUBMITTALS
01340-7
01W.
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.06 SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS (continued)
4. Identification of product or material.
5. Relation to adjacent structure or materials.
6. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such.
7. Specification section number.
S. Applicable standards, such as ASTM number or Federal
Specification.
9. A blank space, 5" X 411, for the Designer's stamp.
10. Identification of deviations from Contract
Documents.
11. Contractor's stamp, initialed or signed, certifying
to review of submittal, verification of field
measurements and compliance with Contract Documents.
2.07 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS
A. Shop Drawings:
1. Revise initial drawings as required and resubmit as
specified for initial submittal.
2. Indicate on Drawings and changes which have been made
other than those requested by the Designer.
B. Project Data and Samples: Submit new datum and samples as
required for initial submittal.
2.08 DISTRIBUTION OF SUBMITTALS AFTER REVIEW
A. Distribute copies of Shop Drawings and Project Datum which
carry Designer's stamp to appropriate Subcntractors.
B. Distribute samples as directed.
SUBMITTALS
01340-6
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.1
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.05 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES(continued)
G. Begin no work which required submittals unless return of
submittals with Designer's stamp and initials or signature
indicating review.
H. After Designer's review, distribute copies.
2.06 SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS
A. Schedule submissions at least 30 days before dates
reviewed submittals will be needed.
B. Submit one reproducible transparency and 4opaque prints
of shop drawings, and number of copies of Project Data which
Contractor requires for distribution plus 2 copies which will
be retained by the Designer.
C. Submit number of samples specified in each of
Specification Sections.
D. Accompany submittals with transmittal letter, in duplicate,
containing:
1. Date
2. Project title and number.
3 . Contractor's name and address.
4. Number of each shop drawings, Project Data and samples submitted
5. Notification of deviations from Contract Documents.
6. All other pertinent data.
E. Submittals shall include:
1. Date and revision dates.
2 . Project title and number.
3. The names of:
(a) Designer/Engineer
(b) Contractor
(c) SubContractor
(d) Supplier
(e) Manufacturer
(f) Separate detailer when pertinent.
SUBMITTALS
01340-5
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.04 SAMPLES (continued)
1. Office samples - of sufficient size and quantity to
clearly illustrate:
(a) Functional characteristics of product or
material, with integrally related parts and
attachment devices.
(b) Full range of color samples.
(c) After review, samples may be used in construction
of project if not retained for comparison.
2.05 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Review Shop Drawings, Project Data and Samples prior to
submission.
B. Verify:
1. Field measurements.
2. Field construction criteria.
3 . Catalog numbers and similar data.
C. Coordinate each submittal with requirements of Work and
Contract Documents.
D. Contractor's responsibility for errors and omissions in
submittals is not relieved by the Designer's review of
submittals.
E. Contractor's responsibility for deviations in submittals
from requirements of Contract Documents is not relieved by
Designer's review of submittals, unless Designer give
written acceptance of specific deviations.
F. Notify Designer in writing at time of submission, of
deviations in submittals from requirements of Contract
Documents or previous submissions.
SUBMITTALS
01340-4
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
2.02 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Original drawings, prepared by Contractor, Subcontractor,
Supplier or Distributor, which illustrate some portion of the
Work; showing fabrication, layout, setting or erection
details.
1. Prepared by a qualified detailer.
2. Identify details by reference to sheet and detail
numbers shown on Contract Drawings.
3. Maximum sheet size: 24" X 36".
4. Reproductions for submittals: reproducible
transparency with four opaque diazo prints.
2.03 PROJECT DATA
A. Manufacturer's standard schematic drawings:
1. Modify drawings to delete information which is not
applicable to project.
2. Supplement standard information to provide additional
information applicable to Project.
B. Manufacturer's catalog sheets, brochures, diagrams,
schedules, performance charts, illustrations and other
standard descriptive data.
1. Clearly mark each copy to identify pertinent
materials, products or models.
2. Show dimensions and clearances required.
3. Show performance characteristics and capacities.
2.04 SAMPLES
A. Physical examples to illustrate materials, equipment or
workmanship, and to establish standards by which completed
work is judged.
SUBMITTALS
01340-3
Mass State Project No.CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1. Performance and Payment Bonds.
2 . Field Supervision and Layout.
3 . Temporary Facilities and Controls.
B. Itemize separate line item cost for work required by each
Section of this Specification. Section shall be further
subdivided into separate line items under each Section as
required by the Designer.
C. Break down installed costs into:
1. Delivered cost of product, with taxes paid.
2. Total installed cost, with overhead and profit.
D. For each line item which has installed value of more than
$2, 000.00, break down costs to list major products or
operations under each item.
E. Round off figures to nearest $100.00.
F. Make sum of total costs of all items listed in schedule
equal to total Contract Sum.
1.04 REVIEW AND RESUBMITTAL
A. After review by Designer, revise and resubmit Schedule
and Schedule of Material Values as required.
B. Resubmit revised Schedule in same manner.
PART 2 _ SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES
2.01 GENERAL
A. Submit to the Designer shop drawings, project data and
samples required by Specification Sections.
B. Prepare and submit, with Construction Schedule, a separate
schedule listing dates for submission and dates reviewed shop
drawings, project data and samples, that will be needed for
each product.
SUBMITTALS
01340-2
OW
0"K Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
SECTION 01340
SUBMITTALS
PART 1 - SCHEDULE OF VALUES
1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS
and all Sections within DIVISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,which are
hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications.
B. Submit to the Designer Schedule of Values within 10 days
of receipt of Notice to Proceed.
C. Upon request by the Designer, support values given with
data that will substantiate their correctness.
D. Submit quantities of designated materials stored on which
payment is expected to be made.
E.Payment for materials stored on-site and off-site will be
limited to those materials listed in Schedule of Unit
Material Values.
F. Use Schedule of Values only as basis for Contractor's
Application for Payment.
1.02 FORM OF SUBMITTAL
A. Submit typewritten Schedule of Values on 8-1/2 x 11 inch
white paper.
B. Use Table of Contents of this Specification and Contract
Drawings as basis for format for listings cost of work.
C. Identify each line item with number and title as listed in
Table of Contents of this Specification.
1.03 PREPARING SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. Itemized separate line item cost for each of following
general cost items:
SUBMITTALS
01340-1
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.05 COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK
A. In order to provide for appropriate separation, the
following measures shall be taken prior to any work on the site.
1. Install all temporary protection as noted in Section
01510 - Temporary Facilities.
B. Before commencing any work under any Section of the
Specifications, or Contract Documents, verify all governing
dimensions at the site and examine all conditions on which the
work is in any way dependent for its perfect result according
to the intent of the Contract Documents. Consult drawings before
beginning any portion of the work.
COMMENCEMENT AND CONDUCT OF ON-SITE OPERATIONS
01040-2
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northamton Superior Courthouse
SECTION 01040
COMMENCEMENT AND CONDUCT OF ON SITE OPERATIONS
PART 1 ,- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS
and all Sections within DIVISION 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which
are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications.
1.02 INTENT
A. This Section shall establish specific requirements which
must be adhered to in the prosecution of the work. This is
to supplement other provisions elsewhere in the Documents and
therefore certain provisions are repeated here. Nothing in
this Section shall be deemed to instruct the Contractor in
methods to be used in the performance of the Work, nor shall
the requirements be cause for changes to the Owner for
increased labor costs.
1.03 OCCUPANCY OF THE SITE
The Owner will require precautions for safety,
measures for the abatement of noise and other disruption,
continuous utility services and reasonable and occasional
access to the construction areas.
1.04 COOPERATION WITH OWNER
A. The Contractor may use the existing Roadways outside his
prescribed area only in such a manner as authorized by the
Designer, and so as not to seriously interfere with the normal
use of same by the Owner or others for deliveries of materials,
supplies, or equipment. At completion of all work, the existing
roads must be left in a condition as approved by the Designer.
COMMENCEMENT AND CONDUCT OF ON SITE OPERATIONS
01040-1
ow
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.07 QUALITY CONTROL (Continued)
4. Furnish casual labor and facilities:
(a) To provide access to work to be tested
(b) To obtain and handle samples at the site
(c) To facilitate inspections and tests
5. Notify laboratory sufficiently in advance of
operations to allow for their assignment of personnel
and scheduling of tests.
6. Employ, and pay for, services of a separate, equally
qualified independent testing laboratory to perform
additional inspections, sampling and testing required
when initial tests indicated work does not comply
with Contract Documents or employ and pay for
services for further testing by the Owner's testing
laboratory service.
1.08 SURVEY AND LAYOUT DATA
A. The Contractor shall:
1. Be responsible for properly laying out the work, and
for lines and measurements for all work executed
under the Contract Documents.
2. Verify the figures shown on the Drawings before
laying out the work, and report errors of
inaccuracies in writing to the Designer before
commencing work.
3 . Establish necessary reference lines.
4. Be responsible for the proper location and level of
the work and for the maintenance of the reference
lines.
5. Establish marks and axis lines showing exact
dimensional reference points as required for the
information and guidance of all trades.
6. Perform field checking of the site and surveys
thereof as may be required.
SUMMARY OF WORK
01010-7
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.06 PROGRESS MEETING (Continued)
5. Develop corrective measures and procedures to regain
planned schedule.
6. Revise Construction Schedule as indicated.
7. Plan progress during next work period.
8. Coordinate projected progress with all Contractors.
9. Review submittal schedules, expedite as required to
maintain schedule.
10. Maintaining of quality and work standards.
11. Review changes proposed by Owner for:
a) Effect on Construction Schedule
b) Effect on Completion Date
12. Complete other current business.
1.07 QUALITY CONTROL
A. General
1. Owner will employ, and pay for, services of an
independent testing laboratory to perform specified
services, as deemed necessary.
2. Employment of testing laboratory shall in no way
relieve Contractor of his obligation to perform work
in accordance with Contract requirements.
B. Contractor's Responsibilities
1. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, provide access
to Work and to manufacturer's operations.
2. Provide to laboratory, preliminary representative
samples of materials to be tested in required
quantities.
3. Furnish copies of test reports.
SUMMARY OF WORK
01010-6
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1. 05 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING (Continued)
6. Adequacy of distribution of Contract Documents
7. Submittal of shop drawings, project data and samples
8. Procedures for maintaining Record Documents
9. Use of premises:
a) Office and storage areas.
b) Owner's requirements
10. Major equipment deliveries and priorities.
11. Safety and first-aid procedures.
12. Security procedures.
13 . Protection of personnel and property.
14. "Housekeeping" procedures.
15. Debris removal.
16. Asbestos Abatement.
17. Contractors Use of Premises.
1.06 PROGRESS MEETINGS
A. The Contractor agrees that when requested, he will attend
and cause his Subcontractors and their representatives to
attend any and all meetings called by the Designer or the
Owner.
B. Hold called meetings as progress of work dictates.
C. Minimum Agenda
1. Review work progress since last meeting.
2 . Note field observations, problems, and decisions.
3. Identify problems which impede planned progress.
4 . Review off-site fabrication problems
SUMMARY OF WORK
01010-5
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
► Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.04 SCHEDULE AND CONSTRUCTION PHASING (Continued)
3. The Contractor and/or his Subcontractors shall keep all
existing energy sources and/or utilities in service until
either new systems are operational and/or temporary
services can be provided, that will allow operation of
the Facility.
B. The Contractor shall prepare a Schedule of Construction Procedure
and Phasing and submit same with Progress Schedule for review by the
Architect, Hampshire County Administration and DCPO. The Schedule
of Construction Procedure shall show, in considerably more detail,
than the Progress Schedule, the proposed sequence of operations for
renovation work, with particular emphasis on coordination of removal
of existing work with installation of new work in areas to be renovated
and providing for Court operations to function normally.
C. The General Contractor shall submit a Construction Phasing Plan
complying with the aforementioned with any sequential phasing change
recommendations that he is confident will best suit the needs of and
allow for the continuous operations of the existing Northampton
Superior/District Courts operations.
1.05 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING
A. Schedule within 15 days after date of Notice to Proceed.
B. Attendance:
1. Owner
2. Designer
3. Contractor and his Safety Representative
4. Major Subcontractors
5. Representatives of governmental or other regulatory
agencies.
C. Minimum Agenda
1. Distribute and discuss:
a) List of Major Subcontractors
b) Tentative Construction Schedule
2. Critical work sequencing and phasing
3. Relation and coordination of major Subcontractors
4 . Designation of responsible personnel
5. Processing of field decisions and Change Orders
SUMMARY OF WORK
01010-4
Mass State Project No.CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.03 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES (continued)
B. Do not unreasonably encumber site with materials or
equipment.
C. Do not load structure with weight that will endanger
structure.
D. Assume full responsibility for protection and safekeeping
of products stored on premises.
E. Move any stored products which interfere with operations
or other Contractors.
F. Obtain and pay for use of additional storage or work areas
needed for operation.
G. Limit use of site to work and storage.
H. The Contractor shall be responsible for adequate drainage
during the entire construction period by any temporary means
which shall not adversely affect construction
progress or abutting property.
1.04 SCHEDULE AND CONSTRUCTION PHASING
' A. The Contractor may conduct operations within the work area
described on the Contract Documents, commencing and
concluding in accordance with the provisions of the Contract,
and including the following minimum requirements of the
Northampton Superior/District Court, Hampshire County
Commissioners and DCPO.
1. The Northampton Superior/District Court will remain
fully operations throughout the duration of the construc-
tion period, and provided with adequate operational space,
heat, lighting, electrical power all being a minimal
requirement so as to allow the performance for normal
everyday work tasks of the courts.
2 . The Facility will be provided by the Contractor with
adequate electrical power outlets for normal operation
from the start of construction through substantial
completion and/or until new alterations are complete for
its intended use.
SUMMARY OF WORK
01010-3
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
1.02 WORK COVERED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS (continued)
2. Secure as necessary for proper execution and
completion of work, and as applicable at the time of
receipt of bids.
(a) Permits
(b) Government Fees
(c) Licenses
3. The Contractor will be responsible for all costs
for the building permit, other permits, fees and
connection charges by the Town in conjunction with
the work under this Contract. All permits must be
obtained before proceeding with this work.
4. Give required notices.
5. Comply with codes, ordinances, rules, regulations,
orders and other legal requirements of public
authorities which bear on performance of work.
6. Promptly submit written notice to the Designer of
observed variance of Contract Documents from legal
requirements.
(a) The Designer will make necessary modifications
to Contract Documents.
(b) The Contractor shall assume responsibility for
work known to be contrary to legal requirements
without notice.
7. Enforce strict discipline and good order among
employees. Do not employ on work:
(a) Unfit persons
(b) Persons not skilled in assigned task
1.03 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES
A. Confine operations at site to areas permitted by:
1. Law
2. Ordinances
3. Permits
4 . Contract Documents
SUMMARY OF WORK
01010-2
Mass State Project No. CHE91-3 No.l
Repairs and Renovations to
Northampton Superior Courthouse
SECTION 01010
SUMMARY OF WORK
1.01 CONTRACT REFERENCES
A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS
and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which
are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications.
B. Equity of material, article, assembly or system other than
those names or described in this Section shall be determined in
accordance with the provisions of Article IV of the CONTRACT AND
GENERAL CONDITIONS.
C. Index
1.01 Scope
1. 02 Work Covered by Contract Documents
1.03 Contractor Use of Premises
1.04 Pre-Construction Meeting
1.05 Progress Meetings
1.06 Quality Control
1.07 Survey and Layout Data
1.02 WORK COVERED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. The work described withT in the Contract Documents, Drawings
and Specifications encompasses, but is not limited to, the work
described, and includes all demolition, concrete work, excavation
and filling, masonry construction, miscellaneous and ornamental
iron, carpentry work, architectural woodwork, sealants, hollow
metal work, finish hardware, class and glazing, veneer plaster
construction, acoustical ceiling system, correctional metal pan
ceiling system, resilient rubber flooring, seamless epoxy flooring,
painting, pistol locker, fire extinguishers and blankets, metal
shelving, detention wall/sliding door systems, plumbing, heating,
ventilation, air conditioning and electrical work at the new holding
facilities at the Northampton Superior Courthouse, 15 Gothic Street,
Northampton, MA.
B. All Work will be performed on the aforementioned as described
by the Contract Documents.
C. Contractor's Duties
1. Except as specifically noted, provide and pay for:
(a) Labor, materials and equipment
(b) Tools, construction materials and machinery
(c) Water and utilities required for construction
(d) Other facilities and services necessary for
proper execution and completion of work
SUMMARY OF WORK
01010-1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Number of Pages
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
Section 09201 - Veneer Plaster Construction 11
Section 09510 - Acoustical Ceiling System 7
Section 09513 - Correctional Metal Pan
Ceiling 7
Section 09650 - Resilient Rubber Flooring 8
Section 09721 - Seamless Epoxy Flooring 6
*Section 09900 - Painting 15
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES
Section 10501 - Pistol Locker 3
Section 10521 - Fire Extinguishers 2
Section 10523 - Fire Blankets 2
Section 10670 - Metal Shelving 3
DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT
Section 11191 - Detention Wall and Sliding
Door System 18
DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS
No Work This Division
DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
No Work This Division
DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS
No Work This Division
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
*Section 15401 - Plumbing
*Section 15501 - Heating, Ventilation &
Air Conditioning
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
*Section 16101 - Electrical Work
*Filed Sub-Bid Required
TABLE OF CONTENTS-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Number of Pages
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Section 01010 - Summary of Work 7
Section 01040 - Commencement and Conduct of
On Site Operations 2
Section 01340 - Submittals 12
Section 01510 - Temporary Facilities 11
Section 01700 - Project Close Out 3
Section 01710 - Cleaning Up 2
Section 01800 - Critical Materials 1
DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK
Section 02200 - Earthwork 11
Section 02050 - Demolition 6
Section 02055 - Asbestos Abatement 65
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
Section 03300 - Concrete 13
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY
*Section 04101 - Masonry 19
DIVISION 5 - METALS
*Section 05101 - Miscellaneous and
Ornamental Iron 8
DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS
Section 06100 - Carpentry Work 8
Section 06200 - Architectural Woodwork 6
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
Section 07900 - Sealants 7
DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS
Section 08100 - Hollow Metal 7
Section 08710 - Finish Hardware 12
Section 08801 - Glass and Glazing 6
TABLE OF CONTENTS-1
OPK
THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
EXECUTIVE OFFICE FOR ADMINISTRATION AND FINANCE
DIVISION OF CAPITAL PLANNING AND OPERATIONS
COURT FACILITIES UNIT
SPECIFICATIONS FOR
MASSACHUSETTS STATE PROJECT NUMBER CHE 91-3,No. t
REPAIRS AND RENOVATIONS
TO THE
HOLDING FACILITIES
SUPERIOR COURT DEPARTMENT
HAMPSHIRE DIVISION
NORTHAMPTON SUPERIOR COURTHOUSE
15 GOTHIC STREET
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
THE OFFICE OF ALLEN M. LEB ARCHITECTS P-C,LTD.
Cottage Business Park a Way
Marblehead,Mas
Alen M U. No.4502
,A
N ASMEHEAD,
AtASS
SHOOSHANIAN ENGINEERING ASSOC,INC. airy y►. � S.K. CROCKETT ASSOCIATES, INC.
Pluff ng, H.V.A.C, & Electrical Structural Engineers
330 Congress St. 1408 Povidence Highway Suite 410
Boston, Ma. Norwood, M
v. d:•.
rar
C,rocice 3
Edward Sbosharian,P � Stephen K.
car
' 511 OF A,
A
ANT40N7 R. G 1
AnlllOnY R.Canpar P V ELECTF1'CAL
No3s'144 ;
TONAL Eli'
11 DECEMBER 1992